Có Key

TOEIC Ms.
Huong Hanoi Law University

FB: https://www.facebook.com/Helen1188
GENERAL BUSINESS
Questions 170-172 refer to the following business plan summary.
Business Plan for Proposed Gymnasium
Health Sporting Fitness Services plans to open a new gymnasium In Toronto in a stand-alone building near the commercial
district. The market for health club membership has grown at an annual rate of 18% over the last 5 years. The average age of
the membership holders is 27 with an average cost of $60.
Our gym will offer a personalized fitness training experience to all our members, catering to business people between the ages
of 40 and 65. Unlike other gyms already operating in this spot, we will have an atmosphere conducive to joy and good
relationship among members. Membership will be limited to 150 people. Revenue will come .from initial membership fees,
monthly dues, and sales of other products, including nutritional supplements and sportswear. The initial membership fee to
join will be $600, and monthly dues wilt be $60. We expect that members will also spend more than $30 a month on other
products, making the club's total estimated average monthly income $25,000.
Monthly rent and overhead expenses are estimated at $7,000, labor at $8,000, and other operational costs at $2,000, for a net
profit of $5,000. Start-up costs are estimated at $220,000 and the club will break even in around 42 months.
170. At what rate has the gym membership market been growing?
(A) 5%.
(B) 18%.
(C) 27%.
(D) 40%.
171. Who is the target market for this athletic club?
(A) Businessman.
(B) Senior citizens.
(C) Graduates.
(D) Recent retiree.
172. What is NOT an expected source of revenue for this athletic dub?
(A) Trainers’ fees.
(B) Membership fees.
(C) Monthly dues.
(D) Product rates.
Questions 165-167 refer to the following notice.
Tornado Hot lines
The National Oceanic and Atmospheric Information Service is setting up a telephone system to provide information about
tropical storms and tornadoes. Recorded messages will provide updated information identifying areas under a tornado watch or
warning, the location of the storm, its predicted movements, and wind speeds and tidal effects.
Two tornado hot lines will be set up, one to be activated when tornadoes or tropical storms threaten the East and Gulf Coast
states, and another for Hawaii. The number for the East Coast Hotline is (900) 233-5877. For Hawaii, the number is (900) 420-
2365. Callers will be billed 60 cents for the first minute and 45 cents for each additional minute. The average call is expected
to cost about 105 cents.
165. What happens when the hot lines are called?

(A) Rescue crews are dispatched.
(B) Callers hear recorded information about storms.
(C) Operators answer callers’ questions about storms.
(D) An automated information system directs callers to appropriate local authorities.
166. What information can the hotline provide?
(A) Directions to safer locations.
(B) The location of a storm.
(C) Emergency medical treatment procedures.
1
TOEIC Ms. Huong Hanoi Law University
(D) An estimate of a damage caused h the storm.
167. How much will a one-minute phone cal to the Hawaii hotline cost?
(A) Forty-five cents.
(B) Sixty cents.
(C) A hundred-five cents.
(D) Nothing.
Questions 156-158 refer to the following announcement
The Businessman’s Weekly
At www.TheBusinessman.com The Businessman’s Weekly’s digital edition can be found on the Web. On the website, you will
find current and past issues of The Businessman’s Weekly, regular on-line-only columns and interviews, current political
issues, perceptive financial articles from The Businessman’s Weekly archive, and more. In the section called ‘Post & Riposte’,
an on-line discussion, users can engage in discussion, debate, and with Businessman’s readers worldwide.
Those wishing to advertise with us may write or call at:
The Businessman’s Weekly
9980 Snider Street
Orlando, FL. 87304
(832)716-6800
Those interested in subscribing to or print edition or would like reprints contact: The Businessman’s Weekly Subscription
Processing Center
Box 45676
Boulder, CO 80322-3850
(717) 560-2001
156. What kind of topics does The Businessman’s Weekly most likely cover?
(A) Current and cultural events.
(B) Economics and political matters only.
(C) Politics, business, and commentary.
(D) Art, culture, and literature.
157. All of the following can be found at the digital edition of The Businessman's Weekly EXCEPT
(A) Articles from previous issues.
(B) Columns and interviews.
(C) An on-line forum.
(D) An on-line bookstore.
158. If readers wanted a printed copy of a previous issue, what should they do?
(A) Write to the Orlando headquarters.
(B) Contact the Subscription Processing Center.
(C) Send an e-mail to editor@TheBusinessman .com.
(D) Call 832-716-6800.
Questions 159-161 refer to the following announcement.
The 30th Annual Conference for Hospitality Management will be held in San Diego, December 12~24, 2006. In the past years
we’ve only allowed ten people to go, but this year, encouraged by the product of those who went last year, we’ve increased the
number to sixteen. As previous years have shown an enthusiastic response, due to the increase in the number of people that can
go, we are expecting even more (usually over twenty apply). Also, although the budget for employee training has been
increased this year, participants must cover 1/3 of all travel costs themselves which is better than last year (participants had to
cover 1/2 the cost). However, all conference fees will be covered. Those people who want to attend should notify Larry
Kayson in the Human Resources Department by September 7, 2006.
159. What kind of company would post this announcement?

(A) A local car dealership.
(B) A multinational construction concern.
2
(C) A Wall Street investment firm.
(D) A chain of bed and breakfast inns.
160. How much will the company reimburse each employee for attending?
(A) A third of all expenses plus all conference fees.
(B) A half of travel expenses plus two thirds of conference fees.
(C) Two thirds of travel expenses plus conference fees.
(D) They will reimburse all expenses.
161. How should the application for the conference be made?
(A) Pay the conference fee in advance
(B) Complete the employee training program.
(C) Contact Mr. Kayson.
(D) Apply to the annual conference committee.
Questions 171-172 refer to the following advertisement.
Improve your odds of being quoted in this journal!
How do you become one of those revolutionary moguls that people follow and look up as their role models? Start by earning an
MBA from the University of Michigan while you work. Our Global Manager MBA Program in Ann Arbor, Michigan spreads
18 weeks of study over 24 months. This comprehensive course is based on the Stan’s Guard Curriculum, which has
transformed so many business field managers into sharp-thinking presidents and CEOs, who still fearlessly rewrite rules, crush
conventions, and inevitably end up here, in the bible of the business world.
171. Who is this advertisement aimed at?

(A) Presidents and CEOs with conventional wisdom.
(B) University students wanting to continue studying full-time.
(C) Retired executives wanting to continue their education.
(D) Elite mid-level businessmen who are extremely ambitious.
172. Where would you most likely find this ad in?
(A) An influential education journal.
(B) A serious scholarly journal.
(C) A weekly tabloid magazine.
(D) A leading business weekly.
Questions 191-195 refer to the Mowing letters
October 17,2006
Ms. Jessica Larions
Sunshine Conference
Monterey, CA 92423
Dear Ms. Larions:
We would like to hold our annual meetings in your conference center from November 2*5.
I need some more information about the capacity and facilities of your conference center, as well as the locations and places
near your conference center.
There wifi be twenty-five executives coming from around the world. While we will hold meetings during the day, we want to do
some fun outdoor activities. Since our organization is dedicated to the health and about the health of our oceans, perhaps some
event on the water could be arranged?
Please send me the materials concerning my attention at the above address. I wilt be leaving for a business trip on October 27th,
so I would like to receive the materials before I leave, i will be waiting to hear from you.
Sincerely,
Adam Sweets
Love Our Ocean
2601 Beachfront Avenue
LA. CA 98033
3
Adam@Ocean.com
(832)934-6888
October 21,2006
Adam Sweets
Love Our Ocean
2601 Beachfront Avenue
L.A..CA 98033
Dear Mr. Sweets,
I am so grateful to have Love Our Ocean come to our conference center to hold your annual conference. As grateful as we are.
we promise that you will have a wonderful and memorable time and achieve great things during your conference.
As for our conference center, it has a capacity of400 people at once, and it has a weight training room, swimming pool, spa, golf
course, yoga room, and movie theatre. We are also famous for our cooks who prepare foods from Korean, Japanese. Chinese.
French, Italian, Mexican and American. We also have our new mall and supermarket in our building. November 2-5 is
definitely good for us. as we are not so
busy during early winter. Actually, for this special conference, we would like to let you borrow our luxurious boat to sail across
the California ocean for one day. You win leave early in the morning with all the fishing and cooking equipment then come
back early evening. This is just a small offer that we give you for doing such a great thing like saving our oceans.
If you have any questions or concerns, please go ahead and give me a call on my cell or office.
Sincerely,
Ms. Jessica Larkins
Sunshine Conference
Head Director of Operations
Office: (812) 322-Sun2
Phone: (812)433-9576
191. What is the purpose of the first letter?

(A) To inquire information about the “Love Our Ocean’s” conference.
(B) To gain information about the oceans around the conference center.
(C) To communicate with Ms. Larkins and discuss about the theme of the conference.
(D) To get to know more about the conference center.
192. Which is NOT what Mr. Sweets is requesting?
(A) A few fun activities related to ocean.
(B) Meet with him as he will go on the business trip on October 27th.
(C) Materials that contain information about the conference center.
(D) Holding a conference at the Sunshine Conference center.
193. What will most likely the conference be about?
(A) How to enjoy the ocean and some tips which oceans to go.
(B) Things that destroy and pollute the ocean.
(C) How the ocean can be used to be developed as such a great resort.
(D) The importance of the ocean economically and scientifically.
194. What does Ms. Larkins say about her conference center?
(A) It has all kinds of workout facilities.
(B) It has three cooks from around the world.
(C) It has a brand new auditorium.
(D) Its capacity is less than 300 at once
195. What is a special offer she suggests?
(A) She suggests going fishing at the shore.
4
(B) She suggests doing some fun activities in water.
(C) She suggests going on a cruise.
(D) She suggests staying an additional day.
Questions 196-200 refer to the following notice and telephone message.
The West Hills Neighborhood Association will hold a general meeting from 7:30PM to 9PM, on October 9, at Young
Elementary School to update neighbors on a developing West Hills Neighborhood Plan.
The plan is in the developmental stages and will provide guidance about housing, transportation, public facilities provisions, and
protection of natural resources for future development. The Neighborhood Plan Steering Committee also needs volunteers to
represent the business community, the multifamily housing community, and the condominium community.
Please call West Hills Neighborhood Plan Steering Committee Chairperson Cindy Novak at 432-2993 or Sid Robinson at the
City Planning Division at 487-0797 for more information.
Hi, it looks like no one is available right now, so I’ll just go ahead and leave a message. I am wondering if the meeting will
discuss the new plans on Tutor road. That is the only interest I have right now, because oh, the traffic is so horribly bad there! I
feel everything in our neighborhood is pretty good right now except for that street. So if you guys are going to discuss it,
please let me know. I will be there. If not, I might be there to hear some other plans, but probably not. Thank you. Please
contact me as soon as possible. This is Mary Keys.
196. What is the purpose of the plan?
(A) To help stimulate local business.
(B) To provide guidance for future development.
(C) To improve educational opportunities for neighborhood youth.
(D) To recruit volunteers for the West Hills Neighborhood Association.
197. Who is Sid Robinson?
(A) The principal of Young Elementary School.
(B) A member of the West Hills Neighborhood Plan Steering Committee.
(C) A contact at the City Planning Division.
(D) A citizen opposed to the plan.
198. How can the plan’s progress best be described?
(A) Beginning.
(B) Almost finished.
(C) Completed.
(D) Finished, but being revised.
199. Why was a message left?
(A) Couldn’t get contact by phone.
(B) Stamps are sold out.
(C) The secretary wanted to take it.
(D) Fastest way to get contact.
200. What does Mary say about Tutor road?
(A) She thinks that’s the only part of town that needs work.
(B) There is least traffic there.
(C) They need more stop signs there.
(D) If they are mentioning Tutor road in the meeting, she will not go.
Questions 153-154 refer to the following letter.
101 Main Street

Nashville, Tennessee
November 19th, 2004
Se Joon Cha
5
Department of Languages GNFS Mang Gok, Hong Kong 101616 Hong Kong
Dear Mr. Cha,
I am writing to you to find out more information about the INX conference that will be held in Hong Kong this winter. Please
send me some more information on date, subjects, and costs. I saw this ad in the Sauce magazine and am very interested. I
would also like to know if there is a job recruitment table at the conference and what applications and documents I need to
apply for current available positions.
I am enclosing along with this letter my business card that has my name, home phone, cell phone number, my e-mail address
and my address. Thank you for your time. I will look forward to hearing from you.
Sincerely,
Doc Richards
153. What is Mr. Richards sending with this letter?

(A) A business card.
(B) A pay check.
(C) A brochure.
(D) Documents and applications for a job.
154. What is Mr. Richards NOT concerned about?
(A) The magazine he saw this ad in.
(B) The costs.
(C) The date.
(D) The subjects.
*****************
Questions 159-161 refer to the following warranty.
Warranty
All HiFine speakers are guaranteed for as long as you own the product. We promise that our speakers and all components are
free of defects in material and workmanship. Our warranty is limited to the replacement or repair of speaker parts and
components, and a refund cannot be given in any case. The warranty does not cover problems caused by intentional damage,
any type of accident, attempts to modify the product, misuse, abuse or negligence, it applies only to normal use of the product.
Labor costs are solely the responsibility of the original purchaser. Any and all claims made under this warranty must be
accompanied by a dated proof of purchase when presented at an authorized HiFine repair center. Shipping costs of these items
must be covered by the customer.
For further information, call us toll free at 1-800-441-0337.
159. What kind of costs must be assumed by the customer?
(A) Parts and labor
(B) Long distance charges for service calls
(C) Parts and shipping
(D) Shipping and labor
160. Which of the following will be covered under the warranty?
(A) Faulty wiring in the speakers
(B) Scratches caused by pets
(C) Travel expenses
(D) Intentional abuse
161. Where can the products be serviced under the warranty?
(A) A car dealership
(B) The HiFine head office
(C) At home
(D) An authorized HiFine repair center
Wear It Again has been supplying quality used clothes in the San Francisco Bay area for the past 3 decades.
6
I lere at Wear It Again, it is important to us that our customers receive high- quality garments at affordable prices. Before
putting clothes on the rack, we check each article for rips, discoloration and stains to make sure the clothing you purchase is in
the best possible condition. All items are sorted by size and color to make shopping easier for you. We even carry popular
designer brands like Gucci, Louis Vuitton and Tomy Hilfiger. We also sell used furniture, books and even children's toys!
Please note that 10% of all profits are donated to local charities to assist in building homeless shelters, provide food to soup
kitchens, and to help jobless people find work.
If you want to look stylish and make a difference in your community at the same time, why not shop at Wear It Again? We can
make you look and feel great!
162. What city is this store located in?

(A) San Diego
(B) North Bay
(C) San Francisco
(D) Los Angeles
163. What does Wear It Again do to assist local charities?
(A) They offer a 10% discount on used clothes.
(B) Their staff volunteers at soup kitchens.
(C) They check the clothes thoroughly.
(D) They donate 10% of their profits.
164. What do the staff NOT check for before putting clothes on the rack?
(A) Discoloration
(B) Rips
(C) Color coordination
(D) Stains
Video conferences are the way of the future. A meeting will be held among top managers here at the head office to discuss how
to implement this new technology to improve interoffice communications.
All vice presidents and general managers are asked to meet next Thursday at I0 AM to begin discussion on how this can
positively affect our business. After a 45- minute lunch at noon, we will begin to plan implementation procedures and discuss
how the costs will be distributed among departments.
Because this is a very important discussion about how we will conduct meetings among other branches in the future, I want all
of you who are attending the meeting to contact their employees from other branches to discuss any special needs or ideas they
may have prior to the meeting. Please come prepared to briefly discuss what you feel are the merits and potential obstacles to
swiftly prepare this new way of doing things. Thank you.
153. Who will have been asked to attend the meeting?
(A) Janitorial staff
(B) Video conference technicians
(C) Vice presidents and general managers
(D) The President
154. Who must attendees contact prior to the meeting?
(A) Their in-house employees
(B) Their fellow management staff
(C) Their staff at other offices
(D) Clients they wish to confer with
Questions 163-164 refer to the following instruction.
How to get your subscription to the Evening Sun
In Person : Visit our offices on 321 Back Street and fill out a subscription form. Payment by check or credit card will lie
accepted at that time.
7
Online : Visit www.eveningsun.com and fill out our subscription form online. You will be asked for your credit card at that
time.
By Telephone : Call us at 555-9876 anytime from 9 am to 8 pm on weekdays. Please have your credit card ready.
By Fax : Fax the attached subscription form to 555-9765 anytime, and be sure to include your credit card information.
Payment must be received in full before the first issue will be delivered to your door. In the event of cancellation, a refund equal
to 90% of the value of issues that have not yet been received will be granted.
163. What method of subscribing will allow people to pay by check?
(A) In person
(B) By telephone
(C) By fax
(D) Online
164. How much will be refunded in the event of a cancellation?
(A) 90% of the amount paid for the subscription
(B) 50% of the total amount paid
(C) 90% of the value of undelivered issues
(D) It depends on the payment method.
We appreciate your purchase of the Ciogo pogo stick. Though our pogo sticks can offer your child years of bouncing enjoyment
if cared for properly, we offer a three-month unconditional warranty on our product. If for any reason the pogo stick breaks, or
if you are unsatisfied with the product, just return it to the retailer fora full refund.
To help ensure enjoyment for a long time to come, we offer the following care lips: It's important to oil the piston and spring of
the pogo stick every month or so depending on how often it is used. It should not get wet in any way. as this may cause rust.
We also do not recommend that people who weigh more than 70 kilograms use the pogo stick, it is designed for children after
all.
Attached to this warranty you will find a customer feedback form, please fill it out so we may improve our products. You may
also submit this information on our website ww.gogopogo.com.
176. What kind of notice is this?

(A) An official business memo
(B) A customer complaint form
(C) A warranty
(D) A product assembly manual
177. What’s the writer warning the customers to avoid?
(A) Letting the product rust
(B) Oiling the stick
(C) Allowing children for play
(D) Reselling it to others
178. What kind of document is attached to this notice?
(A) An online form
(B) A feedback survey
(C) A warranty
(D) A care guide
Questions 196-200 refer to the following letters.
Wise Conference Center
PO. Box 98212
Troy, CA 92232
September 10, 2006
Mr. Joel Passon
Discovery Corporation
8
132 Caller Avenue
Troy. CA 92232
Dear Mr Passon:
We are pleased to confirm with you the arrangements for your conference at Wise Conference Center during November 24-26,
2006.
From the information you have provided to us, you are expecting between 100 and 150 people for a three days long conference.
We will reserve a room that can be closed off or opened up to match the final number of people. We have all the audio-visual
systems available for you to use, so just please let us know if you need anything.
We wanted to confirm with you that you will not need any catering. However if you end up changing your mind, please let us
know before November 15. so that we can call and make an arrangement with a catering company.
I have included the total estimated price for your three days long conference. Please call me for any questions or concerns.
Again I appreciate you choosing Wise Conference Center I am excited to see how' the service we will offer you will aid you in
all your activities and seminars during the three days.
Sincerely,
Alicia Rosas
Events Manager
Ms. Alicia Rosas
15677 Nation St.
Monterey, CA 93940
Dear Ms. Rosas,

I thank you for your cooperation, it will truly help us to have a great and successful conference this coming November However,
there are several questions that I wanted to ask you. I was wondering if the Wise Conference Center has any fitness room,
swimming pool, or spa etc., for us to enjoy, how big the cafeteria is, how many people are sharing one room, and if there are
any nice parks for families to enjoy Also, I have a few disabled people that will be coming to our conference, and I was
wondering if your conference center has adequate facilities for those people so that they are as comfortable as possible Thank
you for your attention to this matter.
Joel Passon
Discovery Corporation
Conference & Seminar Manager
Pass@discover com
196. What is the first letter about?
(A) Ms. Alicia is trying to make an arrangement to hold a conference.
(B) Ms. Alicia is informing a client about their arrangement for a conference.
(C) Ms. Alicia is asking her client details about the conference.
(D) Ms. Alicia is booking the date for her customer's conference.
197. What is NOT true about the conference?
(A) The conference is only three days long.
(B) The conference center is expecting from 100 to 150 people.
(C) The conference will be held in LA. CA.
(D) The conference center can provide all the audio and visual equipment.
198. What should Mr. Passon do in order to get catering?
(A) He must call the catering company and make arrangements before Nov. 15.
(B) He must let Ms. Alicia know 4 days before the conference.
(C) He must bring his own cooks to cook.
(D) He must ask Wise Conference Center staff for it before Nov. 15.
199. What is NOT one of Mr. Passon's questions?
9
(A) The capacity of cafeteria
(B) Whether it has facilities his people can enjoy
(C) Room arrangements for people
(D) Entertainments like movies for families
200. What is Mr. Passon’s big concern?
(A) He has a son who will need assistance in attending the conference.
(B) He wants the disabled people to have their own rooms.
(C) He wants the handicapped people to enjoy the conference.
(D) He wants the handicapped people to be able to use all their facilities.
Questions 153 – 156 refer to the following article
Toronto-A new contract has been signed by the City of Toronto and the State of Michigan regarding the controversial shipment
of Toronto’s excess garbage south of the border to be buried in fields formerly used as agricultural land.
Toronto’s mayor, Fred Wilson, commented that a contract agreement was reached after many hours of negotiations between
officials from Michigan and Toronto’s city council. He said he was very pleased that they were able to settle the main points of
contention, which were the amount of garbage Michigan would accept per year, how many years the contract would last for,
and how much Toronto would need to pay to the state.
There have been protests both in the US and in Canada regarding the new plan. Some Torontonians feel that the city should be
focusing on reducing the amount of garbage being produced here in the hope that shipment of garbage elsewhere would be
unnecessary, while environmental groups in Michigan are strongly opposed to bringing garbage from other areas onto state
land.
153. What is this article mainly about?

(A) A new contract between the governments of Canada and the US
(B) A plan to ship garbage south of the border
(C) A plan to reduce the amount of garbage produced in Toronto
(D) Anti-American protests
154. Who made a comment on the new contract?
(A) The State of Michigan
(B) City council officials
(C) The mayor of Toronto
(D) Protesters
155. Which of the following was not a main point of contention regarding the contract?
(A) The amount of garbage Michigan would accept
(B) How much money would change hands
(C) The length of the contract
(D) How the garbage would be shipped
156. What do some Torontonians want the city to focus on more?
(A) Negotiating a better contract
(B) Reducing the amount of waste produced
(C) Bringing the trash in from Michigan
(D) Shipping the trash in energy efficient ways
Questions 10-160 refer to the following information.
Thank you for choosing the Eye-Saver Anti-Glare System. The Eye-Saver System fits over your computer screen to eliminate
glare and remove excessive strain on your eyes. Eye care experts from around the country urge their clients to protect their
eyes during long hours of computer use. The Eye-Saver System has been proven by researchers to improve comfort in the
office.
To install your Eye-Saver System, remove the protective cover. Using the hooks at the top of the screen, carefully hang it on the
front of your computer monitor. The hinges allow you to adjust the angles of the screen for optimal viewing comfort. To clean
10
your computer screen, wipe using plain soap and water. If you are not satisfied with our product for any reason, please contact
our customer service representative at 1 -800-425-SAVE.
159. Where would this information probably be found?

(A) In a pharmacy
(B) In a computer software manual
(C) In a product package
(D) In a magazine advertisement
160. What is NOT given as a benefit of the product?
(A) It improves eye comfort.
(B) It is washable.
(C) It improves screen contrast.
(D) It is adjustable.
SHOP FOR YOUR NEXT BICYCLE AT THE CYCLING WORLD!
We offer a wide selection of bicycles to fit every budget, from fitness bikes to mountain bikes and even bikes for young
children. We also carry the region's biggest stock of cycling accessories, including helmets, baskets and backpack racks, locks
and clothing. You can also trust our expert mechanics with your equipment. We guarantee all maintenance for up to 6 months.
The Year-end Sale is going on now!
All bikes from this year reduced to sell!
We must make room for next year's stock!
Please note that our store will be closed next Monday in observance of the national holiday.
Cycling World
755 Traverta Avenue
Serving the Greater Boston Area for over 15 years!
161. Why is the store lowering prices for the bicycles?
(A) As a promotion for a holiday
(B) To celebrate the store’s anniversary
(C) The store is opening a new location.
(D) So that some older bikes will sell faster
162. What kind of items are NOT mentioned in the advertisement?
(A) Safety equipment
(B) Theft deterrence devices
(C) Weather-proof backpacks
(D) Attachments to carry luggage
Questions 167-169 refer to the following passage.
IMPORTANT NEWS for
Chester Bank Credit Card Customers!
Making electronic payments on your credit card account is faster and easier than ever! Just call our dedicated payment line at
800-468-2588 and follow the automated instructions. Payments are posted to your account within a business day of your call
and there is no fee for this payment service!
Get a free SKYLINE satellite system including installation.* For more details, call Satellite Express at 1-800-837-0837.
‘Note: S49.95 Shipping and Handling fee, restrictions, limitations and minimum subscription requirements apply Chester Bank
is not affiliated with Satellite Express, SKYLINE or affiliates
167. Where would this passage most likely appear?

(A) Daily newspaper
(B) Trade journal
(C) Credit card statement
11
(D) Company bulletin board
168. When will the payment made over the phone on Friday be applied?
(A) Saturday
(B) Sunday
(C) Monday
(D) Tuesday
169. What is true about the satellite service?
(A) Installation cost is $49.95.
(B) Service request must be made through the bank.
(C) A customer can cancel the service only after a certain period.
(D) The service is available for a limited time only.
Questions 159-160 refer to the following form.
QUEENS INN
ROOM MAINTENANCE REQUEST FORM
Should you find anything in your suite that needs the attention of housekeeping, please fill out this request form and drop it in
the box conveniently located on each floor next to the elevator doors. We will do our utmost to meet your request.
In case the item needs our immediate attention, please do not hesitate to contact the front desk by pressing #o on your suite
phone.
Thank you,
The Management
Room No : 507 Date : November 22
Description : I am really annoyed bv the noise the bathroom faucet creates when I turn on the hot water. It makes a squeaking
sound from time to time and I think it needs to be repaired immediately. If it is not fixed by tomorrow night, I would like to
request a room change. Thank you.
159. For what purpose is this card issued?

(A) To request a room change
(B) To complain about poor service
(C) To make a room reservation
(D) To ask for a repair service
160. What seems to be the problem here?
(A) The room temperature needs adjusting.
(B) The elevators are too slow.
(C) The plumbing fixture is malfunctioning.
(D) The room next door is too noisy.
Learn How to Speed-read in 6 weeks!
If you can speed-read, you can get an edge in business and in education! Our tried and true super fast reading techniques are
guaranteed to help you get information from the page or computer screen into your brain faster than ever before.
Speedie Readie, the program developed by 6 time speed-reading champ Arnold Gusterson, is now available to you through this
special offer. It will help to increase your ability to focus on and quickly internalize whatever information is in front of you.
There is also focus on scanning documents for vital bits of information very quickly without having to read the entire page.
12
Sign up today and you will receive our bonus cassette tape, entitled 'Listening for Comprehension'. Our package comes to you
for the low price of $99.95 with a money back guarantee. Fill out the form on our web site at www.readfast.com, or call 1-866-
345-1234 to order now!
163. What is the name of the cassette tape people will receive if they order today?
(A) Speedie Readie
(B) Listening for Fun
(C) Listening for Comprehension
(D) An Edge in Business and Education
164. How long should a student commit to this program?
(A) 4 weeks
(B) 5 weeks
(C) 6 weeks
(D) 7 weeks
165. What options are available to order the product?
(A) In writing
(B) Visit
(C) Fax
(D) Phone
166. What is Mr. Brown's job title?
(A) Supervisor
(B) Cook
(C) Manager
(D) Squiggly Wiggly
Questions 168 – 170 refer to the following e-mail
Dear Customer,
Because you have been a member of the Mailit DVD club for so long, we are especially pleased to tell you about this exciting
offer. This email is to let you know about our new discount package for all your favorite hit movies. You can now receive
films featuring all the hottest stars more cheaply than ever before.
We will begin keeping track of how many DVDs you order as of July 15. If you order 8 DVDs within the 6-month period that
follows, we will reward you by sending you an additional DVD of your choice free!
If you order 10 DVDs in 6 months, we will be happy to send you 2 free DVDs. And, if you order 12 DVDs, you will receive 3
DVDs absolutely free! Each additional DVD you purchase after that will be sent to you at 50% of the normal price!
Don't delay your next order, we want you to begin saving as soon as possible.
Yours truly,
Mailit DVD club
168. How many DVDs must a customer receive before they pay half price for the next one?
(A) 12
(B) 13
(C) 15
(D) 18
169. If a customer wants 12 DVDs, how many must he or she actually pay for?
(A) 4
(B) 6
(C) 8
(D) 10
170. What benefits are given to the customers that order 8 DVDs?
(A) No benefits
13
(B) A 50% discount
(C) Faster shipping
(D) Receive a DVD for free
*********************
Questions 153 through 155 refer to the following advertisement.
Product Name Minimum Balance Monthly Fee Added Benefits

West Free Checking -o- -o- - Free initial order of checks
- No charge on ATM transactions
opening balance $5o
West 55 Checking -o- -o- - Free standard checks
(must be 55 years or opening balance $100 - Checks returned at no charge
older) - No charge on ATM transactions
West Interest -$5oo None, or $4 - Free initial order of checks
Checking opening balance $100 plus .25 per - Checks returned at no charge
153. Which account(s) offer(s) free checks any time?
(A) West Free Checking & West Interest Checking
check if balance - No charge on ATM transactions
(B) West Free Checking falls below
(C) West Interest Checking minimum
(D) West 55West Advantage
Checking & West Acct. -$2,500
Advantage Account None, or $8 if - Free standard checks
opening
154. Which account(s) has(have) the lowest balance
required $100
opening balance falls
balance? - No charge on ATM transactions
(A) West Interest & West 55 Checking below - No-fee traveler’s checks
(B) West Interest & West Advantage minimum - Checks returned at no charge
(C) West Free Checking & West 55 Checking
(D) West Free Checking
155. Which account would best suit a senior citizen?
(A) West Interest
(B) West Checking
(C) West 55 Checking
(D) None of the accounts
Smart business people have long known that they can use the Zephyr to do their faxing, emailing, scheduling, writing, and
typing at home, in the office, and on the road, and now it gets even better! On top of all the things Zephyr can already do,
we've just added a special feature that can save you money. Buy a Zephyr now (retails for $1,599.00) and we'll include a
5i2mb flash memory card pre-loaded with Expense Manager and Paging Access software. That's a $250 value, free if you act
now! Use the Expense Manager to keep track of your business expenses. Send messages to cell phones with the Access
software. Use the extra memory to store more data or back up your data.
158. What kind of an ad is this?
(A) An ad announcing a sale
(B) An ad announcing a special offer
(C) An ad announcing a new product
(D) An ad announcing a new location
159. Who would purchase a Zephyr?
(A) A college student majoring in law
(B) A busy housewife with four children
(C) A businessperson
(D) A plumber or electrician
160. How much money can you save if you follow up on this offer?
(A) $1,599
14
(B) $250
(C) $201
(D) $49
161. What is Expense Manager?
(A) A store in the area
(B) A sales person at the store
(C) A pre-loaded memory card
(D) A computer program
Questions 169 through 172 refer to the following letter.
Stock Options
25 Alto St.
Albuquerque, NM
October 10, 2006
Landreth’s Shoes
7829 Miller Avenue
Denver, CO
Dear Sir:
Wouldn’t you be surprised if you walked into your store tomorrow and saw $5 bills hanging out from every shoe box lid?
Money, as you know, has no value unless it is working. If you invest money in something that doesn’t earn anything, it
eventually costs more money to leave it there. This is why a large group of our customers go to a little extra time and effort to
harness their shoe stock with our Concentration Plan. This plan helps them drive those slow-moving shoes off the shelves.
Our Stock Control System is a part of the Concentration Plan. It will keep track of your stock and keep that stock mobile in a
way you couldn’t manage without it. You’ll be surprised at how inefficient your current stock-tracking systems will seem in
contrast. Install our Plan in January and it will be running smoothly by your spring shoe sales. It costs nothing except your
willingness to start it and keep it going. Please read the attached Concentration Plan agreement, fill in the information on the
second sheet, and we will forward the necessary supplies and information. I am confident that, having read the attached
customer testimonies, you will see that Stock Options Concentration Plan is the only way to go. You may also find further
information on the Stock Options website at www.stockop.co.
Sincerely,
Darlene French,
Stock Options Consultant
169. What type of letter is this?
(A) An inquiry letter
(B) A request letter
(C) A sales letter
(D) A letter of congratulations
170. What will the Concentration Plan accomplish?
(A) It will increase profits.
(B) It will attract shoppers from far away.
(C) It will put $5 into every box of shoes.
(D) It will provide a website.
171. What should Landreth’s Shoes do first?
(A) Put time and effort into their business
(B) Read the agreement and complete a questionnaire
(C) Install the Concentration Plan in January
(D) Send in $5 for each pair of shoes in stock
172. According to the letter, how long after installation would it probably take for the system to become effective?
(A) One year
(B) Just a few months
15
(C) About six months
(D) Just a couple of weeks
Questions 153 and 154 refer to the following memo.
To: Office Staff
From: Jan Smith
Date: July 2, 2006
The contracts for the copy machines run from 7/1/2006 to 6/30/2007. For that period, and regarding your copying needs only,
we've divided the year into six month segments: July 1st to December 315t and January 1st to June 30th.
Limits are as follows:
Part-time staff: (old copier only) no more than 1,000 copies per six-month period. Visiting full-time staff: 2,000 copies per six
months (1,500 on the old copier and 500 on the new).
Full-time staff: 3,000 copies per six months (1,000 on the old, 2,000 on the new).
If you have any questions, I'm available between 9:00 a.m. and 1:00 p.m., Monday through Friday.
153. What is the subject of this memo?
(A) Use of shared office computers
(B) Staff job descriptions
(C) Holidays in the work calendar
(D) Establishing copying limits
154. How is the year divided?
(A) In six segments, starting in July
(B) Into three groups, one for each staff category
(C) In half, starting in July
(D) By month
The Sage Database
The Sage Database offers the best international business
research available on CD-ROM,
We’ve got a powerful research engine to help you find what you’re looking for:
• More than 33,000 author references
• 2,000 publisher references
• More than 32,000 English language references
and over 5,000 in Dutch, French, or German.
• Select from any of 1,164 descriptors and 1,795
synonyms arranged in 292 categories.
• Select from 1 of 12 main research categories,
292 sub-categories, or 2,959 research terms.
You will find what you need with Sage Systems.
Requirements: IBM-COM drive.
155. What is this offer for?
(A) An international business directory
(B) A computer research system
(C) A computerized telephone book
(D) An educational tool
156. Which of the following is a feature?
(A) 33,000 publisher references
(B) References in Dutch and Russian
(C) A complimentary CD-ROM
(D) Broad research criteria
157. What is required?
16
(A) A computer with certain specifications
(B) Any kind of computer
(C) A library card
(D) An international business license
158. How many languages can be found in this database?
(A) 4
(B) 12
(C) 292
(D) 1,164
Questions 159 through 161 refer to the following information.
Surface Shipping Charges
Order amount US Surface Rate Canada Surface Rate
0-$25.00 $3.60 $5.85
$25.01-$50.00 $4.65 $6.85
$50.01-$ 100 $5.35 $7.85
over $100 $6.60 $8.85
(For orders over $500, please contact one of our shipping agents for a price including insurance.)
> > Delivery generally takes 5-10 days.
>> Please contact us for international rates.
>> Express Service also available:
2 to 3 day shipping: add $3 to surface charge
Overnight carrier: add $13 to surface charge
159. What are these rates based on?
(A) Delivery time and price
(B) Weight and price
(C) Weight and delivery time
(D) Weight only
160. By overnight carrier within the US, how much would it cost to ship a pair of shoes hat cost $75?
A) $5-35
B) $8.35
C) $10.85
D) $18.35
161. Where might you expect to find this list of shipping charges?
(A) A newspaper
(B) A telephone directory
(C) A mail order catalog
(D) An instruction manual
Questions 162 through 164 refer to the following notice.
SHOP Members enjoy valuable benefits!
Only SHOP members get these benefits for a one-time $15 fee.
Benefits include:
• Earn money-back refunds! A refund is paid back to you annually based on your total regular-price purchases* in SHOP stores
or through mail order.
• Earn rebates with SHOP Bankcard! Only members are eligible to apply for this Mastercard or Visa. The SHOP Bankcard
allows you to earn full refunds on your regular-price purchases* plus a 1% rebate on all non-SHOP purchases.
• Our commitment to conservation. Since 1976, SHOP has donated more than $5 million to protect the outdoors for recreation.
* Offer does not apply to reduced-price items or discounted goods during sales.
162. What must you do to receive these benefits?
(A) Only shop during certain times of the year
17
(B) Never buy anything on sale anywhere
(C) Pay a $15 membership fee
(D) Be committed to the environment
163. Which of the following is NOT a benefit?
(A) An annual refund based on purchases of SHOP merchandise
(B) Discounts on all purchases at SHOP stores
(C) Support of the environment
(D) Eligibility for a credit card
164. When are these benefits NOT available?
(A) During bargain sales
(B) In 1976
(C) When shopping at Shop stores
(D) During holidays
Tired of paying a large chunk of your hard-earned income to pay off your landlord’s mortgage? Nervous about buying your first
home? Not sure that you qualify for a mortgage? Confused about where to start? Relax. Come to Norstead Mortgage and we
will be able to give you the peace of mind you need.
Norstead counselors understand the stresses and pressures of finding the right mortgage. We will help you every step of the way.
Our professional mortgage counselors will walk you through the loan process and help you select the financing option that
best fits your individual needs. We have loan packages to suit all income levels, some with no deposit necessary. We will help
you work out just how much you can afford to repay each month, without overburdening your finances. With over eighty-five
years of experience, Norstead Mortgage, Inc. will provide the exceptional level of service you expect and deserve.
Plus:
* -$150 closing bonus
* -Highly competitive interest rates
* -Quick loan decision
* -Personalized mortgage counseling
* -And much more!
For more information, call 1-800-777-5424, 7:30 a.m. to 11 p.m. (Central Time), Monday through Friday. Or visit your local
Norstead Mortgage counselor during regular office hours (9 a.m. to 5 p.m.) for a face to face consultation. We are ready to
answer all your mortgage-related questions. Why don’t you give us a call?
Warning: If you do not keep up with payments, your house may be repossessed.
173. What is the text above?
(A) An ad for a loan company
(B) A sample of a mortgage application
(C) A request to borrow money
(D) An ad for a Stock Investment firm
174. Which of the following is offered?
(A) Personalized checks
(B) $150 discount for every purchase over $1,000
(C) 85-year loans
(D) Excellent interest rates on your loan
175. Who would probably be most interested in this advertisement?
(A) An elderly couple who want to sell their house
(B) A young couple looking for their first home
(C) People with good credit records
(D) Counselors
176. How long has Norstead Mortgage been in business?
(A) A few months
18
(B) From 9-5
(C) More than 85 years
(D) Almost 150 years
Questions 156 and 157 refer to the following advertisement.
Subscription Savings Certificate
Be as shrewd about your personal time as you are about your business time.
It's no surprise that Best Life readers are happier, wealthier, and healthier, tool
Don't miss these Big Trial Subscription Savings.
Get 60% off the cost of a one-year subscription. We are offering 26 issues for $41.60, and
with a regular newsstand price of $4.00 per issue, you can see you'll be saving over $601
Plus, get Best Life's 2006 Essential Details Calendar FREE with each subscription.
Send no money now. We will bill you later. Allow 4-6 weeks for delivery.
156. How often is Best Life published?
(A) Weekly
(B) Monthly
(C) Bi-annually
(D) Bi-monthly
157. How much money do you actually save on this offer?
(A) $39.00
(B) $60.00
(C) $62.40
(D) $io4.oo
Bored of lying on the beach for those precious two weeks of summer vacation your company gives you every summer? Buy the
summer vacation that will give you more. The Computer Training Center offers summer intensive seminars in Lotus, Quark,
Computer Aided Design, Dbase programming, and more! Take this summer and create or enhance your computer skills. The
Summer CTC seminars are every two weeks from June 1st through September 1st. For a listing of courses, call 585-2880, or
stop by our beautiful new school at 4375 Marine View, with a spectacular view of the Bay.
For June and July, we are offering Special Grand Opening Rates of 5% off the usual price. Don't miss this chance to improve
your prospects in two short intensive weeks. Go back to work with new skills, not just a tan.
159. Who is this advertisement intended for?
(A) Someone who wants to learn water sports during their vacation
(B) People who want to have a view of the ocean
(C) Anyone interested in improving their computer skills
(D) Anyone who needs a discount on the price of their summer vacation
160. How often are the seminars offered?
(A) Once a month
(B) Twice a month
(C) Every week
(D) Every three weeks
161. What can you pick up if you stop by their new building?
(A) A 5% Grand Opening Discount
(B) A view of the Bay
(C) A schedule of classes
(D) A test of your computer skills
The Buena Vista Center
578 Barberry Road Berkeley, CA 94711
Tel: 510 - 564 - 9912 Fax: 510-564-9913
19
June 6, 2000
Dear Ms. Adler,
Thank you for your June 1st letter expressing interest in the Buena Vista Center as the venue for your seminar. This letter will
confirm our final plans for your conference, as per our telephone conversation of June 5th.
We have reserved two rooms for you, each with a capacity of 50 people, from September 16m to September 18th. We
understand that you expect approximately 80 people to attend your meeting. Each room will contain ten tables and 40 chairs.
Please let us know in advance if you think you will require additional seating. We will provide a TV, VCR, and broad beam
projector (for presentations made using a computer) for one of the rooms. We plan to serve a light lunch on the 17th and coffee
and tea every morning from the 16“' to the 18“\
A deposit of 10% of the total, $1,545.00, will be due upon receipt of this letter. Full payment is due on September 16lh.
Payment may be made by credit card or by check. If you have further questions or need to make any changes, please contact
me. We look forward to seeing you on September 16th. Thank you for choosing the Buena Vista Center.
Sincerely yours,
Angela Lewis/Conference Coordinator
CC: J. Blackwell, AV Department, D. Alcuaz, Food and Beverage Manager
165. What is the purpose of this letter?
(A) To provide general information about the BV Center
(B) To confirm a reservation for a meeting at the BV Center
(C) To reserve two rooms for a meeting at the BV Center
(D) To agree upon a payment plan for a meeting at the BV Center
166. How many people are expected for lunch on the 16th?
(A) About 80
(B) About 100
(C) About 50
(D) About 40
167. When must Ms. Adler pay some money?
(A) By June 5th
(B) By September 17th
(C) As soon as her telephone conversation ends
(D) As soon as she receives this letter
168. Who will also receive this letter?
(A) The director of Golden Gate Software
(B) The AV department and Food and Beverage Manager
(C) The people attending the conference
(D) The BV Center’s accounting
Questions 196 through 200 refer to the following advertisement and inquiry.
The Telephone Connection’s new Call-Connect plan is the greatest savings program in long distance calls. Save on our already
low basic rates when you spend as little as $10.00 a month. Save 50% on all Telephone Connection card calls within the US
every time you call home or to members in your Call-Connect group. There’s never a monthly fee. There are home savings,
too! Incur a 25% savings automatically on all direct-dial calls to anyone in the US. Any month you spend $50 or more, your
discount automatically increases to 30%, with a 50% savings to the members in your Call-Connect group.
We’re here to help you 24 hours a day, so call us with any questions, any time or email us at TCC- inquiry@TTC.com.
To: TCC-inquiry@TTC.com
From: Reese Winters <reewin@usmail.com>
Subject: Call-Connect Plan
Date: February 7, 2006
To Whom It May Concern:
I recently read your advertisement for the Telephone Connection's new Call-Connect plan.
20
I have been using a discount plan offered by your competitors, but I have not been satisfied with the quality of the line. Call-
Connect looks like a very convenient plan, but I would like to ask a few questions before I decide whether or not it is the right
plan for me.
First, your advertisement mentions that you can save 50% on calls "to members in your Call-Connect group." I am not quite
sure what this means. Does it refer to a group of numbers that I will select to qualify for the extra discount, or does it mean
people who are also already TC customers?
Secondly, the ad says that if I spend more than $50, the discount increases to "30%, with a 50% savings to the members in your
Call-Connect group." Yet as I understand it, the calls to the members in the Call-Connect group already qualify for a 50%
discount. What exactly is the discount being given in this case?
I look forward to your reply.
Sincerely,
R. Winters
196. Which statement is NOT true about TC’s Connect-Call plan?
(A) You save 25% on calls to anyone in the US.
(B) You must spend $5o a month to get cheaper rates.
(C) You always save 5o% on calls made within the US.
(D) There is no monthly fee.
197. If you spend more than $5o, what happens?
(A) You lose your 25% automatic savings.
(B) Your charges automatically increase to 3o%.
(C) You must call customer service to check your account status.
(D) You save 3o% on all subsequent calls.
199. What kind of long distance provider has Reese been using?
(A) An expensive one
(B) One run by Telephone Connection
(C) One run by Telephone Connection’s competitors
(D) An Internet based line
200. What does Reese want to know?
(A) Whom she can call at the cheapest rate, and at what discount
(B) Whether the 5o% discount refers to international calls
(C) Whether the rates change on the weekend
(D) If there is a discount for calls made after midnight
198. Why did Reese Winters write to Telephone Connection?
(A) To update her service
(B) To complain about the service
(C) To get further information
(D) To find out a phone number
199. What kind of long distance provider has Reese been using?
(A) An expensive one
(B) One run by Telephone Connection
(C) One run by Telephone Connection’s competitors
(D) An Internet based line
200. What does Reese want to know?
(A) Whom she can call at the cheapest rate, and at what discount
(B) Whether the 5o% discount refers to international calls
(C) Whether the rates change on the weekend
(D) If there is a discount for calls made after midnight
CALLCO INTERNATIONAL
21
Calico International offers you the best in price, quality, and service. Ours are the lowest International Phone Rates. Save up to
79%, with no hidden sign-up or monthly fees. All rates apply to phone, fax, or cellular phones. We offer 24-hour personal
service: call for all the latest rates. There are no confusing bills. Compare our latest per-minute rates from within the US with
other companies and you will find we are unquestionably the cheapest!
153. Rates for calls from which country to which country are shown in the advertisement?
(A) South Africa - United Kingdom
(B) USA - Hong Kong
(C) Spain-USA
(D) Spain-Italy
154. According to the ad, which of the following is a true statement?
(A) Monthly service charges are 79% cheaper than other companies.
(B) The same prices apply to a cellular phone or fax.
(C) Calling is less expensive than faxing.
(D) You are never billed.
155. How much would a 10-minute phone call to Rome cost?
(A) $5.40
(B) $5.04
(C) $45.00
(D) $4.50
Questions 158 through 161 refer to the following report.
Lithuania, the Czech Republic, and Romania have announced a comprehensive plan for free trade, it is being portrayed as an
opportunity for greater economic growth for all three nations. The newly formed Free Economic Association (FREA) has been
greeted enthusiastically by business groups generally, but Czech labor unions, already struggling for labor rights in their own
country, oppose the removal of trade barriers and tariffs, contending that the accord will send jobs to Romania and Lithuania,
where labor costs are lower and environmental regulations more lax. The three countries have attempted to satisfy some of the
opposition to FREA by concluding side agreements. The free trade plan will bring together over 90 million consumers in a
growing market. If successful, it will extend membership to other former Soviet-bloc nations and eastern European countries
who are interested in joining.
158. According to the report, which of the following was an opposing argument to FREA?
(A) The Czech Republic would get richer and Lithuania would get poorer.
(B) People would go to the Romania illegally, flooding the labor market.
(C) The Czech Republic would lose jobs to Romania and Lithuania.
(D) It was unfair to exclude western European nations.
159. According to the report, what was an argument in favor of FREA?
(A) It would provide economic growth for all three nations.
(B) It would provide enthusiasm for new businesses in all three countries.
(C) It would create effective environmental regulations in all three countries.
(D) It would give the Czech Republic unfair advantages.
160. What will happen if FREA proves to be a success?
(A) It will be closed dovvu.
(B) It will expand its membership.
22
(C) The three countries will form a new organization.
(D) It will continue in the same vein.
161. According to the report, what group is especially opposed to FREA?
(A) Eastern European countries
(B) Lithuanian Environmental groups
(C) Former Soviet-bloc nations
(D) Czech labor unions
Questions 186 through 190 refer to the following email and article.
To: lsimmons@aadco.com From: jknowles@aadco.com
Subject: Advertising technology Date: April 3rd
Hi Leslie,
I've just been reading the newspaper, and I came across a very interesting article. I am attaching a copy for you to take a look at.
It talks about sending advertisements via cell phone. Apparently mobile phone ads are the next big thing, and I think we might
want to jump on the band wagon. We haven’t come up with anything new or exciting in a while, and I’ve been racking my
brain trying to think of something. When I read this article, I thought immediately of the Levitec campaign. They are aiming at
a young, technology-sawy audience: just the kind of consumer who would respond to an ad popping up on their phone display.
Take a look at the article and let me know what you think. Is it something we’d like to start doing here at Adams Advertising?
Regards,
Jules
Advertising Herald
April 3, 2006
Look Who's Calling: Ads on the cell phone
By Ellis Lane
The 30-second spot on TV may be about to give way to a 3-second ad flashing across the screen on your cell phone. Soon, the
technology will be available to send an advertisement to a potential customer, alerting them that they are in the vicinity of a
particular store. This may sound like the stuff of science fiction, but using global positioning systems (GPS), it is close to
becoming a reality. With increasingly sophisticated graphics in the average cell phone, phone-based ads are expected to really
take off in the coming 12 months.
It is not without complications. It is illegal for wireless carriers to divulge a subscriber's personal information without that
individual's permission. However, it has been proposed that subscribers who do agree to receive ads be offered special
incentives such as reduced monthly fees.
186. Why did Jules send this email?
(A) To inform Leslie that he is tired of his job
(B) To advertise an industry newspaper
(C) To ask Leslie to come up with a new advertising idea
(D) To ask for feedback on a new advertising idea
187. Why does Jules think cell phone ads might be good for Levitec?
(A) Because their customer base is young
(B) Because it is a cell phone company
(C) Because he is a big fan of mobile communications
(D) Because they will be more cost- effective
188. How will cell phone ads work?
(A) They’ll use GPS to inform customers of nearby retailers.
(B) They will use sophisticated graphics to attract young people.
(C) They’ll use radio waves.
(D) They’ll work very efficiently.
189. What problem might cell phone advertisers encounter?
(A) Difficulty obtaining cell phone users’ personal data
23
(B) Bad connections in mountainous areas
(C) High startup costs
(D) Unreliable technology
190. What has been proposed as a solution to potential difficulties?
(A) Improved wireless connections
(B) Free phones
(C) Special discounts on monthly fees
(D) A 12-month cooling off period
Just in time for Spring, Twin Oaks Hammocks announces a new line of Earth-friendly outdoor gear. In addition to our line of
classic mixed fiber hammocks, we've added a new series of hemp hammocks! The hemp hammocks are 100% natural—from
the hardwood stretchers to the vegetable-based dyes used to color the organically grown hemp. Moreover, the hammocks are
affordably priced from just $44-95 for the single to $69.95 for our spacious double. All hammocks are available in dark green,
black, or natural blonde. Mounting kits are available for an additional $25-00, or you may purchase a hammock stand for
$55.00. All hammocks and accessories have been safety tested and come with easy-to-follow directions. Please add 15% for
shipping outside of the continental United States.
158. What is the new product being advertised?
(A) Mixed fiber hammocks
(B) Hammock stands
(C) Hemp hammocks
(D) Mounting kits
159. How much are hammock stands?
(A) $15.oo
(B) $44.95
(C) $55.00
(D) $69.95
160. What is the shipping charge for sales outside the United States?
(A) $15.00
(B) 15%
(C) $25.00
(D) 25%
161. What makes this company and its products special?
(A) International availability
(B) Affordable pricing
(C) Variety of products
(D) Environmentally safe products
Questions 165 through 168 refer to the following article.
The annual Marylebone Classic Car show opened today for a three-day run at the Brentwood Convention Center. People started
to line up three hours before doors opened at nine o'clock this morning, anxious to take a look at the cars on display. This
year's classic car show includes a number of seminal muscle cars, such as the 1964 Ford Fairlane Sports Coupe. The stylish
Sports Coupe was Ford's attempt to counter the Chevrolet Corvette's success in the rally market. Ford added a number of new
performance features to the Fairlane including the all-new 289 engine and an updated suspension system. Many of these
features were carried forward into the mid-year release of the new Mustang line. While Ford's success against the Corvette was
limited, the Sports Coupe was also released in a limited- edition high performance model known as the Thunderbolt. The
Thunderbolt dominated the drag race circuit that year and led to the explosive growth of the muscle car market. Other cars on
display included the Aston Martin XX32, made popular in the action movie series Spy on the Run, and the more sedate Rolls
Royce G-series. While a large number of the visitors were male, as might be expected, this year's show has seen a large
increase in the percentage of female visitors, inspired perhaps by the popularity of the TV show, Women at the Wheel, in
which famous women test drive new cars.
24
165. What kind of event is this article about?
(A) Old cars
(B) A new TV show
(C) The recent increase in female drivers
(D) A motor show
166. Why did Ford release the Sports Coupe?
(A) To dominate drag racing
(B) To compete with the Mustang
(C) To beat Chevrolet in races
(D) To counter the Corvette’s success
167. In what area was the Thunderbolt most successful?
(A) Drag racing
(B) Rally market
(C) Muscle cars
(D) Against the Corvette
168. What is different about visitors to the show this year?
(A) There are more women than men.
(B) There are more women than in the past.
(C) There are more women exhibiting cars this year.
(D) There are no women in attendance this year.
Insulate your home before the winter hits.
Did you know that up to 47% of the heat in your house escapes through the roof and walls? You keep barely half of the heat that
you pay for. That adds up to a much higher heating bill than you really ought to be paying.
Yet thousands of people keep paying winter after winter, all the while grumbling about the cost. With rising fuel costs, can you
afford to be one of those people?
Foamsulate is the number one insulating foam used by the construction industry. We have been supplying the industry for over
20 years,, and now for the first time, Foamsulate is available to the individual for home use. Foamsulate is easy to install. Just
drill a small hole in the walls you wish to insulate and insert the Foamsulate pump nozzle. In 30 minutes you can insulate a
whole room with our quick drying, odorless, non-toxic insulating foam. For roofs, Foamsulate comes in easy to lay 10m or
20m rolls. Foamsulate is guaranteed for 10 years. That means ten years of reduced energy costs as you keep in all that precious
heat. After 10 years, just repeat the same easy process and you'll be good for another whole decade. Foamsulate is available at
all good home supply centers. For a limited period, we are offering a free home improvement tips book with every purchase.
Hurry while stocks last.
177. According to the advertisement, why are people’s heating bills so high?
(A) The construction industry has artificially raised prices.
(B) Energy costs keep rising.
(C) People forget to turn off the heat when they go out.
(D) Much of the heat disappears through the walls and roof.
178. Why is Foamsulate being advertised?
(A) Until now, it was not available to the ordinary consumer.
(B) It has been discounted.
(C) It has a new, improved formula.
(D) It is easy to install.
179. How long does it take to insulate a room using Foamsulate?
(A) Two days
(B) An hour
(C) Half an hour
(D) Half a day
25
180. What special offer is currently available?
(A) Free installation by an expert
(B) A free gift with every purchase
(C) Buy one, get one free
(D) 47% off the regular price
OFFICE ISSUES
MediaOne Broadband
PO Box 3505
South Hadley MA 08205-3505
Date: October 7, 2004
Yuko Sugano 58 Appletree Road
Cambridge, MA 02145
Dear Yuko Sugano,
Our records indicate that you are in possession of a Digital Consumer Terminal (DCT) or other equipment that is the property of
MediaOne Broadband.
We have made numerous attempts to recover our equipment, including visiting your residence and telephoning your home.
Therefore, in accordance with the Digital Cable Equipment Use Agreement that you signed upon installation of the DCT(s),
we request that you return the DCT(s) and all other leased equipment to our offices within 10 days of the date of this letter.
Failure to return the DCT(s) and all other leased equipment may result in our taking legal action against you. MediaOne
Broadband may pursue all legal remedies available to recover the equipment including the cost of each item in your
possession, which may include one or more of the following.
DCT: $345.00
Addressable analog converter: $175.00
Navigator Remote: $11.00
Analog Remote: $11.00
Should legal action become necessary, you could be liable for our collection costs, court costs, and attorney’s fees.
Option #1. You can return this equipment to any one of our Service Center locations.
Option #2. You can return this equipment free of charge via DHL. Please call our 24-hour equipment return hotline at 1-888-
708-7891.
We encourage you to take advantage of these easy, convenient ways of returning your equipment.
For information on office hours and locations for the return of your equipment, please call 1-800-393-8887.
Thank you for your prompt response in this matter.
Sincerely,
MediaOne Broadband
175. What can happen if the equipment is not returned within 10 days?
(A) MediaOne representative will visit the client’s home.
(B) MediaOne Broadband may sue the client.
(C) The client may have to pay a late fee.
(D) MediaOne Broadband service will be canceled.
176. What should the customer do if she wants to ship the equipment?
(A) Pay for the delivery.
(B) Make an arrangement by phone.
(C) Visit the nearest Service center.
(D) Call the post office for a pick-up.
177. What did the company NOT do prior to writing this letter?
(A) Visited the client’s residence.
(B) Leased the equipment to the client.
26
(C) Called the client at work.
(D) Made several attempts to contact the client.
Questions 196 -200 refer to the following notice and memo.
Notice
To: All Employees
From: Newton Enterprise Department of Information Security (DIS)
Date: August 20
Subject: Regarding the use of P2P softwares in the company
As all of you already know, there have been several spiteful attempts to export Newton’s intellectual properties (IP), through the
e-mails and Person-to-Person (P2P) programs, such as FileShare and MSN Messenger. To stay on top of the industry, the
misuses of the broadband network have to be faced and fought over. Newton’s prolonged survival in the hard economic
environment of today relies on the State of the Art Technology, achieved through the efforts of employees and amounts of
R&D costs. Therefore, the DIS committee decided to ban the use of P2P programs of any kinds. Also, we expect our
employees to delete such programs immediately. The e-mails will still be allowed, with a minimum amount of inspection.
Please understand that the committee’s decision was crucial for Newton’s, as well as your survival. If you happen to have any
concerns on this matter, please contact a DIS manager Kenneth Nakamura at EXT. 7201 or send an email to
NKenneth@newton.com.
TO: Kenneth Nakamura

FROM: Harriet Tang
DATE: August 21
SUBJECT: [re] Regarding the use of P2P softwares in the company
Hi. This is Harriet Tang in the Logistics Department. I do understand that a lot of significant information related to Newton’s
intellectual properties finds its way out to unknown users, possibly our competitors. However, the banning of all P2Ps will
only solve the problem superficially. Moreover, the Logistics Department is in need of such P2P programs as Alive, which
assists us on tracking and locating remote items. Hence, I hereby object to the DIS committee’s decision on banning all P2Ps,
and a more sophisticated scheme for the protection of intellectual properties should be planned with care.
Truly Yours,
Harriet Tang
196. What is the main purpose of the Notice?

(A) Aiert the users of P2P programs before the license expires.
(B) Mildly warn MSN Messenger users of the program’s harmfulness.
(C) Prevent any use of P2P programs in the company.
(D) Encourage employees to communicate more using online messengers.
197. Which method for blocking the export of IPs is mentioned in the Notice?
(A) Delete programs like FiieShare and Alive.
(B) Acknowledge Kenneth if there is any suspicious activity.
(C) Cut research and development costs in order to minimize expenditure.
(D) Fire some of the employees to protect confidential information.
198. What is DIS’s decision on e-mails?
(A) Go through every single e-mail to search for clues of IP exports.
(B) Prevent anyone from sending e-mails.
(C) Only allow employees above managerial position to use e-mails.
(D) Exercise only moderate amount of inspection on e-mails.
199. Which of the following does Ms. Tang suggest DIS to do?
(A) Renew licenses for Alive.
(B) Separate the Logistics Department from Newton.
27
(C) Look for better methods of protection than just banning all P2Ps.
(D) Block any outgoing e-mails from the company.
200. Why Harriet opposes the ban of P2P programs?
(A) Logistics Department have to make use of some P2P programs.
(B) Ms. Tang wants to chat with friends using online messenger programs.
(C) Logistics Department cannot afford any more computer software.
(D) DIS is too authoritative on company policies.
Questions 163-166 refer to the following article.
Nortel Telecom announced the opening of its fifth office in the United Kingdom, bringing 128 branches worldwide in total.
The new office, located in Birmingham, has a staff of 45 and will provide Nortel’s leading-edge technology and consulting
services to local firms. Other branches in the United Kingdom are located in London, Oxford, Manchester and Edinburgh, with
yet another to open in Dublin half a year later.
Nortel Telecom has offices in 28 nations, with international headquarters located in New York.
The manager of the new branch, Chris Fox, was previously responsible for a Nortel Telecom subsidiary in Paris, where he was
granted the Nortel Manager-of-the-Year award. The chairman of the company, Karen Stern is traveling to the new office to
meet with people of the business community.
163. Where is Nortel Telecom’s newest office located?

(A) Paris.
(B) London.
(C) Birmingham.
(D) New York.
164. In how many countries does Nortel Telecom have offices?
(A) 5.
(B) 28.
(C) 45.
(D) 128.
165. Why is Dublin mentioned in the article?
(A) It has more branches than any other country.
(B) Another Nortel Telecom office will open there after six months.
(C) Chris Fox was in charge of research there.
(D) Nortel Telecom’s main office is located there.
166. Why will Karen Stem go to Birmingham?
(A) To speak to local business people.
(B) To recommend Chris Fox as manager.
(C) To recruit new office staff.
(D) To give Chris Fox an award for community service manager.
Safety Tips
Electronic devices can be extremely dangerous, and if not handled with care, it can lead up to serious injuries. Please read these
safety tips carefully, it can be a big help next time you are using electronic devices.
• When using a lawn mower or a string trimmer, always wear thick, long pants to protect your legs, and wear shoes or boots
with protected the caps, such as steel-the boots. Always wear safety goggles to protect your eyes. Always keep the electrical
cord behind you. Trail it over your shoulder or hold a short loop in your hand. Also, be sure to always cut away from, not
toward, the electrical cord.
• When using electric hedge trimmers, keep both hands on the handles at ALL TIMES. Remember like stated above, to cut
away, not towards the cord. Also, note that the farther the trimmer is from your body, the less control you have over it. Don’t
push yourself. Rest when your arms start to feel tired.
28
• If the machine you are using stops because of an obstruction or electrical failure, unplug the machine before you start to check
it or attempt to remove any obstruction.
168. What is said if trimmers are far away from your body?
(A) Your arms will get tired.
(B) It will break easily.
(C) You have a better chance of cutting a cord.
(D) You have less control over it.
169. What is said about electrical cords?
(A) Longer the better.
(B) Cut toward the cord.
(C) Cut away from the cord.
(D) They should not be stepped on.
170. What is advice given to electrical device used outdoors?
(A) Wear comfortable clothing.
(B) Wear long pants.
(C) Wear sandals.
(D) Never keep both hands on the trimmer.
Questions 173-175 refer to the following memorandum.
Memorandum
To: All employees
From: Chris A. Barnarr, General Manager
Date: September 5, 2006
Subject: Clarification of Name Tag Policy
Good afternoon employees, several recent incidents regarding on-duty staff members not wearing name tags have been brought
to my attention. It is my purpose here to clarify this policy.
Once again, I confirm with you that the name tags must be worn at all times, by all on-duty employees, without exception. Tags
are to be worn approximately 3~4 inches below the shoulder on either side of the front of your uniform.
If you have misplaced your name tag, it is your responsibility to inform your supervisor. A new one will be issued for a small
fee, which will be deducted from your pay. No other badges, pins, buttons, or decorations of any kind may be worn on your
uniform while on duty, unless approved by your supervisor.
Failure to abide by this policy will result in dismissal.
173. What has happened?

(A) The company has instituted a new policy.
(B) Some employees have failed to wear their name tags.
(C) Employees have asked for policy clarification.
(D) There has been a change in the name tag policy.
174. When are employees allowed to remove their name tags?
(A) Only during shift breaks.
(B) When they are no longer on duty.
(C) During non peak hours, with supervisor approval.
(D) When performing functions with no customer contact.
175. What will happen when employees require replacement name tags?
(A) They will be excused from work.
(B) Money will be subtracted from their pay.
(C) They will not be allowed to work until they have replaced the tags.
(D) They will be issued temporary tags to use until permanent ones are available.
29
*****************
Questions 191 through 195 refer to the following memo and email response.
To: All Supervisors
From: Andrew Kirby, Director of Human Resources
Re: Procedures for Transfers
Date: August 17, 2005
When employees request transfers to other departments, you should follow these procedures:
1. Meet individually with the employees to discuss their qualifications for the new position. Make sure they are aware of
anything that could disqualify them.
2. Do not discourage the request; our company policy is to help employees find the jobs they want.
3. Give Form 34-12, Application for Transfer, to the employees requesting transfers.
4. When employees have completed Sections 1 -5 of the form, you should fill out Section 6, Supervisor's comments, at the
bottom of the form.
5. Attach a copy of each employee's latest Performance Evaluation to the pink copy of the form.
6. Send the pink copy to me. Keep the yellow copy for your reference.
7. Employees should know the outcome of their application within three weeks.
At that time, they may review the documents and discuss the decision with you.
To: Andrew Kirby <ak.humres@dig.com>

From: Malcolm Powell <mp.addes@dig.com>
Subject: Procedure for transfers Date: Aug 19,2005
Dear Andrew,
I’ve been going through the procedure for transfers, but I’m afraid that I don’t quite agree with everything. I have given things a
lot of thought and here are my comments.
I strongly disagree with point number 2: “Do not discourage the request.” In my experience, employees have a habit of putting
themselves forward for positions for which they are unsuited. JThis is particularly a problem where the employee has the right
qualifications and job experience, but lacks the right skills or personality. I think it would be very misleading not to tell an
employee that they are not an appropriate candidate in such a case.
I also think that the three weeks decision-making period is far too short. Sometimes, it can take up to six weeks to gather
information from other departments. Since we cannot make an informed decision without all the relevant documents, I think
we should extend the period to six weeks.
Anyway, these are just a few thoughts.
Thanks,
Malcolm
191. Which of the following best describes the text above?
(A) A procedure brochure
(B) An instructional memo
(C) An advice memo
(D) An instructional manual
192. What is the company policy?
(A) To discourage transfers between departments
(B) To actively encourage transfers
(C) To limit paperwork
(D) To assist employees in finding jobs they like
193. What is done after the employee fills out the Application for Transfer?
(A) The supervisor adds comments.
(B) The Director of Human Resources discusses it with the Supervisor.
(C) Three weeks later, the employee has a new job.
(D) Three weeks later, interviews begin.
30
194. Which points is Malcolm in disagreement with?
(A) 3 and 6
(B) 2 and 3
(C) 2 and 5
(D) 2 and 7
195. How much time would Malcolm like to have to make decisions?
(A) 3 weeks
(B) 4 weeks
(C) 5 weeks
(D) 6 weeks
Questions 153 and 154 refer to the following message.
FOR: Mr. Evans

DATE: Sept. 19, 2005
TIME: 9:20 a.m.
Message taken by: Rhonda McVities
Message
Mr. Feidt of Ultimate Tax Service (tel. 988-5130, ext. 23)
X Telephoned
Will call back
Please call
Mr. Feidt says your tax reports are complete. He has finished everything, so now all that remains is for you to sign them. You
can either stop by his office to sign them, or he can have them sent over by courier. He’d like you to give him a call before
three o’clock so that he knows what you want to do
Thanks!
153. What is Mr. Feidt’s job?

(A) He works for the Internal Revenue Service.
(B) He is a receptionist.
(C) He is a tax accountant.
(D) He is a courier.
154. Whom did Mr. Feidt talk to?
(A) Mr. Evans
(B) The Ultimate Tax Service
(C) A telephone answering machine
(D) Rhonda McVities
PERSONNEL
Questions 155-157 refer to the following report.
Good Money Management
Some people believe that having a large yearly salary is the best way to become rich, or even just to retire comfortably.
However, millions of people with high incomes around the world are up to their eyeballs in debt! How can this be? Well, here
are a few points that explain this and which can also help you get (or stay) on the right track financially:
1. It's not what you make, it’s what you spend: It's great to earn lots of money, but if you spend it all on life’s little pleasures
then you might end up with nothing left. A simple weekly budget tor meals, entertainment and other regular expenses can help
prevent a lot of money from being wasted. Consider the cost of items such as vacations and cars rather than acting (and
spending) on impulse.
2. Save a little each month: Just as you should have spending limits, you should have savings targets. Promise yourself you
will put aside a certain percentage of your income each month for savings or tor cautious investment in the stock market.
31
3. Cut up those credit cards!: If you have a large credit card debt, that means you are an impulse shopper who probably has a
lot of gadgets and ciotoes you don’t really need. Leave the credit cards at home, or better yet cancel them all. If you really feel
it’s necessary, keep the one with the lowest interest rate tor emergency purposes only.
(A new cell phone doesn’t count as an emergency!)
Start by making small, sustainable changes in your spending and savings habits, and things will improve tor you financially no
matter what your income.
155. According to this report, what should people NOT do?

(A) Save a little each month.
(B) Use credit cards frequently.
(C) Make a weekly budget.
(D) Consider costs of expensive Items.
156. What kind of stock market investments are specifically suggested?
(A) Impulse.
(B) Large.
(C) Prudent.
(D) Blue Chip.
157. What kind of expenses are credit cards suggested tor?
(A) Vacations.
(B) Meals.
(C) Vehicles.
(D) Emergencies.
So you want to be a lifeguard? The next series of lifeguard tests for Beach Patrol will be given on August 10.11.12 and 18. To
pass, you must be able to
→ Swim 500 meters in the ocean in less than 10 minutes.
→ Execute a series of simulated rescues.
→ Run 300 meters in softs and in less than 60 seconds.
→ Perform basic lifesaving skills in a swimming pool.
Beach patrol captain Joseph Armato encourages candidates to be prepared and well rested. All applicants must register in
advance. The deadline for registration is August 5. Those interested should call City Recreation and Parks at 555-1571 or write
to 7500 Wey Bridge, Surrey Hills, Victoria, for further information and application packets.
158. What is being announced?

(A) A qualifying examination.
(B) A training session.
(C) A recreational event.
(D) A series of lessons.
159. What are participants instructed to do?
(A) See Joseph Armato.
(B) Go to Beach Patrol headquarters.
(C) Visit Surrey Hills,Victoria.
(D) Call City Recreation and Parks.
Questions 153-155 refer to the following classified advertisement.
Job #16 Data Entry Assistant
Non-permanent weekend position lasting approximately 5-7 weeks. Basic computer skills, good writing skills strongly
preferred.
Job #17 Guest Service Representative
32
Full-time. We need an experienced manager who has supervised a staff of at least 20 people. Candidates will possess
outstanding communications and customer service skills. Some familiarity with Spanish or Korean and ability to work under
pressure a plus.
Job #18 Accounts Receivable Clerk
Part-time entry-level position. Duties include photocopying, filing, and handling incoming phone calls. Individuals must enjoy
working with people. Will receive between 20 and 25 weekday hours.
Job #19 Room Attendant
Seeking energetic individual. Must be able to work all shifts and occasional overtime.
Previous housekeeping experience preferred, but we are willing to train.
Please reply by fax for managerial positions. All other positions may apply for an on¬site interview in person. 3010 S.
Broadway Street, Palos Verdes, CA, or fax resume to Jean Pearson (801) 623-7272.
153. Where are these positions being offered?

(A) At a software company.
(B) At a department store.
(C) At a travel agency.
(D) At a hotel.
154. What is a requirement of fob #19?
(A) Interpersonal skills.
(B) Fluency in two or mom languages.
(C) The willingness to woilt late hours.
(D) Experience training others.
155. For how long will the temporary position last?
(A) 5 to 7 weekdays.
(B) Several weeks.
(C) 2 to 3 months.
(D) 20 to 25 hours.
Internship Available
Company: Nine to Five Modems
Department: Marketing
Supervised by: Web editor
This 9-week unpaid opportunity is for students that are in the web technology program. Any student who would like exposure to
the Marketing/Web Marketing environment may apply. We require an intern of 2~6 days a week, for a total hours a week.
Days and work hours are negotiable. Duties during this intern include advanced internet research to track out web site’s traffic,
presence, and raking, and submitting written analysis to the Web Editor and Marketing Team. A weekly journal and report is
required.
To apply: Just send us your age, name and telephone number and a simple r£sum£ to this e-mail address ohwhaa01@
webmark.com
Dwayne Han,
Director of Human Resources
Nine to Five Modems
178. To whom will the intern submit written analysis?

(A) Dwayne Han.
(B) The web editor.
(C) The director of human resources.
(D) The webmark company.
179. What is true of the advertised position?
33
(A) It is only for the rest of the year.
(B) It offers no pay.
(C) You can design their web page.
(D) it requires a high school diploma.
180. What kind of work must the successful applicant do?
(A) Designing the company’s web site.
(B) Researching the company’s web site.
(C) Analyzing sales data.
(D) Submitting the journal and report every week.
ATTENTION RETIRING EXECUTIVES!
Are you thinking of buying a rental property? If you are, think twice!
If you’re like the most folks, you’re retiring with a fixed, rather modest income and will try to find additional ways to increase
your income. One of the ways you could increase your income is taking out a loan and buying a house or condominium.
However, if the rental market declines and you don’t have a lot of savings, you could find yourself having a hard time making
mortgage payments. Also for federal-tax purposes there is a $25,000 cap on total deductions for losses on rental property. So I
would recommend that you be careful when buying rental property. Explore the market well, and review your finance situation
carefully. Money doesn’t come along as easy as you may think.
153. Where would one most likely find this announcement?

(A) In a magazine for retirees.
(B) On a newsletter for real estate developers.
(C) On an application form for mortgage loans.
(D) In a trade publication for real estate agents.
154. The stated purpose of investing in rental property is
(A) To speculate in the stock market.
(B) To create venture capital dividends.
(C) To use as a vacation home.
(D) To supplement pensions.
155. What is expected if the rental market weakens?
(A) Tax hikes.
(B) Difficulty in repaying loans.
(C) Bailout plans by the government.
(D) Early retirement.
EDITORS/WRITERS WANTED
Dear Editors and Writers of U.S.
A nationally known and distributed magazine ‘life Scene’ dedicated to reporting the latest in current events, arts, and literature
is seeking EDITORS and WRITERS. We need people with above average writing ability, creativity, depth of experience in
editing or writing field, and a high degree of motivation, who are team players needing little or no supervision. A college
degree in a relevant subject area is a requirement. Previous publishing experience is not necessary, but certainly a plus, if you
think you have what it takes; send your resume and a recent writing sample to:
LIFE SCENE
Editorial Department
1800 2nd Street
New York, NY 19002
176. Which of the following is NOT required for the advertised position?
(A) A college degree.
34
(B) Advanced level of writing ability.
(C) A variety of personal experiences.
(D) Previous experience in publishing.
177. What should an interested party do?
(A) Apply in person.
(B) Call and schedule an interview.
(C) Fill out a job application form.
(D) Submit a resume of brief work history and writing.
Questions 196-200 refer to the notice and fax.
Looking for Professional Advertisement Designers
Ellyet’s advertising agency is seeking experienced, passionate advertisement designers. They are willing to pay for your
transportation fee, apartment, food and plane ticket if you currently live away from the company but only if you meet the
following qualifications:
Qualifications:
1. You must have worked at least three years in the advertising field.
2. You must be familiar with managing the ad production process.
3. You must have motivation and enthusiasm for developing good relations with clients.
4. You must be able to work with other account managers as a cooperative team member.
5. You must be able to present yourself as a professional advertisement designer.
TO: Daniel
FROM: Peter
Subject: You’ve forgotten the last one
Hey Daniel, this is Peter from the Ad Production Department. I was just looking through the ad you made for our new ad
designer, and I realized you’ve forgotten to put in the last qualification many people are not qualified for. Do you remember
what it is? It’s this: You must be able to go on company picnics every first Saturday of the month. That is one funny and
strange qualification our company has. You forgot the hardest one of all. Ha Ha. Anyways, keep up the good work!
Peter
196. Who should NOT apply?

(A) A person who has good personal personality to connect with people.
(B) A person who has worked in the advertising field for a couple of years.
(C) A person who can lead and work together with other co-workers.
(D) A person who has an experience in producing advertisement.
197. What will the company NOT provide for the new employee?
(A) Plane ticket during your vacations.
(B) A place to stay.
(C) Gas or public transportation costs.
(D) Everyday meals.
198. Who most likely wrote this ad?
(A) The new selected professional advertisement designer as a test.
(B) The old professional advertisement designer when he was fired.
(C) A representative in the personnel department.
(D) Ad Production Department manager.
199. Why did Peter send Daniel an email?
(A) To rebuke him for a mistake he made.
(B) To make fun of the ad he made.
(C) To gently let him know of his mistake.
35
(D) To force him to change the ad.
200. How did Peter most likely come across to find the mistake?
(A) His job is to make sure everything is good before it is produced.
(B) He was looking through the newspaper and saw the ad.
(C) He was relaxing around Daniel's office and saw the ad.
(D) He was about to print the ad in the printing company.
Dose Investment Associates
33550 State Street, Suite 145
New York, NY 10033
May 2, 2006
Mr. Kyle Addison Design Consultant PDQ Interiors 7844 Park Avenue South Chicago, IL 60325
Dear Mr. Addison:
I want to confirm our luncheon appointment at Chez Fifi on Wednesday, May 17, at 12:30. Yesterday, I have looked through
your preliminary drawings for our new offices and am very impressed with your ideas. I particularly liked the skylight-it will
add an airy openness while reducing the need for overhead lighting. Would it be possible for you to bring me an extra set of
blueprints with you to the meeting, so that I can show my partners?
I look forward to the meeting, and believe we can resolve the few remaining problems then.
Sincerely,
Josh Harrins
President

(A) To postpone a meeting.
(B) To extend an invitation.
(C) To confirm a previous arrangement.
(D) To request changes to a work plan.
157. Of what does Mr. Harrins approve?
(A) Mr. Addison’s choice for the building site.
(B) Mr. Addison’s novel construction techniques.
(C) The overall quality of Mr. Addison’s design work.
(D) Mr. Addison’s decision to enlarge the existing skylight.
158. What request has Mr. Harrins made?
(A) He would like additional copies of the pre-planned drawings.
(B) He asked Mr. Addison to keep costs to a minimum.
(C) He would like to be present when the construction starts.
(D) He asked Mr. Addison to produce a written estimate of expenses.
Notification for Resignation
Employees who decide to end their employment must give two weeks prior notice. All resignations must be submitted in writing
by completing the reverse side of form 9010, listing the reason for resignation, the last days to be worked, and a forwarding
address. This form will be provided by your supervisor, upon request.
Terminating employees are required to go to the personnel office before their last day of work to return all hotel property
(uniforms, keys, etc.). Employees will be charged the full replacement cost of any hotel property not returned.
159. What must resigning employees do?

(A) Give two weeks prior notice.
(B) Obtain supervisory approval.
(C) Repay any training wages they received.
36
(D) Wait until the end of the month to resign.
160. Which of the following must be included on form 9010?
(A) A recent photograph.
(B) A forwarding address.
(C) The employee’s ID number.
(D) A supervisor’s signature.
161. What will happen to employees who do not return company property?
(A) They will be charged with theft.
(B) They will be charged for replacement.
(C) They will not receive a final paycheck.
(D) They will not receive unemployment benefits.
Questions 181-185 refer to the following advertisement and letter.
Looking for Drivers to Deliver
This is one chance to be a driver that delivers lots of important things such as cash, treasures, guns, or even famous people. We
are the best and safest delivery company in New York, Tamm Express Delivery Company. We are looking for drivers who
have clean driving records, good people skills, and an ability to deliver very important and precious things efficiently and
safely. You must be older than 25 to apply and be fluent in the English language. If you can speak other languages, that can set
you apart as a better applicant.
Dear Tamm Express Delivery Company,

Hello, my name is A. J. Smith, and I have worked as a cop in New York for twenty years now. I retired as a cop last year,
because of one incident where I was shot in my stomach in my effort to catch a thief. Although I really love my job as a cop,
my family will not let me be one anymore. So I decided to retire and now am looking for a new job. I believe that working for
the Tamm Express Delivery Company is just for me, because I can drive in any situations: raining, snowing, tornadoes,
typhoons etc. Cops are usually trained for 6 months to drive like the drivers in the movie in order to catch criminals. Anyway,
I believe that I would love this job and also would be a great help to your company. I hope to hear from you soon. Thank you.
181. Who would most likely be interested in the advertisement?

(A) A driving school instructor.
(B) An unemployed truck driver.
(C) A vehicle engineer.
(D) A taxi driver.
182. What do we know about the Tamm Express Delivery Company?
(A) It is a big and successful company in, New York.
(B) It only hires those who are not older than 25 years old.
(C) It delivers stuff like food,-clothes, and normal necessities.
(D) It only hires people from New York City.
183. What applicants will have an advantage?
(A) Those who have more than 10 years of driving experience.
(B) Those who have lived in New York for more than 5 years.
(C) Those who can speak English fluently.
(D) Those who are bilingual with English.
184. Why does Mr. Smith think he should work for the Tamm Express Delivery Company?
(A) He drove in New York for more than 19 years.
(B) He was trained to drive in worst scenarios at his police academy.
(C) He knows all the short cuts in New York.
(D) He can stay up all night to work.
185. Why did Mr. Smith end his career as a successful cop?
37
(A) He doesn’t want to live dangerously anymore.
(B) He was fired because he fired at innocent citizens.
(C) His family is afraid that he would die someday being a cop.
(D) He wants to have a career with more salary.
Questions 153-155 refer to the following employment advertisement.
SEEKING A MEDICAL EDITOR
French pharmaceutical company located outside of Rome
M.S. or Ph.D. in biomedical sciences / must be a native English speaker
The editorial publications department is seeking a copy editor and proofreader. He/she must be able to rewrite or translate Italian
into English. The department handles medical texts ranging from pharmaceutical advertising to sophisticated research papers.
Candidates must be fluent in Italian-interviewed candidates will be given an Italian exam. The employee must be able to work
both independently and as a team member. Experience in a similar position and computer literacy are advantages. The position
is a full-time job, with good salary and various benefits.
To apply, submit a letter and r6sum§ to: The journal of Pharmacology, Attn: ME, 23 rue de Bezons, 92477 Courbevoie Cedex,
Italy.
153. What is a requirement for the advertised position?

(A) More than 2 years of experience.
(B) Being a native speaker of English.
(C) Having a solid background in medical research.
(D) Holding a Ph.D. in biology or a related science.
154. What are the main responsibilities of the advertised position?
(A) Soliciting advertising.
(B) Copy editing and proofreading.
(C) Rewriting medical journal articles.
(D) Translating medical texts into English.
155. What will be required of candidates selected to be interviewed?
(A) An English exam.
(B) A writing sample.
(C) A medical examination.
(D) A test of Italian ability.
REMINDER
To: All Employees
From: Steven Chaset, Personnel Director Subject: New K2 Savings Plan Date: January 22, 2006
This morning I would like to remind you that we have included our new K2 savings plan in our benefits package for all
employees. This new plan provides an easy and simple way to save a fraction of your pay.
Consider these things:
* You can save from 5% to 20% of your pay monthly.
* The company will match deposits of up to 5% of your salary.
* Automatic and convenient payroll deposits make savings easy.
* All your contributions are 100% tax free.
Any employees whose employment has been over a year are eligible to join. If you are interested in learning more about this
profitable opportunity, come see me in the personnel department.
164. What percentage of an employee’s salary will the company contribute to a new K2 savings plan?
(A) A minimum of 5 percent.
(B) A maximum of 5 percent.
(C) A maximum of 15 percent.
38
(D) A minimum of 5 percent and no maximum.
165. When are employees eligible to join the K2 savings plan?
(A) Immediately.
(B) After working for one year.
(C) Once they finish a 90-day probationary period.
(D) One month after receiving their first paycheck.
166. Why has this memorandum been written?
(A) To encourage employees to join a savings plan.
(B) To announce that the company has invented a new savings plan.
(C) To let an employee know that he is now eligible to join the K2 savings plan.
(D) To remind an employee that it is time to make a deposit to his insurance.
Questions 173-175 refer to the following position announcement.
VACANCY ANNOUNCEMENT
Administrator of Research
The Agriculture Center for Research (ACR) is an international research organization promoting better uses of trees and shrubs
in inefficient crop and livestock production systems throughout the world to protect natural resources.
The Administrator of Research is responsible for planning and implementing ACR’s research programs, overseeing ACR’s
Research Department, and heading a multi-disciplinary team of 23 senior scientists and their support staff. The annual research
budget is approximately US $20 million.
The successful candidate must have a Ph.D. or an equivalent degree in biophysical or social science and extensive experience in
one of the following: agriculture, forestry, ecology, or natural resources management. In addition, candidates must have
management experience, and excellent speaking and writing skills. Fluency in English is essential, and a working knowledge
of Japanese or Chinese is highly desirable.
The position, based in ACR’s headquarters inNajakuwa, Japan, requires frequent traveL Salary and benefits are very
competitive among research & management jobs. To apply, send a detailed resume to: Human Resources Department,
Agriculture Center for Research, PO Box 44300, Najakuwa, Japan.
173. What is one focus of research conducted by the ACR?

(A) Using trees and shrubs as food for humans and livestock.
(B) Conserving natural resources through livestock production.
(C) Using trees and shrubs in farming to conserve other natural resources.
(D) Protecting trees and shrubs from damage caused by poor agriculture and livestock practices.
174. What is one responsibility of the Administrator of Research?
(A) Lead a team of senior scientists.
(B) Research new varieties of food crops.
(C) Create and implement new personnel procedures.
(D) Contribute in expanding the $20 million dollar annual research budget.
175. What is true of the job being advertised?
(A) A one-year minimum commitment is required.
(B) It requires a doctorate degree or equivalent.
(C) The successful candidate will have published articles in the field.
(D) It requires fluency in English, Japanese and Chinese.
UNEMPLOYMENT INSURANCE
In order to receive unemployment insurance benefits, an employee must have quit with a reasonable cause or not have been
discharged for misconduct and involved in a labor dispute of any kind. Also, he or she must be ready, willing, and able to
work. Benefits may be denied to workers who refuse, without a reasonable cause, a job that is suitable in terms of
qualifications and experience, unless the wages, hours and working conditions offered are substantially below those prevailing
for similar jobs in the community.
39
178. To whom does this writing most likely refer to?

(A) A boss of a company.
(B) A person who is looking for a job.
(C) A family of an unemployed.
(D) A company’s employees.
179. According to the passage, which of the following applicants for unemployment benefits would be refused?
(A) People who quit with a sound reason.
(B) People who have been involved in a labor dispute.
(C) People who are enthusiastic to work for the company.
(D) People whose income exceeds a maximum allowable under state law.
180. Under what condition can a worker refuse a job and still receive unemployment benefits?
(A) If the job is inconvenient.
(B) If the job requires a worker to travel a long distance.
(C) If the pay offered is much lower than the standard rate.
(D) If the work environment is substantially different from that of the worker’s previous job.
Sonus Starts its Hiring Season Again
For the second time in four years the Sorius Company plans to expand its work force.
A spokesperson for Sorius, one of the nation’s largest electronic companies, said at a press conference in Boston that its staff
complement would grow by nearly 9,200 this year, mainly because of an exponential increase in their sales and orders from
other companies.
The press predicts Sorius’ job rolls to reach 113,350 worldwide by the end of the year, which means hiring more than 4,500
people over the next few months.
Some 2,500 workers are expected to be added in the L.A., California, another 1,500 in Wichita, Kansas city, and the remainder
from other areas around the country.
153. What news has been announced by Sorius?

(A) The beginning of their annual hiring season.
(B) They are hiring for the first time in four years.
(C) They are expanding their work force again.
(D) Employees will be transferred to other company manufacturing facilities.
154. What has prompted Sorius to take its actions?
(A) A change in employment law.
(B) New products to be manufactured quickly.
(C) A change in government policy regarding the electronic industry.
(D) A dramatic increase in sales of their products.
Questions 160-161 refer to the following business notice.
Wage and pay period policies
Wages are 9.50 an hour for the first 2 months during the job. Each hour after 8 hours of work, you will receive an over-time pay
per hour, which is l .5 times the amount of your wage. After 10PM, the same policy will come into effect. If you have worked
past 8 hours and manage to work past 10PM also, the wage after 10pm will be 2 times the amount of your wage.
Pay period
Every employee will receive their monthly pay the following 5th of the next month. For example, the September hours you have
worked, you will get your pay October 5th. If the 5th is either a holiday or a weekend, you will receive your pay either the 3rd
or the 4th.
Time sheets
Employees, bimonthly or monthly, must fill out a time sheet. Time sheets are due as follows:
Bimonthly - Last working day of every week Monthly - Last working day of every month
40
IMPORTANT
Failure to turn in your time sheets on time may result in your pay to roll over to the next pay date. NO EXCEPTIONS
160. What does bimonthly mean in this passage?

(A) Every month.
(B) Every 2 months.
(C) Twice a month.
(D) A salaried worker.
161. If the 5th of March is Sunday, when do employees get the pay of February?
(A) Feb 25th.
(B) Mar 3rd.
(C) Mar 4th.
(D) Mar 6th.
Questions 158-160 refer to the following email.
To: JJ Mills@cjcorporation.com
From: Grant Johnson@cjcorporation.com, Personnel Department
Date: November 11th, 2006,11:43 AM
Subject: Employment status
Dear JJ Mills,
The Personnel Department is pleased to tell you that you will be promoted to assistant manager in the service department. We
are very satisfied with the work you have been doing and would like to promote you to this position for the better of the
company.
To make this official, we will hold a meeting with you and the personnel department to update your files on the position you
will be moved to, and we will explain to you about the new wage, and the new benefits you will receive when you are in this
position. The meeting will last around an hour, and after all the necessary documents have been signed, you may return to
work as an assistant manager. We congratulate you on your promotion and would love to keep working with you for the time
you are here.
Sincerely,
Grant Johnson
158. Why is this email being sent?

(A) To let JJ know he is fired.
(B) To inform JJ of his working ability.
(C) To inform JJ of his promotion he earned.
(D) To inform JJ of the next meeting.
159. What will the personnel department do?
(A) Give JJ more money.
(B) Schedule time for training for his new position.
(C) Have a meeting with him regarding his new position.
(D) Demote him for the better of the company.
160. What is JJ going to need to do for the personnel department?
(A) Pay a fine.
(B) Sign necessary documents.
(C) Clean floors.
(D) Update his files and turn them in.
41
General Employment
Production Plastics
Come and join one of the northeast’s oldest and largest family-owned plastics
manufacturing companies.
We’re looking for team players!
- Opportunity & Challenge: We train and offer exciting career possibilities along with rapid advancement.
- Hiring for Full Time (days and nights) entry and experienced assembly, machine operators, material handlers, packers, and
more!
- Benefits: retirement w/match, full health plans, paid vacation and holidays, shift differential and built-in overtime
- Pre-employment math test and drug screening required
Page Industries 5830 Macmillan Street Norfolk, MA 93421
Call Human Resources (618) 431-3882
Page Industries
5830 Macmillan Street
Norfolk, MA 93421
Hello, I am writing a letter to your company after having seen the advertisement you guys put out. I couldn’t get a hold of
anyone at the telephone number you gave, so I am writing this letter. I was wondering how the salary system works there. I
want to know how much the wages are, what day of the month we get our paychecks, and how much more we can make on
overtime at an hourly rate. I was also wondering if I can do overtime as much as I want. I love working and usually I work a
lot of overtime hours. I would also like a better explanation about rapid advancement. Thank you so much.
Billy Bob
112 Wish Street Cleo apt. #2
San Diego, CA 21354
181. What type of employment is being offered?

(A) Custodial.
(B) Clerical.
(C) Production.
(D) Management.
182. According to the advertisement, what must applicants do before being hired?
(A) Show proof of citizenship.
(B) Clear a police screening.
(C) Complete an application form.
(D) Pass a math test.
183. What is the main purpose of Billy’s letter?
(A) To know more details about the company’s pay system.
(B) To know more details about advancement.
(C) To know if he can work overtime.
(D) To know exactly what he does at the job.
184. What does advancement probably mean in this advertisement and letter?
(A) Improving working skills.
(B) Promotions.
(C) Loans.
(D) Harder work.
185. Why does Billy say he works overtime?
(A) He usually loves his job.
(B) He needs the money.
(C) He has nothing to do at home.
42
(D) Overtime work is fun.
Questions 196-200 refer to the following notice and memo.
Johnson Steel Company, an Equal Opportunity Employer, considers applicants for all positions without regard to race, color,
religion, or national origin. Johnson Steel also promotes a drug-free and smoke-free workplace.
Voluntary Consent to pre-Employment Drug Screening
Johnson Steel has a vital interest in maintaining safe, healthful and efficient working conditions for its employees. Using or
being under the influence of drugs may pose serious safety and health risks not only for the user but for co-workers and the
public.
Applicants understand and voluntarily agree to submit to pre-employment drug screening. Applicants further agree to release the
Company from any and all liabilities, claims, demands, and causes of action of every kind and nature arising out of the pre-
employment drug screening and any decision concerning employment made by Johnson Steel, in whole or in part, based upon
the results of pre-employment drug screening.
Applicants who are unwilling to agree with these conditions should not apply for employment with Johnson Steel. Refusal to
agree to pre-employment drug screening at this time does not preclude an applicant from applying for employment with
Johnson Steel at some future date when the applicant will agree to conform to policies.
To: Johnson Steel Company

From: Chris Weyers
Subject: Applying for employment
Hello, I would like to apply for a position at the Johnson Steel Company. I have a question about the drug screening policy and
the rules of the company.
I smoke occasionally, but if I get hired, I will not smoke in the workplace. But is it possible to smoke outside during lunch and
breaks? It says you guys are vitally interested in maintaining safe, healthful, and efficient working conditions for your
employees. Does that mean safe altogether, or just the environment of workers? I’m sure you guys have smokers that work for
the company.
I agree to submit to drug screening and everything else you said, just wanted to know about the smoking policy. Thank you.
196. What is one thing an applicant should understand from reading the notice?
(A) To be hired, it will first be necessary to take a drug test.
(B) No one with any drug history will ever be hired.
(C) Smoking at work will be limited to certain “smoking areas".
(D) Smoking will not be permitted at work.
197. What are applicants asked to do with regard to drug screening tests?
(A) Keep them confidential.
(B) Release Johnson Steel from any associated liability.
(C) Discard them after five days.
(D) Mail them to the Director of Human Resources.
198. What happens when applicants refuse a drug screening?
(A) They will never be interviewed again.
(B) They will be asked to leave the office.
(C) They may appeal the necessity of drug screening.
(D) They may reapply for a job at a later date.
199. What does Chris Weyers want to know about the company?
(A) If he can smoke with the other workers.
(B) Does he need to quit smoking to get hired.
(C) If smoking is not allowed altogether, or if it is allowed at certain times.
(D) If he can go out to lunch.
200. What does Chris Weyers say about the drug screening test?
43
(A) He will apply for it.
(B) He is not willing to apply for it.
(C) He wants to know if every employee that works there now took it.
(D) He wants to know what time the drug screening test is.
*****************
Busta Movers is one of the nation’s largest moving companies. We have been providing moving services to individual homes
and businesses of all sizes for the last 25 years.
We are seeking new employees to fill many types of positions to make our planned expansion possible. We intend to double the
number of Busta Movers offices and trucks over the next 2 years, and we need highly motivated people on our team to make
that possible. We need new managers, drivers, and administrative staff.
For more details about the requirements for each position, please consult our website at www.move-it-dont-bust-it.com. People
wishing to contact us to apply or to ask questions can do so via email through contact information to be found on the website.
We offer a complete benefits package that includes dental, life, medical and disability insurance, as well as 2 weeks paid
vacation and sick leave. Salaries vary depending upon the position applied for and experience. Please contact us without delay,
we will begin the interviewing process as soon as possible.
155. What job positions are opening up at Busta Movers?
(A) Managers
(B) Drivers
(C) Administrative staff
(D) All of the above
156. What experience is required?
(A) Driving experience
(B) Moving experience
(C) Management experience
(D) It depends on the position applied for.
157. How should people apply for these positions?
(A) In person
(B) By telephone
(C) Via the internet
(D) By mail
Questions 173-175 refer to the following memo.
TO: All Employees
FROM: Human Resources
RE: The New Vacation Regulations
As was announced last week, there has been an increase in the amount of vacation time that will be granted to employees who
have been with the company for one year or more. As promised, here are the details relating to the additional vacation time:
- An additional 3 days will be granted per year to employees who have been with us for 2 to 5 years.
- An additional week (5 working days) will be granted to employees who have been with the company for 6 to 10 years.
- Eight additional days of vacation will be allowed to people employed here for 11 or more years.
These days are in addition to the two weeks (or 10 working days) that all employees now receive. Please note that this does not
apply to employees who are currently in probationary status, they will continue to receive only 10 days of vacation a year.
173. What kind of additional benefit are employees to be given?

(A) More vacation time
(B) More sick days
(C) More comprehensive health benefits
(D) More chances for a salary increase
174. How many vacation days will an employee of 12 years receive?
44
(A) 12 days
(B) 14 days
(C) 16 days
(D) 18 days
175. Who will NOT immediately benefit from this increase?
(A) New employees
(B) Employees currently on vacation
(C) Long-time employees
(D) Employees in good standing
Questions 179-180 refer to the following memos.
To: All Department Heads
From: Chris Fontaine, CEO
A reception for new managerial staff will be held from noon to 1:30 p.m. on Wednesday, January 10, in the boardroom. Snacks
will be available at 12:10 and lunch will be brought in at 12:30.
Every department head should attend. This gathering will provide an opportunity for experienced and newly appointed
managers to meet each other at the start of new year.
179. What is being announced?

(A) A training course for team leaders
(B) A gathering for managerial employees
(C) A reception for workers' families
(D) A meeting for the board of directors
180. When will food be served?
(A) At 12:00
(B) At 12:10
(C) At 1:00
(D) At 1:30
Jeebus Corporation Request For Proposal (RFP)
Jeebus Corporation has, in the immediate upcoming future, a need for assistance from a future partner company who can help
further our goals by producing printed materials which will spread our message to as many people as possible. In order to
fulfill this need, this partner would need to be able to fulfill the following requirements:
1. Have sufficient writing and editing staff to produce 5,000 words of high-quality advertising copy per month.
2. Have staff photographers available to photograph various conferences and other events so there can be attractive visuals
included in the materials released.
3. Have access to affordable printing services capable of producing 300 to 500 thousand full-color copies of our monthly
newsletter, which consists of 24 pages.
Please submit your proposals by March 18, 2005. Proposals should be sent according to the contact information found on the
cover page of this RFP.
170. What kind of material does Jeebus Corporation need help producing?
(A) Internet content
(B) Printed information
(C) Billboards
(D) TV advertising
171. How many words must writers and editors produce in a month?
(A) 300
(B) 500
(C) 1,000
(D) 5,000
45
172. What kind of staff is NOT specifically mentioned as required at the future partner company?
(A) Communications representative
(B) Photographer
(C) Editor
(D) Writer
Accounting Director Needed
The Bland Corporation is seeking highly skilled and motivated professionals to apply for the position of Accounting Director for
the Northeast Division. Applicants must have an MBA, be certified CPAs, have a minimum of 10 years’ experience working
in the accounting field, and have 5 years management experience. The job will include roughly 20 days of travel a year to
domestic and international locations, and a very hard working attitude will be a requirement in this position. Benefits include
full medical and dental family coverage, a six-figure salary, and an end of contract bonus, as well as a substantial retirement
pension, depending on how many years of service the successful applicant provides. Please send your resume and cover letter
to Ruth Jucinia at ruthjuice@bland.com.
178. How many years of accounting experience must applicants have?
(A) 5
(B) 6
(C) 10
(D) 20
179. Which of the following is NOT required of applicants?
(A) A business degree
(B) A willingness to travel
(C) A hard working attitude
(D) A history of earning a high salary
180. What are the benefits of a successful applicant?
(A) 100 thousand dollar yearly salary
(B) An apartment
(C) An overseas trip
(D) Health insurance
Managers Wanted
Speedcare is currently looking for qualified managers to work in several retail stores in the East Asian market. We have been
dedicated to selling our great-quality clothing to our customers at the lowest possible prices since its inception a decade ago.
The prospective candidates will possess outstanding communication, supervisory and public relation skills.
We are widely known as the leading company in providing on the job training and offering supportive work environment to our
employees. Successful candidates will be responsible for organizing all hiring, training new employees and evaluating their
job performance.
Employee Benefits
• paid vacation and maternal leave
• health, life, medical and dental insurance coverage
• a good retirement plan
• competitive bonus and incentive systems
• complimentary education and training support
• five workdays a week. Saturday and Sunday off
153. How long has Speedcare been in business?

(A) Five years
(B) Ten years
(C) A dozen years
46
(D) Fifteen years
154. What kind of business is Speedcare in?
(A) A real estate consulting firm ' (B) An internet service provider
(C) A health care industry
(D) A discount department store
155. Speedcare is the best in its industry for which of the following?
(A) Its reliable customer service
(B) Its competitive salaries
(C) Its customer satisfaction
(D) Its comprehensive employee training
156. What is NOT true about employment benefits?
(A) Free housing after ten years
(B) Complimentary employee education
(C) A variety of insurance benefits
(D) A beneficial retirement package
Questions 161-162 refer to the following want ad.
Jump-start Your Career in Marketing
ABC Marketing is currently offering internships to I0 hardworking up and comers in this field. We are requesting applications
from any and all students who expect to graduate this spring. This is not exclusively for Marketing majors, but some
knowledge of the marketing world will be considered an asset.
If you are interested in this position, please submit the attached application form along with the following:
- your university transcript
- a photo of yourself
- 2 letters of recommendation (one from an employer, and one from a teacher or professor)
- an essay of 500 words or less explaining why you should be our choice as an intern at our firm.
We look forward to receiving your application.
161. What kind of opportunity is presented here?

(A) A medical internship
(B) An executive position at a marketing firm
(C) An entry level position for university graduates
(D) A management position
162. Which item does NOT need to be included with the application?
(A) 2 letters of recommendation
(B) An essay
(C) A photo of yourself
(D) A portfolio
Questions 171 – 173 refer to the following memo
To: All bakery staff
From: Management
Subject: Two-day course
Date: March 12
Because we are on contract as an in-house bakery at the Milton Hotel, they insist that we maintain the highest in food quality in
terms of taste as well as aesthetic appeal of the products we prepare. As such, their internal nationwide auditing team makes
irregular visits to each hotel to ensure that contractors are living up to their high standards.
They have announced that they will visit us for a one-day inspection on March 23. YVe have decided that we will conduct a
two-day offsite training course to ensure that all staff are well versed in recipes for all baked goods prepared here, and that
decorations are being completed in a consistent and skillful manner. Note that not all staff will be trained at the same time.
47
Classes will be conducted between March 15 and 19, please see your attached schedule to confirm when you are asked to
attend. Changes can be made only if you can find a staff member who will trade schedules with you.
If you have any questions, please notify your immediate supervisor.
171. Who should people contact if they have questions?

(A) Someone who will trade schedules with them
(B) Their immediate supervisor
(C) The manager
(D) The Milton Hotel
172. For how long will each person receive training?
(A) Until March 23
(B) Two days
(C) From March 15-19
(D) One day
173. What is the relationship between the employees and the Milton Hotel?
(A) They work directly for the hotel.
(B) They are guests there.
(C) Their employer has a contract with the hotel.
(D) They are attending a training conference there.
April 21, 2006 Eric
Willington
University of Michigan Ann Arbor
523 State Street Ann Arbor, MI 48704
Dear Mr. Willington,
Through careful observations and looking through your outstanding achievements in your four years at University of Michigan,
it is with great pleasure that we offer you employment with Sell Business Club. The assurance of this offer, however, does
depend on your whole college transcript and exam grade for the exam you will be taking during the interview with us. We
hope you are willing to have an interview with us soon. Also, when you have a chance, please send us your college transcript.
We truly appreciate your interest in working with us.
Job Title: Slock Manager
Job Description: Described in the “What is Stock Manager all about?” section.
Salary: Salary can be paid monthly or annually. Stock Managers are usually offered between
$45,000 to $50,000. However, this offer is contingent upon how the individual works and helps the company to grow. It is
negotiable. The salary is subject to deductions for taxes and other withholdings.
Bonus: New employees are not eligible for a signing bonus.
Benefits: Health, file, and car insurance are all provided. Other benefits such as tuition reimbursement and mortgage payments
arc determined by your department boss.
Vacation or Personal Time Off: Negotiable.
For any questions and concerns, please refer to Employment manager, Scott Henderson, at (433) 544-5555.
Brad Hilton
Sell Business Club Vice-President Bradh@Scll.com
April 25, 2006

Mr. Brad Hilion
Sell Business Club
4330 Northridge Si. Phoenix, AZ 96777
48
Dear Mr. Brad Milton:
What an amazing offer you have offered me, Mr. Brad Hilton. I will try to send in my whole college transcript and I have
already set up a date for an inlerv icw from the phone call I received from one of your employees last night. Arizona is a place
I’ve always wanted to go and this job is what I have always dreamed of doing. I am very excited and I cannot wait for the
interview. I hope that I pass your test and that my transcript is also good enough.
I do have some questions about the bonus and benefits, and I hope to get answers soon.
I have applied to other companies also, but I want you to know Mr. Brad Hilton, that my first pick and priority is your company,
Sell Business Club.
I truly appreciate your offer and wish you all the best.
Sincerely,
Brie Willington
University of Michigan Ann Arbor 523 State St. Ann Arbor. MI 48704 (734) 544-3954 Willi@umich. Edu
181. What is the first letter mainly about?

(A) Trying to scout an employee from another company
(B) Offering a college student employment
(C) Informing a business trip to a university
(D) To offer a teaching career in University of Michigan
182. What is NOT in the first letter?
(A) Address of Sell Business Club Company
(B) Description of wage
(C) Contact number of Employment manager
(D) Name of job offered
183. What does the offer Mr. Hilton made depend on?
(A) Mr. Willington’s exam grade on his final exam
(B) Mr. Willington's first 90 days of work
(C) Mr. Willington's past exam grades
(D) Mr. Willington's work history
184. How does Mr. Willington react to the offer?
(A) He is overjoyed.
(B) He will wait for other offers.
(C) He is a bit disappointed.
(D) He doesn't have any other choice to make.
185. What does Mr. Willington like the most about the offer?
(A) The fact that he can still work and live in Michigan
(B) The salary is more than he expected.
(C) The job as a supply manager
(D) A new apartment and car the company is willing to pay for him
Questions 186-190 refer to the following form and letter.
MENTOR APPLICATION 2006-2007
Last Name: Heesh
First Name: Edward
Middle Initial: K.
PID 34944483B
Email Address EFfdhee@osu.edu
Campus Address and Phone Number for the 2006-2007 academic year
423 Dolmes E. Landern OH 43222
Are you available to be a Mentor through May 2007? Yes
Have you ever been a Mentor with Residence Life at OSU? No
49
Please Indicate Gender Male
Overall GPA 3.67
You need a cumulative 2.75 GPA at the time of application.
Current Class Standing Freshman
You need to have at least 12 credits completed at the time of application. Any class can apply!
Please indicate all the communities you would be interested in working with.
Alcohol Free Community. Non-smoking Hall. Quiet Floor. Upper Class Students
The information I have presented is true and correct. I understand that incomplete or false information may subject me to
disqualification from being considered for the position. I grant the Department of Residence Life permission to verify that my
overall GPA is at least 2.75 and that I have completed 12 credits. I authorize the agents of Ohio State University to conduct
routine inquiry during the processing of my application in order to provide the information necessary to determine my
employability. This may include, for example, inquiries directed to the Office of Judicial Affairs or current Residence Life
staff. I further understand this information will be shared with members of the Selection Committee for evaluation purposes.
January 16, 2006

Dear Mentor Applicant,
Being a mentor is teaching, helping, caring, guiding the students on your lloor as a leader. It is an experience of living together
not only physically but also mentally with other students who are usually younger than you are. You will be their mentor
academically, socially, and mentally.
It is a great pleasure for me to tell you that we have received your application for the 2006-2007 Mentor position. We are
currently reviewing your qualifications and will be verifying your cumulative G.F.A. as well as how many credits you have as
of the end of Fall 2005 Mentor.
You will receive an email on or before January 20. 2006 telling you your eligibility, and if you are continued in the process,
what time to attend the Assessment Center on Saturday. January 28. 2006.
If you do not receive an email on January 20. please call Karen Slowed at 517-432-2503.
Thank you for your interest in the Mentor position.
Respectfully.
Nikki O’Brien. PHR
Assistant Director for
Staff Development and Diversity
obrienni@osu.edu
189. What is the penalty for providing wrong information?

(A) You will not be considered as an applicant.
(B) You will get F on all of your classes.
(C) You will be kicked out of the university.
(D) You will lose your chance to get all of the benefits of being a mentor.
190. What is NOT in the readings?
(A) The application contains student's address, email, and phone number
(B) The letter has Ms. O'Brien's phone number for reference.
(C) Being a mentor is living with other students more than just physically.
(D) The application is open to all class of students as long as they have enough credits.
186. What is the application for?
(A) It is to be a professor at a university.
(B) It is for volunteering to go overseas for studying abroad.
(C) It is to be a helper and guide for students in the dormitory.
(D) It is for volunteering to serve high school students with drug problems.
187. What is one of the requirements to be a mentor?
(A) You have to have at least an overall grade of 3.75.
50
(B) You have to have al least 12 credits achieved by the time of application.
(C) You need to be a U.S. citizen.
(D) You must get recommendations from two professors.
188. When will Edward know if he is eligible for the position?
(A) January 16
(B) January 20
(C) January 28
(D) It doesn't say in the letter.
189. What is the penalty for providing wrong information?
(A) You will not be considered as an applicant.
(B) You will get F on all of your classes.
(C) You will be kicked out of the university.
(D) You will lose your chance to get all of the benefits of being a mentor.
190. What is NOT in the readings?
(A) The application contains student's address, email, and phone number
(B) The letter has Ms. O'Brien's phone number for reference.
(C) Being a mentor is living with other students more than just physically.
(D) The application is open to all class of students as long as they have enough credits.
**************************
Questions 191 through 195 refer to the following advertisement and reply.
One-Med is an emerging growth company that will reward your skills as a Field Sales Representative. One-Med develops and
markets medications. Our substantial product line and great prospects for growth allow us to offer you an exciting career
opportunity. You will benefit from:
- A strong compensation package
- A supportive management team
- A ‘pay for performance’ system that offers strong incentives
We are looking for candidates with:
- Bachelor's degree in business or life sciences
- Minimum three years of experience in pharmaceutical sales
- Proven track record of performance
- Strong work ethic and motivation for personal and professional growth
Please send your resume and salary requirements no later than September 2nd to:
Human Resources Dept.,
One-Med Pharmaceuticals, Inc.,
3745 Standard Ave.,
Reston, VA.
No phone calls or email applications please.
We are an equal opportunity/affirmative action employer.
190 Singlewell
Road Reston VA
44091 September 3rd
Human Resources Dept.,
One-Med Pharmaceuticals, Inc.,
3745 Standard Ave.,
Reston, VA
Dear Sirs,
It is with great interest that I read your advertisement in the Reston Daily Herald.
Please find attached a copy of my resume, outlining my qualifications and experience.
51
As you will see from my resume, I was recently awarded an MBA from the University of Reston. Although I have not come
from a background in business, I have been told many times that I have a natural ability to sell. At university, I was in charge
of the Student Union Fund-raising committee and broke all previous records. I don't like to boast, but I am extremely proud to
say that during my MBA, I was awarded the Business Department's Award for Excellence for my thesis. This is a prize
awarded to one student in the department each year. This is my greatest achievement to date. While I do not have any
experience working in sales, I believe that my studies have prepared me for a career in this field. I am looking for an
opportunity to put into practice some of the theories I have learned, and to implement some ideas of my own. I am innovative,
hard-working, and sure that I could be a great asset to One-Med Parmaceuticals. I am looking for a starting salary of $30,000.
Please do not hesitate to contact me if I can provide any more information. I can be reached at the phone numbers listed on my
resume.
Sincerely,
Kingston Churchill
191. What type of advertisement is this?
(A) A job ad
(B) A pharmaceuticals sales ad
(C) An ad for political candidates
(D) An ad for a pharmaceutical catalog
192. What does the advertisement offer applicants?
(A) Good pay, managers, and opportunities
(B) On-the-job training
(C) International travel while working
(D) A low salary, but other compensations
193. Which of the following best describes Kingston Churchill?
(A) A college graduate with a BA and work experience in hospitals
(B) A person who wants to work hard and advance
(C) An MBA graduate with no sales experience
(D) A pharmacist with 20 years’ experience
194. What achievement is Kingston Churchill most proud of?
(A) Breaking fund-raising records at university
(B) Graduating from the University of Reston
(C) Winning a prize for his MBA thesis
(D) Being a hard worker
195. For which of the following reasons is Kingston Churchill unlikely to be offered a position?
(A) He has an MBA.
(B) He lacks the necessary experience.
(C) He is an over-achiever.
(D) He is not a motivated worker.
Questions 196 through 200 refer to the following notice and email.
Wanted: Volunteers
Help spread a happiness.
Greenberg Brothers is looking for volunteers for the annual Children's Christmas Charity Party to be held on December 12th.
Every year since Greenberg Brothers was founded in 1975, we have hosted a Christmas Charity
Party for underprivileged children. These children are either resident in children's homes or are currently being monitored by
social services due to an unstable home environment.
We need two basic kinds of volunteers:
1) people to collect money and gifts from local businesses
2) people who will be able to assist on the day (supervising games, preparing and serving snacks, and providing a happy,
carefree environment)
52
In particular, we need volunteers for the party who are qualified to administer first aid. We are required by law to make this
provision.
If you are interested in volunteering, please talk to your office manager or send an email to GBXmasparty@greenberg.co,
stating in which capacity you would like to offer your services.
To: GBXmasparty@greenberg.co
From: Sally Daysday@greenberg.co
Subject: Party Volunteers
Date: November zo,h
I was very interested to read the notice posted in the staff room, and I'd like to offer my services as one of the Children's Party
volunteers. I'd be happy to help out in both the planning and preparation stage, and at the party itself. I am a qualified first-
aider with up-to-date certification. The parties have a special meaning for me because, before joining Greenberg Brothers, I
worked for social services for fifteen years. Every Christmas, the children I worked with used to look forward to the parties for
weeks in advance. One of my acquaintances is a balloon sculptor. He has said that he is willing to come along and do a 20-
minute balloon toy making session for the kids. He'll demonstrate a few shapes such as dog, rabbit—that kind of thing, and
teach the kids so that they'll all have a balloon toy to take home. He has spoken to Balloons For All, and they will be donating
300 balloons.
I look forward to learning more details.
Sally Day
196. What is the purpose of this notice?
(A) To invite employees to a company party
(B) To find volunteers
(C) To explain the history of Greenberg Brothers
(D) To ask employees to submit vacation requests
197. Who will be attending the party?
(A) All company employees
(B) Office managers
(C) Deprived children from the local community
(D) The children of Greenberg Brothers employees
198. What kind of people will be essential on the day of the party?
(A) Young, energetic people
(B) People with medical training
(C) Happy, caring people
(D) Social workers
199. Why is the party of special significance to Sally Day?
(A) She loves children.
(B) She is a big fan of Greenberg Brothers.
(C) She used to work with underprivileged children.
(D) The party will be held on her I5,h birthday.
200. What will each child receive to take home?
(A) A pet dog
(B) A balloon toy
(C) A rabbit
(D) A piece of cake
Questions 186 through 190 refer to the following job advertisement and reply.
Position Offered
A well-respected educational organization needs an organized, out-going person with strong word processing and interpersonal
skills to coordinate production and planning of public presentations and management seminars. Desktop publishing and
53
graphic arts a definite plus. The ideal candidate will be educated to the graduate level (master's degree), have at least six years
managerial experience and be a self-starter, capable of working alone, and of motivating others.
If you fit this profile, please send your resume to Alessandra Badu, Job Applications,
PO Box 7789, Westchester DE3 5HH by February 23rd. No applications postmarked after this date will be considered.
Due to the large response anticipated, we regret that we will only be able to contact short-listed candidates. No telephone or
email enquires please.
3333 Big Bear Creek,

Circle Road,
Riverview SEz B66
February 18th
Alessandra Badu,
Job Applications,
PO Box 7789,
Westchester
DE3 5HH
Dear Ms. Badu,
It is with great pleasure that I submit my application for the position advertised in the Daily Herald on February io,h. Please find
enclosed my resume. I am confident that you will find my qualifications and experience more than meet your needs.
As you can see from my resume, I have a master's degree in graphic design. For the last three years, I have been working as a
design team manager for Griffy's Graphics. While I have enjoyed this position and have learned a lot about how to coordinate
a group of individuals in order to bring them together as a team, I am eager to start the next stage of my career.
I am a confident, well-organized person with excellent communication skills. I have been giving presentations in front of large
groups since my university days, when I was an active member of the university debating society. I enjoy the pressure of
working towards a deadline and am never late with my work.
Please do not hesitate to contact me if I can provide any further information.
Sincerely,
Jessica Simpson
186. What is this an advertisement for?
(A) A package tour
(B) A job vacancy
(C) A position wanted
(D) A course of classes
187. Which of the following people should reply to the advertisement?
(A) One with six years of typing experience who has never worked with the public
(B) An introverted graphic artist with library experience
(C) A confident art major with consulting and computer experience
(D) A former sports coach who is insolent, organized, and used to public acclaim
188. Which of the following might the successful candidate expect to do?
(A) Help run a school
(B) Do a lot of typing and organizing of files and attend seminars
(C) Plan presentations on new educational opportunities
(D) Organize and produce presentations and seminars on management
189. What example does Jessica give of her public speaking experience?
(A) Three years as design team manager
(B) Master’s degree in graphic design
(C) Membership in a debating society
(D) Ability to keep to a deadline
190. What will probably prevent Alessandra Badu from contacting Jessica?
54
(A) Her writing skills
(B) The submission of her application after the deadline
(C) Her personality
(D) Her lack of experience
Questions 191 through 195 refer to the following letters.
67 Woodside Lane
Petaluma, CA 94952
November 9, 2006
Human Resources Director
Small Book Distributors
101 Dana Street
Carlsbad, CA 92009
Tel: 619-431-4026
Fax: 619-431-4327
November 12, 2006
Human Resources Director Small Book Distributors 101 Dana Street Carlsbad, CA 92009
Dear Ms. Prendergast,
It is with great interest that I read your advertisement for a sales agent in the Petaluma region. Please find attached my most
recent resume. I have been working in the field of publishing since graduating from high school and have several years’
experience in sales.
Your advertisement specifies that you require someone who is an effective communicator and used to cold-calling. My present
position requires that I make phone calls to educational establishments in order to make sales of textbooks and supplementary
materials. These calls are usually made to busy teachers who do not always appreciate being disturbed by a stranger during
their busy work day. It can be quite a challenge to engage these teachers, but 1 am proud to be able to say that last year, 1
achieved record sales for my company in the area of textbook sales.
I am a self-motivated person who enjoys working with people. I believe Small Book Distributors is the kind of place where I
would fit in, and I hope to have the opportunity to discuss this vacancy in person.
Sincerely,
Jim Hamilton
Small Book Distributors

101 Dana Street
Carlsbad, CA 92009
Tel: 619-431-4026
Fax: 619-431-4327
November 12, 2006
Mr. Jim Hamilton
67 Woodside Lane
Petaluma, CA 94952
Dear Mr. Hamilton,
Thank you for sending your letter and resume. They arrived on November 11*. We appreciate your interest in Small Book
Distributors. Your skills appear to match our requirements very closely, and we are interested in finding out more about you. I
would like to schedule an interview with you on November 24”' at 9:30. Please call the above telephone number to confirm
this time. I am enclosing a catalog for you to review.
I look forward to meeting you.
Sincerely,
Laura Prendergast
Human Resources Director
191. What does Jim often have to do in his current job?
55
(A) Make calls during the cold weather season
(B) Visit schools
(C) Telephone people who are not expecting to hear from him
(D) Train teachers to use new textbooks
192. What achievement is Jim proud of?
(A) His excellent sales record
(B) His high school graduation
(C) His resume writing ability
(D) His background in publishing
193. What is the main purpose of Laura Prendergast’s letter?
(A) To acknowledge receipt of Jim’s resume
(B) To arrange an interview
(C) To get Jim to buy some books from their catalog
(D) To organize an interview time
194. What must Jim do now?
(A) Go to SBD on November 24th at 9:30
(B) Call Ms. Prendergast
(C) Confirm the interview time by return letter
(D) Purchase something from the catalog
195. What is Ms. Prendergast’s job?
(A) She hires new employees.
(B) She directs all the people in the company.
(C) She finds new resources for company supplies.
(D) She is a secretary.
Getting the job you deserve
Many of us wish we were in a better-paid or more interesting job but don't know how to start looking for something else. If this
describes you, the first thing you need to do is update your resume. A resume is a tool that can be used to obtain a job
interview. Along with a cover letter, it is the first impression a prospective employee makes on a potential employer.
Therefore, it is important that a resume provide as much relevant information as possible while remaining brief. A resume
should be no more than two sides of A4 paper. Make it any longer and it won't get read. A resume must be neatly typed, with
at least 3/4 inch margins on all four sides. Use underlining, capital letters, and asterisks to highlight important information. A
resume should be single-spaced with an extra line of space between blocks of information. Begin a resume with your name,
address, and home and business telephone numbers. Do not include age, marital status, or other personal facts. Next, many
resumes list a career goal, followed by a chronological outline of work experience, starting with the most recent job and
working backward including a brief description of relevant duties and skills. Finally, include an outline of your educational
background from the most recent, backward. Include dates, schools, and diplomas awarded. Before you send it, make sure you
check your spelling and grammar, or get someone else to go over it if you can.
165. What is the best title for this piece?
(A) How to get a job
(B) How to prepare a resume
(C) How to find your goal in life
(D) How to write a cover letter
166. What is the function of a resume?
(A) To describe your employment and educational background in extensive detail
(B) To provide an impressive example of your writing and typing skills
(C) To act as a tool for getting you a job interview
(D) To give an employer a good first impression of you
167. On a resume, which job should be listed first?
56
(A) Your most recent job
(B) Your most relevant job
(C) Your first job
(D) Your most important job
168. Which of the following should NOT be on your resume?
(A) Your name, telephone, and fax number
(B) The year you received your bachelor’s degree
(C) Your nationality and the fact that you are single
(D) A description of the tasks you did in your last job
Questions 196 through 200 refer to the following invitation and reply.
To: Kevin Lennox
You are cordially invited to attend the official retirement of Mr. George Spencer, CEO of Walters and Raleigh Soft Toys. Mr.
Spencer is retiring after 45 years in the business. As one of Walters and Raleigh’s most respected clients, we would be
delighted if you could join us in saying goodbye to Mr. Spencer, who as the founder of our company, an award-winning
businessman, and a regular on the factory floor, will be greatly missed.
Date: Saturday September 5th Time: 6:30 for 7:00
Place: Plaza Hotel, Peony Suite, 4th Floor Dress: Slack tie
There will be speeches and a presentation of retirement gifts for Mr. Spencer. Should you wish to say a few words, or send a
gift, please let us know in advance. All speeches will be subject to approval.
Please RSVP by returning the enclosed reply card to Marion Winters by August 25 th. We hope to have the pleasure of your
company.
RSVP
From: Kevin Lennox
I will/will not be able to attend the party for Mr. Spencer on Saturday, September 5th.
Comments
Marion,
Thank you so much for the invitation. I'd love to go, but I'm afraid I won't be able to make it. Lennox Brothers is opening their
first overseas branch the Friday before, and so I'll be in Singapore to oversee things. I won't be getting back to Seattle until the
7th, and then I'll have to fly straight to the head office in New York to report on the proceedings. I would have liked to say a
few words at the party, but I suppose I'll just have to send him a card. I'm sure that George will have plenty of interesting
stories to tell and many hilarious anecdotes to share. Too bad I'll miss it all. Hope you get a good crowd to send him off.
Thanks again for the invitation.
Kevin Lennox
196. What kind of event is Kevin Lennox being invited to?
(A) The launch of a new range of products
(B) An awards ceremony
(C) A speech by a businessman
(D) A retirement party
197. Why was Kevin Lennox sent an invitation?
(A) Because the secretary made a mistake
(B) Because he works for George Spencer
(C) Because he does a lot of business with George Spencer’s company
(D) Because he asked for one
198. Where are Lennox Brothers opening a new store?
(A) Seattle
(B) New York
(C) Singapore
57
(D) Raleigh
199. On what day of the week will Kevin Lennox arrive in Seattle?
(A) Monday
(B) Tuesday
(C) Wednesday
(D) Thursday
200. Which of the following statements is NOT true?
(A) Kevin Lennox wanted to make a speech.
(B) George Spencer’s company produces soft toys.
(C) Lennox Brothers has several branches in foreign countries.
(D) Kevin Lennox will not be in New York on September 5th.
PURCHASING
Questions 181-185 refer to the following letters
Let's Ask Mr. Jerry
Professional Electronic Sales Representative
Q: Few days ago I had bought a stereo system from Say it instead of buying it from Electro, where my family and all relatives
always chose to buy most of their electronics such as T.V., Radio, Microwave, etc. My parents kept telling me not to buy it
from Sayit because they said Sayit is way too expensive for what their products can offer. And 1 guess they are right. It is a
decision 1 truly regret. The stereo 1 bought was SP 550 series which is supposed to one of the newest and best in sound quality
and other abilities it has. However, it seems to be no different from one of my cousin's stereos which is from Electro, the PS
6000 series, and it is half the price of the one I bought. Am I the only one feeling this way about the Sayit’s SP 550 stereo
systems? I am so upset!
A: Dear Customer.
I must let you know that you are NOT the only one. Many people have been fantasized by the new Sayit’s stereo system SP 550
series and they are aware of its expensiveness in comparison to other products, in your case the PS 6000 series, which is not
lower quality at all compared to the SP 550 series. Also, you should know that in after-service the Electro does a much better
job than the Sayit that it might even cost you more if you end up getting any after- services from them. I believe that the reason
the Sayit is so expensive is that they had to spend so much money on their commercials and advertisements, so they had no
choice but to raise the price. If you can return it and get refund, I would recommend you do that as soon as possible.
181. What is the purpose of the customer's question?

(A) To find out if the SP 550 is good in its quality and sound.
(B) To know if other customers have bought the PS 6000 and are satisfied with it.
(C) To ask Mr. Jerry to persuade his cousin that Sayit is better than Electro.
(D) To see if the price of SP 550 is unreasonable compared to its quality.
182. What is NOT true about the Electro Company?
(A) It is the company the customer's relatives have always trusted.
(B) It is where the customer bought his new stereo system.
(C) its stereo system is cheap and great in quality.
(D) It also produces other products such as T.V., Radio, etc.
183. How would you describe the customer’s feeling?
(A) Thwarted.
(B) Depressed.
(C) Blissful.
(D) Exasperated.
184. What does Mr. Jerry say about the pricey-ness of the stereo system?
58
(A) The company is on the verge of bankruptcy.
(B) The stereo system is worthwhile despite the expensive cost.
(C) The cost includes all after-service charges.
(D) The company couldn’t afford to sell it any cheaper.
185. What will the customer probably do?
(A) He will never buy another stereo system again.
(B) He will exchange the product with another stereo system from Sayit.
(C) He will get his money back to buy another stereo system from Electro.
(D) He will blame his parents for the bad choice his parents made him make.
Questions 191-195 refer to the following advertisement and email.
Powered by The Ultimate Booty-
The Ultimate Booty is an independent rewards program for consumers and you can receive your rewards simply by either
completing a survey or a quiz. The Ultimate Booty is not affiliated with Ticket Producer. Ticket Producer is a trademark of
JAC/tnter Active Corp (This promotion has not been endorsed by lAC/Inter Active Corp).
The Ultimate Booty is solely responsible for all Gift fulfillments. In order to receive your gift you must: (1) Meet the eligibility
requirements (2) Complete the rewards bonus survey (3) Fill in at least five email addresses of people whom you know in the
blank who will get to hear about the Ultimate Booty (4) The email address owners must respond to prove that they’ve received
the email. (You must complete the above four steps in order to receive a gift.) By continuing, you certify that you are a U.S.
resident over the age of 18 and that you agree to the privacy policy, gift rules, participation requirements and terms and
conditions. See Privacy Policy, Terms & Conditions and Gift Rules for additional details.
July 27, 2006
TO: CustomerService@ultimatebooty.com
FROM: Timmy86@hotmail.com
SUBJECT: Where is my gift?
Hello, my name is Timmy Saint, and I still haven’t received my gift from the survey I did two weeks ago. The survey was about
which cars I’d prefer to buy if I had a million dollars. Because I like cars so much, I actually spent lots of time doing each
question and I am very disappointed that I still haven’t received my gift, which I remember was supposed to be a miniature of
the car I picked on the j last question of the survey. I did every step required to receive a gift and I do not understand why I
still haven’t gotten it. Actually, one of my friends doesn’t have internet at home currently so maybe he didn’t respond to the
Ultimate Booty? Please let me know why I still haven’t received the gift I deserve!
Timmy
191. What is the Ultimate Booty’s main business?

(A) It rewards customers according to the money they spent buying products.
(B) It gives customers gifts mainly by filling out evaluations.
(C) It helps customers to get better deals from other sales companies.
(D) It freely gives out different Kinds of rewards to advertise their company.
192. What is NOT one of the procedures to receive a gift?
(A) You must fulfill their requirements.
(B) Complete more than one survey.
(C) Fill in 5 email addresses.
(D) Ensure that those 5 email address owners reply back.
193. What is one of the things you must agree to in order to get your gift?
(A) You must live in State New York.
(B) You must be a permanent resident or U.S. citizen.
(C) You must have read the ‘Privacy Policy, Terms & Conditions and Gift Rules'.
(D) You must have your parents' permission to fill out the survey if you are under 18.
59
194. What do you know about the survey Timmy did?
(A) It was about what kind of cars Timmy would buy.
(B) It was about what Timmy would do if he had a million dollars.
(C) It was about which colors match which cars.
(D) It was about guessing which movie stars ride which cars.
195. What could be most likely the reason Timmy has not received his gift?
(A) Timmy might not be a U.S. citizen.
(B) Timmy has not put in five email addresses.
(C) Timmy did not fulfill the number of surveys required.
(D) One of Timmy’s friends didn't respond to the Ultimate Booty.
Questions 181-185 refer to the following advertisement and email.
Pro Protection Ankle Band
Have you ever felt discouraged about jogging, climbing mountains, ice skating, etc. because of your weak ankles? If yes, I
would like to take away those discouraging moments from your life and allow you to enjoy all kinds of sports without the fear
of hurting your ankles. Pro Protection Ankle Band strengthens the ankle joint by applying gentle yet firm pressure to the
tendons connecting your foot and your leg. This band provides the strength and stability for aching and damaged ankle joints.
Designed by orthopedic surgeons for anyone from kids to athletes and to the aged, it is just marvelous for anyone wishing for
ankle strength and stability.
For more information, call a Pro Protection Ankle Band sales representative at 1-800- PRO-BAND, or see us on the web at
www.proproband.com.
TO: order@proproband.com
FROM: Stevens54@yahoo.com
SUBJECT: I would like to order
Hello,
My name is Curt Stevens and I would like to order 10 Ankle bands. The reason I am ordering 10 of them is I am a coach of a
junior high ice skating team and lately my kids have been getting their ankles injured as they do lots of jumps. I’ve used one of
your company’s bands before when I used to be an athlete and I found it terrific. I believe that it will definitely help my kids
since we have a huge upcoming meeting with another team from another state. By the way, I was wondering if the shipping
fee is free and when it can arrive here. If you need any information, please give me call any time during the week. Thank you.
Curt Stevens
Dream Ice Skating
181. Who is the advertisement intended for?

(A) Orthopedic surgeons.
(B) Anyone with weak or injured ankles.
(C) Patients recovering from ankle surgery.
(D) Anyone with broken legs or knee surgery.
182. Which is NOT what the product will do?
(A) Provide firmness to the ankles.
(B) Protect your tendons and ankles from getting hurt.
(C) Heal your damaged tendons.
(D) Give strength to your ankle to do various activities.
183. What should people interested in this product do to find out more about the product?
(A) See the Pro Protection workers at the store.
(B) First get prescription from an orthopedic surgeon.
(C) Visit the Pro Protection website.
(D) Talk to an athlete who has used it before.
60
184. Who most likely is Mr. Stevens?
(A) He is a sports medicine doctor.
(B) He is one of the athlete’s parents.
(C) He manages and cares the athletes with authority.
(D) He is an athlete whose ankles are damaged.
185. Why does Mr. Stevens choose the Pro Protection Ankle Band?
(A) Mr. Stevens has used the same product from the same company before.
(B) One of the orthopedic surgeons who designed the product is his brother.
(C) The information about the product he read on the website convinced him.
(D) The Pro Protection Ankle Band is well known for its effectiveness.
Questions 186-190 refer to the Mowing emails.
To: Sa1es@Cam2.com
From: DigiUil@dca.ner
Subj.: XP3 Finest digital camera
Date: Fri, Dec 27,2006 02:23 PM
My employees and I have read about the advertisement in the Dec 14 National State News about your new sensational digital
camera, the XP3 Finest.
Our company, D.Ca is the largest seller of digital cameras in Brazil, if you would like to, you can learn more about us by
visiting our Web site, http://www.digitalcamera.dca.net.
We would like to sell the XP3 Finest camera as one of our new best products during this winter season. Our customers will like
the features in the XP3 Finest. The low-light capability, the stability, and 2.0 film lens are the features that set this digital
camera apart from the other cameras.
We understand that you will release your cameras starting this January 12th. So if you would like to sell us your digital cameras,
I would appreciate having your sales representative call me as soon as possible. I would like to discuss the price and vendor
discount, promotional materials provided, and other issues.
Thank you for your attention. I look forward to hearing from you at your earliest convenience.
Perry Rodriguez
Product-line Department
Digitalounera.dca.net
To: Dlgital@dca.net
From: SafesRep@Cam2.com
Subj.: XP3 Finest digital camera price
Date: Mon, Dec 30, 2006 10:23 AM
Thank you very much for your enormous interest and compliments on our new product XP3 I Finest As you have said, it is set
apart from many other digital cameras and therefore we will be very careful to whom and where we will be supplying the
products.
We have been acquiring offers and proposals from other massive digital camera sales corporations and we have set our standard
which the corporations must agree with in order to receive the cameras from us.
Here are the following:
61
The rest of aB the contract and deal details me attached as an attachment.
There me already 5 corporations all around the world that have already contracted with us. We would like to hear from you
soon.
Thank you.
Sincerely,
Billy Young
Sales 2 Team
Cam2.com
186. How did Mr. Rodriguez find out about the new digital camera?
(A) An advertisement from T.V.
(B) XP3 Finest website.
(C) Newspaper.
(D) Digital camera magazine.
187. When will D.Ca start selling XP3 Finest?
(A) Dec 14.
(B) Dec 27.
(C) Jan 12.
(D) After Jan 12.
188. What is NOT true reading from the email?
(A) D.Ca Company is located in one of the countries in South America.
(B) XP3 Finest is set apart for its low- light ability and steadiness.
(C) The XP3 Finest is already being advertised.
(D) XP3 Finest will be one of D.Ca's best spring season products.
189. What must D.Ca do in order to buy the XP3 Finest?
(A) They must show more interest in their desire to sell the product
(B) They must first propose the price before making contracts with them.
(C) They must discuss with other corporations.
(D) They must agree with their proposal.
190. Who most likely has written the second email?
(A) Sales Manager.
(B) President of the company,
(C) Advertisement Department Representative.
(D) Sales Representative.
Questions 186-190 refer to the following notice and letter.
Meeting Manager is an online course which helps the participants, mostly business men and women, to systematically learn the
skills they will need as they travel on business trips to the Western countries. The course provides the employees with both
good and poor examples of meetings, obviously showing how to avoid the problems that often occur when people from
Korean cultures and people from Western countries come together for a meeting.
It is perfect for non-native speakers whose English levels are above normal. The course also provides a complete script,
teacher’s manual, and questions to study with.
It is a series of five courses and each is approximately half an hour long. Therefore you can watch it as you are taking a break
during your work or even after lunch as you are having a cup of coffee. It is very popular in Japan and the employees there
have seen the great effectiveness of the Meeting Manager. We believe that it will still do the same in Korea for Korean
employees who have frustrations and fears having meetings with western employees.
It is $ 400 plus tax. For ordering or more information, please call 1-800-MEE-TING.
62
To: ordfimow@meetingmanager.eom
From: Joohee@samsung.com
Subject: I would like to order the meeting manager.
Hello,
My name is Joohee Kim and I just wanted to let you know how grateful I am for the improvement I made after I had learned so
many good tips and know-how from your course. I used to be unable to talk at all during meetings with western businessmen
but now I speak, discuss, debate, and even share life with them! How amazing! These days, my co-workers always tell my
boss to send me for all the business trips, because they are not so confident with meetings with western businessmen just like I
used to be. So I would like to help them. But even before I help them, I want to help my sister’s son who is going on his first
business trip to Chicago next Monday. So I would like to order one course of Meeting Manager. How long would it take for us
to receive it? I would be pleased if you’d respond as soon as possible. Thank you.
Joohee Kim
Samsung Communication & Contract Representative
(02) 544-3111
186. Who should purchase this online course?
(A) Businessmen from all around the world.
(B) Businessmen who are native speakers of English.
(C) Businessmen with inferior English proficiency.
(D) Businessmen who meet frequently with foreign businessmen.
187. What is NOT true about the course?
(A) It deals with problems that arise between Western businessmen.
(B) It provides the learners with questions and scripts.
(C) It was very popular in Japan among Japanese businessmen.
(D) It is made for those whose English skills are above intermediate.
188. How long is the course all together?
(A) 1:45.
(B) 2:00.
(C) 2:30.
(D) 2:45.
189. How has Ms. Kim’s attitude in meetings with western businessmen been changed?
(A) She is too embarrassed to talk.
(B) It is not a problem for her.
(C) She can’t talk as confidently as she should.
(D) She hates going to business meetings with them.
190. Why does Ms. Kim now want to purchase the course?
(A) She wants her co-workers to use it.
(B) She wants to look more professional in meetings.
(C) She wants to improve her business English.
(D) She thinks that it would be useful for her nephew.
Questions 191-195 refer to the following announcement and letter.
Use Friend of Books
Friend of Books is a search machine listing more than 700,000 books, magazines, newspapers, videos and it is installed in
computers of the Bloomfield hills City Public Library System. After the installation of Friend of Books, the users of library
say that it saves their time and energy finding books in the huge library with thousands of books. Another thing about the
Friend of Books is that you can log on to Friend of Books online at www.findbook.com. which is connected to the Library
Online System so that you can do the following at anywhere you have the internet access:
- You can search the books by subject, title or author.
- You can place a hold on an item that you would like to borrow.
- You can review your library card status and details like the due dates for your items.
63
- You can receive information about the new DVD’s or videos available.
- You can receive information about any activities or concerts library is hosting.
April 19, 2006

Dear Friend of Books,
Hello, this is James Patel, and I used to work for the National Invention Association (NIA) and now I am a city representative of
Miami, Florida. The reason I am sending you this letter is that I’ve been very impressed with your system, Friend of Books,
and I wanted to recommend your system to our city libraries. I’ve heard such good things about it and I hope that it will lessen
the headaches our citizens get when they go to the library and fail to find their books. I would like to congratulate you on the
successful business you’ve created and I encourage you to continue to do good works for society.
191. Who would order Friend of Books?

(A) The city representative of Bloomfield hills city.
(B) People who love reading books.
(C) Library custodians.
(D) Librarians who usually find books manually.
192. Which of the following is NOT mentioned as one of the search categories?
(A) General topic of the book.
(B) Writer's last name.
(C) Date of publication.
(D) A theme.
193. What was James Patel’s purpose of the letter?
(A) To order a program.
(B) To report a program bug.
(C) To call for an end of the program.
(D) To recommend a program.
194. Which of the following describes the situation in the letter best?
(A) Friend of Books is being sued for its poor quality.
(B) Friend of Books is being awarded by a National Invention Association.
(C) Friend of Books is receiving an order from another library.
(D) Friend of Books is recognized by the city representative for its good service to citizens.
195. What will probably happen next?
(A) Libraries in other cities will use the Friend of Books.
(B) Friend of Books will be advertised on a few search web sites.
(C) Friend of Books will have a successful business.
(D) The owner of Friend of Books will be awarded by the government.
Superior Machinery Corporation
320 Pine Road
Timberlake, LA 75821
May 22, 2006
Gideon McCormick
Mac’s Space Center
9898 Buena Vista Drive
Tacoma, WA 98413
Dear Mr. McCormick:
We have just received Mac’s Space Center invoice No. 089966-0972 for a total of $648,104.00 for fifteen HJ2X G21 model
standard thruster units, including shipping.
64
We believe this bill is incorrect. Please review our purchase order number ATI-05996-081-070. The units we ordered and
received are listed for $47,150 in your current catalog, page 67, and the sum comes out to be more than fifteen times the price.
The HJ2X G21 units we received are entirely satisfactory, and are in fact performing beyond their stated capabilities. We look
forward to purchasing additional fifteen units in the future, including several HJ2X G21 Enhanced thruster units.
We will pay the full cost upon the receipt of a corrected invoice.
Sincerely,
Newton Divito
Vice-President
167. Why has this letter been written?

(A) Mac’s Space Center has sent the wrong items.
(B) Superior Machinery Corporation is late in making payment.
(C) Superior Machinery Corporation feels it has been overcharged.
(D) Mac’s Space Center believes an error has been made in order and shipment.
168. What was ordered by Superior Machinery Corporation?
(A) 12 HJ2X G21 Advanced thrusters.
(B) 15 HJ2X G21 Enhanced thrusters.
(C) 12 Standard HJ2X G21 units.
(D) 15 Standard HJ2X G21 units.
169. What can be said about Mac’s Space Center?
(A) Their products are of high quality.
(B) They manufacture aluminum aircraft frames.
(C) They design and manufacture ballistic missiles.
(D) Their technology is exported to foreign countries.
Language Skills Exam Center
431 Loneplne Road
Sunshine, New Jersey
November 19,2006
Paul Benson, Accountant
Paris Hotel
221 Hotel Avenue
Harlem, New York
Dear Mr. Benson:
We had run English and Japanese oral proficiency tests for five of your employees on November 1st. It has recently come to my
attention that the invoice we sent you before was not correct. I apologize and am sending you the correct bill.
Our charges for language testing are as follows:
English $35.00 per test ________ 5 = $175.00
Japanese $40.00 per test ________ 5 = $200.00
-----------------------------------------------------------------
Total $375.00
We would appreciate it if you would send us payment at your earliest convenience. If you believe these charges to be in error, or
if you have any questions regarding this matter, please feel free to contact me at (908) 955- 1661.
Sincerely,
Ben Torkus, Director
Language Skills Exam Center
176. What error was made?

(A) A bill for services was not sent.
65
(B) An incorrect payment amount was made.
(C) Payment was made to the wrong account.
(D) An invoice with incorrect charges was sent.
177. What services has Mr. Torkus’ company provided?
(A) Travel arrangements.
(B) Hotel accommodations.
(C) Tests of language ability.
(D) Proofreading and editing of foreign language texts.
Fine Leather n Co.
637 Giroux Cir. Anchorage,
AK 99615
TEL - (907) 333-7375
May 1st
Miss Gwen Cha
Bailey’s Antiques
101 C street and Arctic
Anchorage, AK 99504
Dear Miss Cha,
We are contacting you about order number SDQ101, the otter and bear fur you have requested a week ago. I’m afraid to tell you
that we have gotten word from some hunters that it is too early to see otters and bears, and they are short on fur to sell to
companies like ours. The original date due for your order was on the 18th, but I’m afraid it’s going to take 6 more days. I
know you are having a sale on fur soon so you need them as soon as possible, and we apologize for any inconvenience this
may have caused you. You can contact us back to cancel the order, or if you manage to bear with us for the moment, we would
be thankful and will give you a 10% discount on the 900-dollar order you have placed. We apologize once again for the
inconvenience.
Sincerely,
Eric Jackson
176. How long are the expected delays?

(A) A week.
(B) Less than a week.
(C) More than 6 days.
(D) Until the 18th.
177. When is the order expected to be due?
(A) May 1st.
(B) May 18th.
(C) A week from now.
(D) May 24th.
178. Why has shipping been delayed?
(A) There was problems with the discount they gave Miss Cha.
(B) Hunters are short on fur.
(C) She was going to cancel the order.
(D) The 18th is a holiday.
Mr. Amie
Tiger Motors Inc
14 Trackers St
Sydney, Australia
66
Dear Mr. Arnie
I am writing you to let you know that the order you have placed with us was shipped July 19th, on the SS Walrus which will
arrive in Sydney July 21st.
We are sure that you will be delighted once you see the cars that are ready to market in your country. I am enclosing a brochure
of our models and the features each one has, along with a reasonable price to stick on these cars. I think you will find the color
photos of each model interesting on page 40-64.
I am scheduled to be in Sydney July 24th to attend the annual Sydney Motor show and I would be grateful if you can catch me
there.
I will be staying at the Holiday Inn hotel until the end of July.
It has been a great pleasure doing business with you, us here at the Import Motor Co, and look forward to having a nice long
business relation with you.
Sincerely,
Marc Edwards
CEO, Import Motor Co
179. What has been sent with the letter?

(A) A bill.
(B) A brochure.
(C) A ticket to the motor show.
(D) Photos of last year’s motor show.
180. What does Mr. Edwards suggest?
(A) That they meet in Sydney.
(B) That they terminate their relationship.
(C) More money.
(D) There may be problems at the hotel.
Agricultural business for sale
We at TAR Corporate Finance have been retained to sell a profitable agricultural business.
Some features include:
- Approx. 7,000 acres of arable land
- Production of Vegetable crops
- Turnover in excess of 42 million dollars with growth of 27.55% over the last 4 years
- Experienced senior management team
- Grade 1 and 2 land (As classified of the ministry of Agriculture, Fisheries, and Food)
- Some customers own land of their own
For more information, please feel free to call Sedrick Waters at (123)- 1234-1234, or write to TPR Corporate Finance, 213
Rocky Park, Houston, Texas. All expressions of interest must be done in writing, and the potential buyer’s position, and the
number is there just to call about some details and not for payment information.
167. What is the purpose of this advertisement?

(A) To sell land.
(B) To promote farming.
(C) To make an investment.
(D) To hire.
168. Which is NOT an important feature of the offer?
(A) Customers own land.
(B) 7,000 acres of arable land.
(C) Experienced management team.
(D) Grade 1 and 2 land.
67
169. What must be included in the letter of interest?
(A) The buyer’s phone number.
(B) How much their willing to pay.
(C) Their financial status.
(D) How much farming experience they have.
Questions 174-175 refer to the following tetter.
Foxy’s Pins and Such
Richmond California 12832
June 19th, 2006 Miss Cleo 9454 North Street Richmond, California
Dear Miss Cleo,
Thank you for sending us that e-mail about the defective pins we have shipped to you on your last order, USH8701. We have
sent the pins back to our manufacturer for repair.
We have sent the money we have received from your last order into your bank account, as a refund. We have also enclosed a
coupon for $25 for your next purchase with us at Foxy’s Pins and Such. We are very sorry for any inconvenience and hope
you will keep shopping with us in the future.
Sincerely,
Terry Williams
Foxy’s Pins and Such
174. What did Terry Williams claim to do with the buttons?

(A) Stopped making them.
(B) Terminated them.
(C) Sent them in for repair.
(D) Recycled them.
175. What has been enclosed with the letter?
(A) A refund check.
(B) A coupon.
(C) A bank transit receipt.
(D) More pins.
Questions 173-175 refer to the following e-mail message.
To: davidson@freecell.com
From: orders@freewav.com
Date: 2006-3-12-14:23:14 PM
Subject: order number 340049AA
Dear Mr. Davidson,
We thank you for your purchase from Freeway Clothes online store. Your order has been sent to our processing department, and
will be ready to ship within 72 hours, pending payment confirmation. We will notify you via e-mail, and a text message on
your cellular phone once your order has been sent. The products you have purchased will be sent to the address below.
If you find any problems about the order information, please notify us as soon as possible by calling us at the number below, or
send us an email.
orders@freewav.com
(907)333-1203
Your order information is as follows:
Order# 340049AA
Order date - 2006-3-7-22:12:02 PM
Expected shipping date - 2006-3-14
Shipping address:
Harold Davidson
302 Munson Drive
68
South Park, CO 80302
Billing address - same as above
Item Product Qty Price
OHW9-69-101 Beanie Hat (yellow) 7 $70.00
Subtotal: $70.00
Shipping: $4-90
Tax: 0.00
Grand Total: $74-90
173. When did Mr. Davidson place his order?

(A) March 12th.
(B) March 14th.
(C) March 7th.
(D) 72 hours ago.
174. What is true about Mr. Davidson’s order?
(A) It has no tax.
(B) It will be shipped tomorrow.
(C) It contains 2 items.
(D) There was problems with the shipping.
175. What is learned about Mr. Davidson’s order?
(A) It contained an error.
(B) It was sent to the address on the bottom.
(C) It is sent to processing department.
(D) It is the fourth order he has made with the company.
Questions 179-180 refer to the following memo
From: Stacey Ceibfer
To: All staff
Subject: Bamboo sticks for sale
It’s that time again during the season, where we must remove the bamboo sticks from the campus to decorate for the winter. As
you all know, bamboo sticks are only for the summer. So we must sell these bamboo sticks. Campus Operations has graciously
donated the sticks to the science division, and we will use the proceeds to help purchase some rare plants and trees.
They will be available for sale:
When: Tuesday, March 2nd
Time: 11am to 11pm
Where: South greenhouse, west of the F. building
2 Foot sticks - $5 4
Foot sticks - $9 6
Foot sticks - $13
179. Why must the bamboo sticks be removed from the campus?
(A) To prepare for winter.
(B) To donate for research.
(C) To sell the sticks.
(D) They are rotten.
180. How will the money made from selling the bamboo sticks be used?
(A) To buy new sticks.
(B) To purchase rare plants.
(C) To donate to the plant research foundation.
(D) To offer some students scholarships.
69
*****************
Jokie Jokie
616 Hydra Terrace Place
Manitoba, Saskatchewan, Canada
J6B 2K8
April 1
Mr. Clive Slivey Order Department
Slapstick Supplies Inc.
1111 Park Place
New York. New York, 11221
Dear Mr. Slivey,
I wish to order the following items to be sold in our novelty retail store. Please advise me as to when these items are likely to
arrive at our location, and keep in mind that they must arrive no later than the day before our opening day. May 15:
Imitation Dog Pooh Quantity 100 Exploding Cigars Quantity 200 Super Potent Itching Powder Quantity 50 Total price $500
Total price $600 Total price $750
I will also need details as to what shipping costs will be, and whether there are cost differences depending on the delivery
method.
I appreciate your attention to my order and look forward to your prompt reply.
Sincerely yours,
Joey Jojo
Joey Jojo
Purchasing director
173. Which item was NOT ordered? 175.
(A) Itching Powder
(B) Imitation Dog Pooh
(C) Exploding Cigars
(D) Bad Tasting Candy
174. What is the total price for the 200 Exploding Cigars?
(A) $200
(B) $600
(C) $700
(D) $750
175. When must the items be delivered by?
(A) May 15
(B) April 1
(C) May 14
(D) March 31
Questions 186-190 refer to the following memo and response.
CUSTOMER SERVICE REQUEST
DATE: August 10th, 2006
CUSTOMER: Danielle Haber
ADDRESS: 3656 Robertson Drive, Los Angeles, CA, 90236
PHONE: 213-6985-1264
SCREEN NAME: dhaber9
MERCHANDISE PROBLEMS
Please check one of the following and fill in the specifics in the given blank.
□DELIVERY PROBLEMS ordered merchandise has not arrived for over a month
□DEFECTIVE MERCHANDISE / DAMAGED IN TRANSIT
70
□REPAIR PROBLEMS
□WRONG MERCHANDISE
□AMOUNT CHARGED IN ERROR
□REFUND NOT ISSUED
□OTHERS
Dear Ms. Danielle Haber,

The order for your lighter was received on June 19th by Internet and was shipped via UPS on June 20th. We can only assume
that the lighter was lost in transit.
Upon receipt of your customer service request form, we reported the loss immediately to the carrier and they are attempting to
locate the parcel. We should have a report back within two weeks.
If UPS is successful in locating your lighter, then it will be forwarded to you promptly. If after two weeks, UPS has been
unsuccessful, we will forward a check to you for the value of the lighter.
We are sorry for the inconvenience this has caused you.
186. What is the purpose of the customer service request form?
(A) To place an order for merchandise
(B) To place a complaint about the customer service center
(C) To report problems concerning ordered merchandise
(D) To request a refund
187. Why has the lighter not arrived yet?
(A) The lighter was lost on the way.
(B) The requested lighter is still being made.
(C) The delivery man got lost.
(D) Due to a strike by workers at the UPS center
188. For about how long has the lighter been “lost in transit”?
(A) About four weeks
(B) About five weeks
(C) About six weeks
(D) About seven weeks
189. What will the company do if the lighter is not found?
(A) Send a check to the UPS center .
(B) Go to the UPS center to check on progress
(C) Compose a checklist of where the lighter might be
(D) Send a check to Ms. Haber to give her a refund
190. What can be inferred from the passages?
(A) Ms. Haber needs the lighter immediately.
(B) Ms. Haber ordered the lighter online.
(C) The company specializes in sales of rare lighters.
(D) Ms. Haber is a collector of lighters.
Questions 191-195 refer to the following mails.
BUSINESS REPLY MAIL
FIRST-CLASS MAIL PERMIT NO. 1159 BOONE IA
GAME PRO
HIE WORLD'S LARGEST MULTIPLATFORM GAMING MAGAZINE
SUBSC RIPTION DEPARTMENT
PO BOX 37579
BOONE IA 50037-2579
GamePro EX gives you everything!
71
YES! Sign me up for GamePro EX -only $29.97 lor one year (12 issues)! I know every issue will have gaming extras like a disc
poster, strategy guide, and other great GamePro stuff!
Name William Lee
Address 546K Roxburv
Street City/State/Zip Calgary, Alberta, Canada. 08401
Email gamefan@yahoomail.com
Send an additional $20 for Canadian orders and $40 for foreign orders prepaid in U.S. dollars.
To: John
From: Will
Date: November 30th, 2006
Subject: GAMEPRO!
Dear John.
I finally subscribed to GamePro! Thank you so much for recommending the magazine. I’ve received two issues so far and I
think they're really great. You still subscribe to the magazine, right? I was wondering if you wanted to subscribe to Electronic
Gaming Monthly with me. I saw an ad for it in GamePro. The reason I'm asking you to subscribe to it together is because the
subscription fee is quite high, and I thought it might be better to share the subscription with you, since we are both fans of
gaming. Write back ASAP!
Thanks
191. What is GamePro?
(A) A computer game
(B) A card game
(C) A game disc
(D) A gaming magazine
192. What is NOT included in the list of extra products that come along with each issue?
(A) CD
(B) Membership card
(C) Poster
(D) Strategy manual
193. What information is NOT included in the first postcard?
(A) The address of the subscription department
(B) The email address of the subscription department
(C) The address of the subscriber
(D) The email address of the subscriber
194. What does William propose in his email to John?
(A) To read GamePro together
(B) To lend him two issues of Electronic Gaming Monthly
(C) To subscribe to a magazine together
(D) To recommend a gaming magazine
195. What can be inferred from the passages?
(A) GamePro is a successful magazine.
(B) William Lee did not pay his bill on time.
(C) William Lee paid $49.97.
(D) John is paying for William’s subscription.
May 23. 2006
Mr. Paul Aljouney
Standing Mobile Technology
81 Fulham Road
72
London. SW3 6RD
Dear Mr. Aljouney:
I read in the July issue of the popular journal. New Technology, about your new cellular phone, the Ultra 700 I-2. As we are the
major distributor of cellular phone accessories online, the Ultra 700 I-2 is the kind of product we look for.
Our company, Wireless.com would be interested in selling the batteries, chargers, speakers, and other accessories that come
with the Ultra 700 I-2, and of course the Ultra 700 I-2 itself.
Would you please be kind enough to send us a sample Ultra 700 I-2 phone and the accessories that will accompany the Ultra
700 I-2 and the proposed list prices? I would also appreciate the opportunity to meet with your sales representative to discuss
volume discounts.
I look forward to hearing from you at your earliest convenience.
Sincerely.
Don Phillips
Supply Manager
Wireless.com
May 28. 2006

Don Phillips
Wireless.com
32000 Business Center
Indianapolis. IN 65344
Dear Don Phillips.
I want to thank you for the great interest and attention you are giving to us. Yes, we will send you our sample accessories that
accompany the phone and a sample phone as soon as possible. We should be able to send them to you by June 1st if
everything goes according to plan. Here's the list of accessories we have with our new product Ultra 700 1-2 and we hope that
this will help you to come up with a good contract soon.
Product / Accessories Price Quantity or Note
Ultra 700 1-2 $199.99 +10% tax 2/Lasts2days
Phone Cover $19.99 +10% tax Made by Sony
Earphones & Mic $29.99 +10% tax Comes with decorations
Extra Battery $45.99 +10% tax No sales or discount
We are in the process of producing more accessories which I have not included in the table. We will send you the rest of the
accessory list as soon as we are ready to produce them successfully.
Once again, thank you for your interest in our product.
Sincerely,
Paul Aljouney
Standing Mobile Technology Production Manager
Paul@SMT.com
191. What is the purpose of Mr. Phillips' letter?
(A) He wants to buy Standing Mobile Technology Company.
(B) He wants to know if the S.M.T. Company has any new products.
(C) He wants to bargain with Mr. Aljouney to lower the price.
(D) He wants to sell S.M.T. s new product.
192. What do you know about the Wireless.com Company?
(A) It sells lots of electronic products.
(B) It sells mobile phone attachments.
(C) It installs wireless connections for customers.
73
(D) It turns normal phones into wireless.
193. How did Mr. Aljouney's response to the letter?
(A) He isn't really interested in doing business with Mr. Phillips.
(B) He is excited to sell products to Mr. Phillips.
(C) He is unsure whether he should sign a contract with Mr. Phillips.
(D) He needs some time before he makes the decision.
194. What is NOT one of the products Standing Mobile Technology is producing?
(A) Phone decorations
(B) Earphones made by Sennheiser
(C) Cellular phone batteries
(D) Ultra 700 I-2
195. Which of the choices is true about the accessories?
(A) Battery is the cheapest attachment
(B) Earphones and Mic are dealt with different product.
(C) Phone cover costs less than $25.
(D) There are only two accessories for the Ultra 700 I-2.
Questions 196-200 refer to the following e-mails.
From: Namsu Jeong <nam@ad.net>
To: Aaron Prince <aaron@ad.net>
Subject: Requests for information
Date: Fri, Feb 2, 2006 16:23
Since we introduced our new camera, we’ve been getting a lot of requests for more information. I started a checklist to make
sure we keep track of what our potential customers want. New Prints sent me an e-mail yesterday requesting 100 brochures
and a display stand. (Are the brochures back from the Make Ads yet?) Inside Photo asked me this morning to get a sales rep to
call. All the representatives are at a meeting and won’t be able to return calls until Feb 5, next Monday. However, I will talk to
the reps manager to see if they can finish their project earlier to talk to our clients.
From: Aaron Prince <aaron@ad.net>

To: Namsu Jeong <nam@ad.net>
Subject: Re: Requests for information
Date: Fri, Feb 2, 2006 17:35
Today, I received requests for brochures from Marvel Film, Digital Zip, and Media Top. Bea Gomez of Camera.com sent an e-
mail yesterday, Feb 1st, and she wants a sales representative to call, and she also wants to get info on promotional materials.
Unfortunately, the brochures won’t be ready until next week. This afternoon, I’ll fax a promotional flyer to each of them and
tell them the brochures will be sent on Feb 6th. I’ll also tell them about our new processing service.
196. What is true about the two e-mails?
(A) They are sent to their all group members.
(B) They share information about their business.
(C) They are written day after day.
(D) They contain the phone & fax number also.
197. What is one of the problems they are experiencing?
(A) The brochures have the wrong information.
(B) They still haven’t introduced their new camera to the market yet.
(C) The printing company hasn’t finished printing the brochures yet.
(D) The brochures will be ready by tomorrow.
198. When will they provide the brochures to their clients?
(A) Feb. 1st
(B) Feb. 2nd
(C) Feb. 5th
74
(D) Feb. 6th
199. What does Aaron plan to do?
(A) Visit each client to talk to them about their new product.
(B) Fax a promotional flyer to clients
(C) Find other representatives who are free
(D) Send an email to Bea Gomez of Camera.com
200. Which of the following describes their job correctly?
(A) They make and design cameras.
(B) They assemble their new products.
(C) They run the business with their friends.
(D) They promote their new products.
Our hassle free Return/Exchange policy.
Your satisfaction is our #1 goal.
Within 30 days of delivery of shipment, you may return or exchange any unopened media (video game) or any other
merchandise that’s in new condition including original packaging and accessories.
Return
We charge a 10% restocking fee.
hull refund including the shipping cost if the return is a result of our error.
If your return is NOT due to our error, we will deduct the shipping cost from your refund. Refund will be made in the same form
of payment originally used for purchase.
You will receive a refund within 7 business days of our receiving your return.
Exchange
We do not charge a restocking fee.
Shipping is paid for by PlayersParadise.com if the exchange is a result of our error.
If your exchange is NOT due to our error, a shipping charge will apply. We’ll contact you for a preferred payment method.
You may choose to speed up the exchange process by placing a new order with the correct item and your order will be shipped
immediately. In the meantime, ship the product to be exchanged back to us lor processing. Otherwise, the exchange process
can take up to 14 days from the date of receiving your item.
Please use the attached form to send us your request lor return or exchange. We will contact you if further details are needed.
163. What is the maximum number of days it will take to get a refund?
(A) 7 days
(B) 10 days
(C) 14 days
(D) 30 days
164. What can the customer do to expedite the exchange process?
(A) Fax the exchange form
(B) Place a new order
(C) Visit the store in person
(D) Pay an extra fee
Questions 191-195 refer to the following letter and receipt.
October 12. 2006
Dear Ms. Arlington.
In the previous letter, which was sent to you on October 3rd. our employee notified you that we still had not received our
products from you. I believe that the order was put in on September 13th, which is more than two weeks before we sent out the
notification to you. We have been patient with you. however, you've once again disappointed us. I have attached a copy of the
receipt I received the day I placed the order for your reference. Since we have never received any of the products we ordered a
month ago. which were supposed to be delivered in a week, we would like you to refund us the payment. The price is shown
75
on the receipt, but just to remind you. it is S229.50. Unfortunately, we will not be able to do any business with you anymore,
for we have lost a few customers by disappointing them with non-delivery of the products we promised them, which you had
promised us.
I would like the refund sent to us as soon as possible. I hank you.
Matt Pulse Beauty Supply CEO New York. 59444
THANK YOU FOR YOUR PAYMENT

Customer Service of Wig Hair
140 Administration Building
Seattle, WA 89824-1046
Phone 1: (566) 355-3343
Phone 2: (800) 775-4323
FAX: (566) 353-9640
Email: Wigs®make.com
Payment Id: SR960858
Payment Date & Time: 9/13/2006 12:28.31 PM
Name: Matt Pulse
Address: 110 2nd St. New York. 59444
City: New York
Phone: (254) 835-6778
Email: Matt®Beautysupply.com
Items in Payment:. 5
Item Number: 5
SKU: 0001
Quantity: 1
Name: Human Hair 5 sets
Amount: $229.50
Total Amount: S229.50
Total: $229.50
This charge will appear in your account as an ACH transaction
191. What is the letter mainly about?
(A) Requesting exchange (or receiving different products
(B) Ordering products from a wig company
(C) Asking for money back for products ordered
(D) Complaining about the quality of the products
192. What can you tell about Mr. Pulse?
(A) He is excited to receive his products.
(B) He is anxious to sell the products.
(C) He is very angry for the bad quality of hair.
(D) He is upset for not receiving the products.
193. What is the result of Wig Hair company failing to deliver the products?
(A) He lost a few customers.
(B) He wasted lots of money for nothing.
(C) His company cannot sell any hair products anymore.
(D) Most of his customers will not buy hair products from his store anymore.
194. When was the order placed?
(A) October 3rd
(B) October 12th
(C) September 1st
76
(D) September 13th
195. What is most likely to happen in the future?
(A) He will try to visit Wig Hair to see their new products.
(B) He will introduce other stores to Wig Hair.
(C) He will not buy any of Wig Hair products.
(D) He will sue Wig Hair for their terrible service.
***********************
Questions 156 and 157 refer to the following letter.
Jameson's TV and Appliances
270 Evans Drive
Harrisburg, PA
March 2, 2006
Subscriptions Department
Contemporary Electronics Design
2657 Baja Blvd.
San Diego, CA
Dear Subscription Editor,
I would like to sign up for a one-year corporate subscription to CED in the name of Jameson's TV and Appliances. I would like
this subscription to begin with the March Annual Product Review issue. We are particularly eager that our subscription begin
with the March issue because of the product review in that issue of the Zenon 1001 circuit board. I am enclosing a check for
$27, made payable to CED Subscriptions. Thank you for your assistance.
Sincerely,
Delia Walters
Supplies Manager
156. Which of the following is CED most likely to be?
(A) A technical periodical of the electronics trade
(B) A catalog of electronics equipment and supplies
(C) A series of pamphlets about circuit boards
(D) A television magazine
157. How long would Delia Walters like to receive CED?
(A) $27
(B) 12 months
(C) Just during March
(D) Indefinitely
Questions 181 through 185 refer to the following emails.
To: Office Depot <supplies@office.dept.co>
From: sunnys@pickfords.co
Subject: Order reference #002993
Date: February 7th
Dear Sirs,
I placed the above order, reference number 002993 on January i5u’, but have yet to receive any of the items that I ordered. I was
informed at the time of ordering that one of the items (black easy-click ball point pens, two boxes) were out of stock and
would not be available until the end of January. However, I was assured that all other items in my order would be dispatched
by January 18th. I telephoned your supplies department on January 20th and was told that the order would be delivered by
January 25th. I had still received nothing by January So* and telephoned again, only to be promised that the order was on its
way.
It is now February 7th, and I am still without what are essential supplies for my business. I feel I have no choice but to cancel
the order in its entirety and to inform you that I will no longer be using your services.
Sincerely,
77
Brenda Whitman.
To: Brenda Whitman <sunnys@pickfords.co>

From: Dustin Stone <supplies@office.dept.co>
Subject: Re: Order reference #002993 Date: February 9th
Dear Ms. Whitman.
Thank you for your email of February 7th. I am extremely sorry to learn of your difficulties. I have looked into your order and
indeed, an order was dispatched on January 18th. However, this was returned to Office Depot as undeliverable. After receiving
your telephone call, we confirmed your delivery address and the package was sent again, with the backordered pens on
January 25th. Our records show this delivery as successful, so I am not sure what has happened here.
Again, I apologize for the inconvenience that you have suffered, and while it is regrettable, I understand your decision.
Sincerely,
Dustin Stone
181. Why did Brenda Whitman send an email to Office Depot?
(A) To place an order
(B) To thank them for a delivery
(C) To make a complaint
(D) To amend an order
182. How long has Brenda Whitman been waiting for her items?
(A) About one week
(B) About two weeks
(C) About three weeks
(D) Over a month
183. What action is Brenda Whitman taking?
(A) She will stop using Office Depot.
(B) She will recommend Office Depot to her friends.
(C) She will place a new order.
(D) She will ask for an extension of her credit.
184. According to Dustin Stone, what happened?
(A) The items were dispatched twice.
(B) They have no records of Brenda Whitman.
(C) There was a computer glitch.
(D) They had stopped accepting orders by email.
185. What is Dustin Stone’s reaction to Brenda Whitman’s decision?
(A) He is sorry, but understands her reasons.
(B) He believes she is making a mistake.
(C) He expresses no opinion.
(D) He will try to change her mind.
Questions 181 through 185 refer to the following letter and response.
Mr. Panlel Gobels, Manager
Wllcon Products
6290 Fair Oaks Ave.
Cleveland, OH 65012
November 20th
Pear Mr Gobels,
It has come to our attention that you haven't ordered any copier or computer supplies from us in more than eight months, so we
are writing to see if we can be of assistance to you. We hope that you have not found our products to be unsatisfactory; we
pride ourselves on offering the best prices and the best quality in the area. As a matter of fact, one major reason I'm writing to
78
you is that we are currently having an end-of-the-year sale on copier and computer paper. You can get all available sizes and
colors for nearly 50% off if you order more than $50 worth of supplies before December 10th
A brochure is enclosed, and If you'd like to talk to one of our sales representatives, please call us
at 095-3321.
We look forward to hearing from you, for any order no matter how large or small. And remember - we offer FREE delivery on
all orders.
Sincerely,
Pon Nickels
Manager, Nickels Business Supply
Wilcon Products
6290 Fair Oaks Ave.
Cleveland, OH65812
November 25th
Mr. Don Nickels,
Manager,
Nickels Business Supply,
102 Suite 52,
Parkland Estate
Cleveland
Dear Mr. Nickels,
I am writing to you in reply to your letter of November 20“’, so that you may update your records.
I replaced Daniel Gobels as the supplies manager of Wilcon products in August Mr. Gobels quit his position without warning in
February, and as Wilcon Products was going through a period of large personnel changes, the position of supplies manager
was left open until I was appointed in August. In fact, I was very happy to receive your letter as Mr. Gobels had left no record
of the suppliers he had used, and I have been struggling to find a reliable source.
To this end, I would like to place an order (please see the attached order form). If I am satisfied with your company, you may
find Wilcon Products back on your list of regular customers.
Sincerely,
Maggie White
181. What is the main reason for writing the first letter?
(A) To buy copier and computer supplies
(B) To maintain contact with a customer
(C) To inquire about product quality
(D) To request a meeting between Don Nickels and Daniel Gobel
182. Which of the following describes the sale?
(A) 50% discount if you buy on December 10th
(B) 50% discount if you purchase after December 10th
(C) $50 off if you buy 50% of your yearly supplies by December 10th
(D) 50% off if you buy more than $50 by December 10th
183. What is Don Nickels proud of?
(A) His company’s success
(B) The frequency of sales and bargains offered by his company
(C) His company’s prices and the quality of their goods
(D) The quality of the enclosed brochure
184. Why hasn’t Daniel Gobels been ordering supplies from Nickels Business Supply?
(A) He found their goods to be defective.
(B) He didn’t know about Nickels.
(C) He no longer works for Wilcon Products.
79
(D) He found a cheaper supplier.
185. Where can Don Nickels find information about Maggie White’s order?
(A) On a separate form
(B) She is not placing an order.
(C) In an email
(D) In the text of the letter she sent him
Questions 169 through 172 refer to the following memo.
Memo
TO: International Orders, Purchasing Department
FROM: David Maes
RE: International Internet Telecommunications Service
DATE: October 11, 2006
I am pleased to inform you that our long-awaited, new, toll-free, international telephone and fax service is finally fully
operational. This new service runs through the Internet, so there is no actual charge for the calls we make or the faxes we send.
There are no cumbersome access codes, no time-zone difficulties, and no awkward international telephone connections.
To send a fax, all you need to do is log on to the IITS home page, type the text of the fax into a special online form and read the
easy-to-follow directions. To make a phone call, you will need a headset, but as these are already standard issue for all staff
members, I see no problems there.
The telecommunications department sends its apologies for the six-week delay in getting this up and running. There was a
backlog for problem solving with the trans-oceanic cable link, but once this was resolved, it was easy to set up. Please let all of
our international customers know that they may also dial direct, or fax their questions and orders toll-free, 24 hours a day from
the following countries around the world, simply by dialing the numbers listed below:
Australia 1-800-123-456
Japan 0066-33-800171
UK 0800-96-2542
Hong Kong 800-4598
Switzerland 155-60089
France 0130-81-8009
Germany 0590-3077
Canada/USA 800-234-9988
Do not hesitate to ask if you are unclear on any aspect of how
to use the IITS.
169. What is the advantage of this new service?
(A) It can be used from every country around the world.
(B) Operators are familiar with the system and can help you at any time.
(C) It’s free of charge and available all the time.
(D) There are new easy-to-use access codes.
170. Which of the following cities cannot use the service?
(A) Tokyo
(B) Madrid
(C) London
(D) Berlin
171. How can IITS users send a fax?
(A) Request a special application form
(B) Type the fax onto a website
(C) It is not possible to send a fax.
(D) By using a wireless Internet connection
172. Which of the following does everyone working at this company have?
(A) A desk
80
(B) A computer
(C) A headset
(D) A fax machine
Questions 191 through 195 refer to the following memo and invoice. i
Memo
To: Caleb Bevan
CC: Anthony Palmer
From: Ryan S.
Re: Purchase order
Date: March 10, 2006
Caleb,
Td like you to sort out this purchase order that was prepared by Andrew Garcia before he left. We’ve been having a hard time
collecting payment on this, and I was hoping you could look into it. The bill was made out to a Mike Wallace at Blue Raven
Construction, and the shipment was addressed to a Jeb Evans in the Purchasing Department. This was the first order we’ve
received from Blue Raven, and they have yet to settle the invoice. Andrew wasn't able to locate either individual when he
called, and unfortunately, he got very sick before he could really follow things up. Try to talk to someone who works in the
finance or accounts department, or anyone who deals with paying bills there. Let them know we'll be taking legal action if they
don’t pay up by April 1”. You can talk to Anthony Palmer in the legal department if you have any questions - he knows all
about the matter.
Thanks.
Purchase Order
Payment: To be paid within 10 days after delivery * Add all delivery charges on invoice
Shipping address:
Blue Raven Construction, 546 Rufina Circle Albuquerque, New Mexico 87001
Tel: 505-386-7799
Date: February 8, 2006
Vendor: L & K Office Supply
4 Orlando Rd.
______________________________Madison Heights, Ml 48071
Reference: PO # 96-785
Ship To: Jeb Evans, Purchasing Department
_____________________________(use the above address unless otherwise indicated)
Bill To: Mike Wallace
_____________________________(use the above address unless otherwise indicated)
Desired delivery date: ASAP
Prepared by: Andrew Garcia
Hem Stock Number Quantity Unit Cost Total Cost
Copier Paper CP 2587 5 boxes $25.49/ea $127.45
Pens, black P 3246 15 doz. $8.99/doz $134.85
Manila folders MF 8971 3 boxes $1B.24/ea $54.72
Subtotal $317.02
Shipping & handling 15% $47.55
TOTAL $364.57
191. What is the problem mentioned in the memo?

(A) Staff shortages
(B) Non-payment of bills
(C) Embezzlement by staff
81
(D) Shortage of supplies
192. Who ordered supplies?
(A) Blue Raven Construction
(B) L & K Office Supply
(C) Jeb Evans, purchasing department
(D) Andrew Garcia
193. Why does Andrew Garcia no longer work for L & K Office Supply?
(A) He falsified orders.
(B) He was fired for tardiness.
(C) He is on sick leave.
(D) He changed jobs.
194. How many units were ordered?
(A) 23
(B) 3
(C) 15
(D) 4
195. Why was $47.55 added to the subtotal?
(A) For taxes
(B) Because L & K is operating at a deficit
(C) For mailing and packing charges
(D) Because the items are not on sale
Questions 191 through 195 refer to the following chart and memo.
Customer Survey Results, March 2006
The following chart shows the results of a recent survey carried out over a four week period at six different branches of
Buyways. Customers were given a form to fill in after they had finished shopping and were asked to consider the following
reasons for choosing
Buyways as their regular supermarket:
* Quality - Is quality of the products on sale a significant factor in choosing Buyways?
* Price - Are prices at Buyways competitive, and does this influence your decision to shop here?
* Range of products - Does Buyways offer a wide range of goods, and how important is this to you?
* Service - How important is sendee, and does this influence your decision to shop here?
* Advertising > Did you come here as a result of our advertising? If so, please specify. How important is advertising in shaping
your choice of supermarket?
* Location - How important is location: distance from home/office, availability of other amenities, transportation, etc.? Please
specify.
HÌNH VẼ TRANG 264
Memo
To: Andy Gilbert, Jane Patel, Michael Alans
From: Jimmy McClellan
Re: Customer Survey
Date: April 3, 2006
The results of the survey have been tabulated, and this is what they look like. I'm reasonably satisfied, but on reflection, I think
we should have worked the questions so that we got more detailed answers. For instance, it's not clear whether customers just
don't care much about service, or whether they think we don't offer very good service. There's a pretty significant difference
between the two. But anyway, I think it gives us something to base future advertising and promotional campaigns around. As
age increases, customers claim that advertising affects their decisions less. So we might want to focus future campaigns on our
younger customers. I'm not going to comment on everything here - I’ll save that for Friday's meeting. However, I do want you
all to look at the chart carefully and bring some concrete ideas with you on Friday.
82
191. What information is shown in the chart?
(A) Reasons why people shop at one particular supermarket chain
(B) Reasons people are dissatisfied with most supermarket chains
(C) Reasons why people choose supermarkets near their homes
(D) Reasons people watch advertising
192. What do the recipients of the memo probably do?
(A) Work as sales clerks for Buyways
(B) Work in the advertising department of Buyways
(C) Work as suppliers for Buyways
(D) Work as shelf stackers
193. What criticism does Jimmy McClellan make of the survey?
(A) The answers are ambiguous.
(B) The data took too long to collate.
(C) The sample group of customers was too large.
(D) A lot of the forms were not filled in accurately.
194. Who claimed to be most affected by advertising?
(A) Shoppers in their 20s
(B) Shoppers in their 30s
(C) Shoppers in their 40s
(D) Shoppers in their 50s
195. Why doesn’t Jimmy McClellan give a detailed analysis in the memo?
(A) He didn’t have enough time.
(B) He doesn’t like writing.
(C) He is waiting until he meets the others in person.
(D) He didn’t have enough paper.
1802 Green Ln Apt #307
Woolwich, ME 04579
October 24,2006
Eden Mail Order
PO Box 34
New London, CT 06320
Dear Sirs,
I recently ordered several items from the Eden Mail Order Fall catalog. This is the first time that I have used your services.
Although one of my acquaintances warned me that she had experienced problems with your company, I put it down to her bad
luck, and, attracted by the designs of your products, placed an order of my own using the order form enclosed with the catalog.
As a first-time customer, I was entitled to free delivery on orders of over $50.1 easily qualified for this, but on receiving my
credit card statement, I discovered I had been charged $20 for delivery. Despite three phone calls to your customer service
agents, this has yet to be rectified. Next, of the five items which I ordered, three were the wrong color, and four were the
wrong size. Again, despite several phone calls, I am still waiting for replacements.
I am willing to give Eden one more chance, but if these problems have not been resolved before the end of the month, I will be
demanding a refund and will be informing the Better Business Bureau.
Sincerely,
Sarah Martin
Bringing the Best to Your Doorstep

Eden Mail Order
PO Box 34
New London, CT 06320
83
November 1st
Sarah Martin
1802 Green Ln Apt #307
Woolwich, ME 04579
Dear Ms. Martin,
On behalf of Eden Mail Order, I offer our sincerest apologies for all the trouble you have had with your order. As you may
know, Eden is a new business, and while this does not excuse incompetence, we have had a lot of problems and have made a
lot of mistakes due to our lack of experience. We have now changed our supplier and as of next week, will be using the
services of a different delivery company. We hope that this will eliminate errors of the kind you experienced.
I have contacted your credit card company to remove the delivery charges, and I am confident that you will have your complete
order within the next two days. To thank you for your patience and understanding, please find enclosed a $50 gift voucher,
redeemable for items in any of our catalogs.
Again, I apologize for any inconvenience which you may have suffered.
Sincerely,
Laura French
196. Why did Sarah Martin write to Eden Mail Order?
(A) To place an order
(B) To enquire about delivery charges
(C) To complain about poor service
(D) To request a catalog
197. Why did Sarah ignore warnings about Eden Mail Order?
(A) She didn’t understand them.
(B) She didn’t think she would have any problems.
(C) She thought her friend was talking about a different company.
(D) She likes to take risks.
198. What should Sarah have received as a first time customer?
(A) A free gift
(B) A $50 gift voucher
(C) Free delivery
(D) Interest-free credit
199. According to Laura French, why were there so many problems?
(A) They are a young, inexperienced company.
(B) They didn’t have a supplier.
(C) They suffered a computer glitch.
(D) They lost their customer address database.
200. Why did Laura French send Sarah Martin a $50 voucher?
(A) As a reward for her loyalty
(B) To compensate her for the inconvenience she suffered
(C) Because she was overcharged for the items she ordered
(D) To thank her for recommending Eden to her friends
FINANCING AND BUDGETING

Winston Tech Increases Profits
Winston Tech, the largest speaker manufacturer in the world, is now a barometer for the industry as a whole.
Announced yesterday, Winston Tech announced that they have increased profit of from 24% to 39% in the quarter of this year,
setting more than 24 million units worldwide.
President K. Winston says his success has been in taking in market share from rival companies such as Cloud Tech and State
Tech.
84
Cloud Tech will give their information about the profits they have made this Friday, so we will know more accurately of how
much of an increase in profits has been taking place in this sector.
Winston Tech is cautious about its future, warning that it will probably see a decrease in their sales in the next year. This will
happen because in the speaker business, the technology is crucial, and they are working on a new technology that provides a
much more crisp and clear sound from the speakers from all different angles. The production of this new technology will take
some time, and until then, they will only have the speakers that are out on the market right now.
174. What is learned about Winston Tech?

(A) It has bought rivals, Cloud and State Tech.
(B) It has given information about Cloud Tech’s profit.
(C) It is the largest speaker manufacturer in the world.
(D) They will have an even better year next year.
175. What is Winston Tech reported to have done?
(A) Taking in market share from rival companies.
(B) Created new speakers with a better sound.
(C) Their sails have increased 39% more.
(D) Worked with rival companies to make
176. What is said about Cloud Tech?
(A) They are bigger than State Tech.
(B) They will have their reports by this Friday.
(C) They are going to beat Winston Tech in sales next year.
(D) They have sold 24 million units world-wide.
177. What is crucial in the speaker business?
(A) How much profit they make.
(B) How much crisp and clear sound the speakers can make.
(C) The level of technology in the speakers.
(D) Filling out reports.
Raymond Paycheck
4331st St.
Detroit, Ml 48303
Dear Mr. Paycheck
We appreciate your request a few days ago to increase your credit limit on your Visa Card from $7,500 to $10,000. National
Bank has carefully reviewed your overall credit rating, your current bank balances, and your payment history for the debts you
carry on your Visa Card, we are afraid to tell you that we are not able to accept your request at this time. However, we could
review your case again after the 1st of January, taking into account your further payment history and any new credit
information you may wish to provide. Please I submit another written request if you wish us to do so.
Mr. Paycheck, you are a valued customer to us. If you have any questions or concerns, please give me a call by telephone. We
are always willing to do the best we can for you.
Sincerely,
Jason Notts
Chief Credit Card Officer
National Banking Visa
1-899-433-4444
Dear Mr. Notts
85
Thank you for your kindness for at least considering to raise my credit card limit, although unfortunately you were not able to
accept my request. Yes, I do admit that my credit card payments have not been consistent and are sometimes late. But I really
need the expansion of my credit card limit, therefore I do wish that you will consider my case again on the 1st of January. And
I hope that by then my credit rating will be better so that you will accept my request.
Sincerely,
Bill
196. From which of the bank departments was this letter sent?
(A) Withdraw & Deposit.
(B) Savings & Loan.
(C) New Accounts.
(D) Credit.
197. What is the purpose of the letter?
(A) His credit card no longer exists.
(B) His application for a new credit card has been approved.
(C) His credit card balance is too high and it needs to be cleared.
(D) His wish to raise his credit line has been declined.
198. What should Mr. Paycheck do in order to get answers for any questions he has?
(A) Send a letter to Mr. Notts.
(B) Call his personal credit card officer.
(C) Fax to the Customer Service employee.
(D) Leave a message on the Bank's website.
199. What is the main reason the bank declined Mr. Paycheck’s request?
(A) He carries a large balance in his checking account.
(B) He has not been a customer of the bank for a long time.
(C) He has taken too many loans from the bank.
(D) He has been late many times in paying his credit payment.
200. What will Mr. Paycheck probably do next?
(A) He will try to get rid of all the balances on his credit card.
(B) He will pay for his credit card debts regularly.
(C) He will try to make a new account in a different bank.
(D) He will pay for all of his loan interests consistently and not late.
STRONG CONCRETE
475 Quarry Road
Bloomington, IN 47408
June 12, 2006
Mr. Danny Turase
Front Range Construction
402 Woodward Avenue
Heines, LA 40302
Dear Mr. Turase:
We would like to remind you that payment on your account at Strong Concrete is past due.
According to our records, your account shows an outstanding balance of $866.25 for 150 sacks of Portland cement that were
delivered on April 8 (invoice #2587; your purchase order #BS991, copies enclosed). A collection notice was sent on May 15
(copy enclosed), but we have not yet received your payment. If you are unable to pay your balance in full at this time, please
contact us, and we will be happy to arrange a suitable payment schedule.
86
We appreciate your immediate attention to this matter, and look forward to hearing from you soon. If you have already sent
payment, please disregard this notice.
Sincerely,
Tim Nelson
Accountant
166. Where has this letter been sent?

(A) To Strong Concrete.
(B) To Bloomington, Indiana.
(C) To the office of Mr. Nelson.
(D) To Front Range Construction.
167. What has been included with the letter?
(A) A catalog and price list.
(B) A balance for previous work.
(C) A copy of the building plan.
(D) Copies of financial documents.
168. What offer has been made?
(A) To pay the balance in full.
(B) To reschedule the delivery.
(C) To substitute products of similar quality.
(D) To make arrangements for partial payments.
Some Gulf States to Diversify
The following oil producing nations-lran, Bahrain, Oman, Saudi Arabia, Qatar and the United Arab Emirates-each a member of
the Gulf Cooperation Council (GCC) plan to become major aluminum exporters and have spent more than $6 billion
altogether to expand existing aluminum smelters and develop new plants.
The region, now producing nearly 8% of the world’s total aluminum output, will control some 15% once the new projects are
completed, according to a report published by the Gulf Organization for Industrial Consulting (GOIC). Current exports exceed
980,000 tons annually, worth about $856 million, most of which are sold to U.S. and China.
The GOIC report concluded that “the future of the aluminum industry depends on these three basic factors: GCC cooperation in
marketing and expansion, protection of the environment, and the establishment of an integrated aluminum industry that
includes all types of products and the basic components to produce them.”
161. According to the passage, what do some Gulf Arab states plan to do?
(A) Increase oil production.
(B) Expand aluminum manufacture.
(C) Enlarge stockpiles of raw materials.
(D) Control the world’s supply of natural gas.
162. What percentage of the world supply do the nations plan to provide?
(A) 980,000 tons.
(B) 8%.
(C) 15%.
(D) $6 billion dollars worth aluminum.
163. What do the GOIC say that the future of the industry hinges on?
(A) Access to cheap aluminum supplies.
(B) Continuation of current market trends.
(C) Cooperation among the GCC member states, t
(D) Relaxation of current environmental restrictions.
Questions 155-157 refer to the following e-mail.
87
To: sysmax@business.com
Subject: Internet bill problem (8791OW)
I have just received a bill in the mail stating that 1 owe $23.00 for my wireless connection, and $14.00 for my cable modem
connection. Last month, during the first week of July, I have phoned the customer service line to let them know I was going to
switch my cable modem connection for a wireless connection. I have explained how the cable modem connection disconnects
without warning during bad weather, most likely because the signal can’t reach the modem during a bad storm. I have
contacted your offices at Sysmax about the problem, and ended up switching to your wireless connection.
The kind lady that helped me on the other line at your customer sendees apologized for the problem and said she would not bill
me for the cable modem for last month. It turns out I got charged with the cable modem bill and the wireless connection bill. I
would appreciate if you, at Sysmax, can send me a new bill without the charges for the cable modem connection, and I will
happily keep using your company1 s services as long as this matter is handled. By the way, I am currently happy with the
speed of the wireless connection.
Sincerely,
Wang Chung Your happy customer
155. What is the purpose of Wang Chung’s e-mail?

(A) To request a new connection.
(B) To tell the company about a bad storm.
(C) To let the company know about a mistake in a bill.
(D) To cancel tire cable modem connection.
156. What kind of company is Wang Chung writing to?
(A) A weather forecast company.
(B) A cable TV company.
(C) An electricity company.
(D) An internet connection company.
157. When did the company change Wang Chung's cable to a wireless?
(A) August.
(B) July.
(C) June.
(D) September.
MULTI-STATE LONG DISTANCE

Cellular Rate Program
Dear Multi-State customer,
Multi-state is pleased to announce that we now have new cellular rate programs available in your area! The program you are
currently on is not being changed, but we wanted to share other options that are now available to you.
Enclosed are copies of the various plans. If you are interested in any of them, please feel free to call me at 1-800-8930, prompt
5.1 will be glad to assist you in any way I can.
Thank you.
Rodney Clocksmith
Customer Service Representative
Enclosure
Dear Rodney Clocksmith,

I have looked thoroughly at the programs listed on the handout you have sent me. I can’t sign up for any of these programs
because my phone isn’t new enough. For example, what is this color photo program? Most everyone I know does not have a
cell phone that can take pictures, and the walkie talkie program? That is also a top of the line cell phone too.
88
I have no idea why you released programs on such a wide scale, I am pretty sure 95% of your customers don’t even have phones
that can actually use this program. The other rates you have on here, the free 100 minutes a month program sounds good, but
you have to pay 5 more dollars per month.
In the long run, each one of these rates is the same as old ones and some, I can’t even use. I really see no point in sending these
out to every one of your customers. One of my friends just tossed it away after looking at it for 30 seconds. Please, do not send
me any one of these catalogues again, it just takes up space in my mailbox and adds trash.
Your customer,
Anthony Chu
181. What is being offered?

(A) A new cellular telephone.
(B) Optional cellular service features.
(C) Cellular answering service.
(D) Different cellular rates.
182. What is included with the letter?
(A) Printed information.
(B) A new telephone.
(C) A gift certificate.
(D) Nothing.
183. What does Anthony say about most of the programs?
(A) The 100-minute program is good.
(B) The programs are close to useless to him.
(C) The walkie talkie program is useless.
(D) The color photo programs are useless.
184. Why doesn’t Anthony like the programs listed?
(A) It’s too expensive.
(B) They are the same as before.
(C) The cell phones required for the programs are outrageous.
(D) He is satisfied with the plans he has now.
185. What does Anthony ask the company to do?
(A) Not send him any more of these catalogues.
(B) Stop giving him trash.
(G) Stop taking up his mailbox space.
(D) Send him a better catalogue next time.
Video Card Orders Rise
North American Semiconductor Equipment Manufacturers saw orders rise 4% in November, to $75.1 million, from October, but
shipments decline, reflecting excess capacity and weak overall demand. The three-month rolling average of the worldwide
orders in November was above the revised October level of $718.8 million but down 68% from $2.99 billion in November
2000, the orders peak of the current video card-equipment cycle, according to figures published by the trade group
Semiconductor Equipment and Materials International. The group said the book-to-bill ratio was 0.71, meaning that $71 worth
of new orders were received for ever $100 product shipped for the month. The three-month rolling average of worldwide
shipments fell 5% in November, to $916.2 million.
162. How were orders of video cards in November in comparison to October?
(A) They were 4% lower.
(B) They were 4% higher.
(C) They were 68% higher.
(D) They were 68% lower.
163. For every $100 worth of orders shipped, what value of orders was received in November?
89
(A) $71.
(B) $29.
(C) $100.
(D) $171.
164. Who received $75.1 million in orders in November?
(A) European semiconductor manufacturers.
(B) Asian semiconductor manufacturers,
(C) North American semiconductor manufacturers.
(D) Worldwide semiconductor manufacturer industry.
Questions 167-170 refer to the following letter
Marshal Platinum Plus
Account#: 1243-1234-1243-1234
Credit line $1020.3
Brian 1C. Fury

14 Syracuse Drive
Richmond, California 70821
To: Brian K. Fury

From: Paul Smith, Customer Service Department
Date: August 19th, 2006
Subject: Account status
We have recently received a request from you to terminate your account. As requested, your account has been terminated. If
your account has an outstanding balance, you will continue to receive monthly statements until the balance has been I paid in
full.
Please be sure to notify anyone who periodically posts recurring charges to your
account, such as Internet Providers, Gyms, and any other services that automatically withdraw from your account, that the
account is closed. If there are any pending balance transfers or if you have any outstanding cash advance checks written on the
account, please notify those companies that this account is closed.
Please destroy all credit cards that are related to this account by cutting the cards in half twice. Also, please throw out all cash
advance checks. The national consumer reporting agencies will be notified of the change in status on this account within 30
days.
We hope that you will reconsider this decision. Your Marshal credit card offers many benefits that we believe make it more
valuable than other cards. Your benefits include a regular review of your account to ensure we are offering you the highest
possible credit line. You also receive a response to credit line increase requests within 30 minutes, a sophisticated monitoring
system that alerts us to possible fraudulent activity on your account, and expedited card replacement.
If you wish to apply to reopen the account, we will need to obtain your verbal authorization. If this is a joint account, we will
need to speak to both applicants.
167. What did Mr. Fury request?

(A) That his cards be terminated.
(B) He wants new cards.
(C) To terminate the account.
(D) An extension on his credit limit.
168. What is true about the Marshal credit card?
(A) It can be terminated in 30 minutes.
(B) It has a security system that detects possible misusage of the card.
(C) Your local gym can withdraw from the card anytime.
90
(D) It doesn’t break even if you cut it twice.
169. When will the national consumer reporting agencies be aware of the termination?
(A) In 20 business days.
(B) By the end of October.
(C) As soon as Mr. Fury contacts them.
(D) Within a month.
170. What was Mr. Fury told to do?
(A) Tell the internet provider and gym he no longer needs their service.
(B) Notify every company that is related to the account, and break the card.
(C) Use the cash advance checks that are enclosed.
(D) Call to obtain verbal authorization.
*****************
Car Loan Terms
FIRST LUMP PAYMENT The first payment must be at least 30 percent of the total cost of the vehicle, including taxes. A
larger payment can be made, which can reduce the si/c of future monthly payments.
MONTHLY PAYMENTS Monthly payments will be made over a term of 3, 4. 5 or 6 years. Each payment will be equal to the
amount still owing alter the initial lump payment divided by the number of months, including taxes and interest calculated on
our fixed rate of 5 percent.
ADDITIONAL LUMP PAYMENTS Payments larger than the normal monthly amount can be made at any time, but a fee of 3
percent will be applied lo any amount in excess of the agreed monthly payment.
BUY BACK OPTION You may apply to have the company repurchase the vehicle from you at any point. There must be an
appraisal of the vehicle (at the customer's cost), at which point the company will pay the full amount. Any unpaid principle of
the loan will be deducted from the repurchase price at a penalty of 20 percent.
176. Which is one way to reduce the monthly payment amount?

(A) Choose the longest repayment term
(B) Make payments that are smaller than the normal amount
(C) Pay a higher interest rate
(D) Make a large first lump payment
177. What is the penalty on any unpaid principle of the car loan in the case of a buyback?
(A) 10 percent
(B) 15 percent
(C) 20 percent
(D) 30 percent
Questions 186-190 refer to the following article and announcement.
Bad News for Our Economy
-Experts Forecast a Rapid Recession during Second Half of the Year
April 6th, 2006
Many forecasting experts have announced that they have determined a recession in progress, with its cycle peak estimated to be
in October 2006. The recession could be set in motion by a decline in consumer purchasing, since consumers are becoming
more sensible about what they buy. A more likely cause would be failure of economic growth. However, these are causes
speculated by the public. Andrew Bushee, an expert at Anderson Center at the University of California, outlines three main
reasons lor the recession visible on the horizon. He lists the recent power crisis, inflation concerns, and significant global trade
imbalances. At a press conference last week, he announced that a tight financial budget for the next year will be required to
overcome the recession. Top on the list of government priorities, according to this budget plan, should be allocating more time
and effort to sectors of the economy which will be most effective in stimulating economic growth and development. According
to the econometric model used by certain forecasters, the probability of a looming recession is as high as 90%. So far, a
dwindling GDP, hiking unemployment, reduced investment, and job cuts have been predicted.
91
JOB CUT ANNOUNCEMENT

Due to the recent recession in economy, we are announcing a cut of an additional 500 jobs over the next two years. The job cut
will just be a part of our restructuring plan. Losing more than 10 percent of our work force will be an aspect of the plan that is
essential in order to reduce costs and become more efficient in our operating margin. In addition to cutting a number of
employees, we ask remaining employees to take salary cuts and trim expenses to the bone. Because the economy is in poor
shape now, and our.company is suffering as a result, we need more than ever to be in decent financial shape.
Thank you.
186. When do the experts predict the peak of the recession will be?
(A) This October
(B) In two years
(C) Next October
(D) It has already passed.
187. What is NOT a cause of the predicted recession?
(A) The energy crisis
(B) Major companies’ restructuring
(C) A general increase in the level of prices
(D) Trade imbalances
188. What is NOT a predicted outcome of the recession?
(A) Unemployment
(B) Reduced investment
(C) Job cuts
(D) Bankruptcy of banks
189. Why is the company making job cuts?
(A) As a result of unsatisfactory work on the part of the employees
(B) To make sure the remaining employees receive adequate attention
(C) In order to employ new workers
(D) As a result of a decline in the economy
190. The phrase “to the bone” in paragraph 2, line 7 is closest in meaning to
(A) As much as possible
(B) Violently
(C) In a stingy manner
(D) Painfully
Questions 181-185 refer to the following e-mails.
Sign Up for GoodFCU E (electronic)-Statements or E-Notices and Be Entered to Win a $100 Gas Card!
Dear WAYNE R. HUSH,
Since you currently receive GoodFCU account E-Statements, you know they offer you a fast and easy solution for viewing your
monthly/quarterly account statement in Computer Line. Other E-Notices that you may find useful are VISA E-Statements,
Transaction Notices and the Loan Billing Notice.
Sign up for E-Statements or E-Notices from now until July 31, 2006 and be entered to win one of three S100 Mobile gas cards.*
It’s perfect for your summer travels!
• VISA E-Statements work just like your GoodFCU account E-Statements. You receive an email notifying you that your VISA
E-Statement is ready to be viewed in Computer Line. Also, with VISA E-Statements, a link is provided lo make an online
payment.
• Transaction Notices are sent via email and inform you if you have an overdraft transfer from one account to another (for
example, from savings to checking) or if you have a Non-Sufficient Funds (NSF) check.
• Loan Billing Notices. Receive your loan payment notices and late notices (Instant- Cash. Home Equity Loan, etc) via email.
When you select an E-Notice, you are also able to choose how many days before your due date you would like to receive the
E-Notice.
92
Sign Up Today!
Login to Computer Line from the GoodFCU home page
• Make sure your email address is current
• Choose the “E-Services" menu
• Choose “E-Correspondence Sign Up" from the drop down menu
Select “Electronic" as your delivery method for the appropriate statements and/or notices (you may choose to receive all your
statements and notices electronically by checking the box at the top of the list)
• Enter and confirm your email address
• Agree to the online disclosure Sincerely,
Good Federal Credit Union - goodfcu@gfcu.net
To: goodfcu@gfcu.net
From: Hush322@kodak.net
Subject: Hi, this is Wayne Hush.
Dear Good Federal Credit Union,
I signed up for the E-Statements, Transaction Notices and the Loan Billing Notice a few days ago. and I still didn't get my $100
Mobile gas card. I am actually going on a trip to Las Vegas in two days, so it would be very useful for me to have a gas card.
Therefore, please check if you have made a mistake in not sending me the gas card or possibly it got lost on the way to my
mailbox. I just want my gas card as soon as possible. Thank you.
Sincerely,
Wayne Hush
Hush322@kodak.net
181. What is the first e-mail about?
(A) It is a brochure from a bank introducing a new mortgage loan.
(B) It is showing how much Mr. Hush borrowed from the bank.
(C) It's introducing a way to get a $100 gift card when you sign up.
(D) It is advertising their new deals.
182. What is NOT one of their new services?
(A) Electronic view of spending history
(B) Transaction notification
(C) Low interest loan
(D) Loan payment notice
183. What is one of the procedures to sign up for the service?
(A) Choose E-Customer Service
(B) Choose E-Correspondence Sign Up
(C) Enter and change your password
(D) Enter your personal identification number
184. Why does Mr. Hush say he needs a gas card?
(A) He doesn't have any money for gas.
(B) His car takes up lots of gas.
(C) He will need lots of gas soon.
(D) He wants to sell it to other people.
185. What is correct about the two readings?
(A) Good Federal Credit Union has sent the gas card to Mr. Hush.
(B) Mr. Hush has not signed up for the new services yet.
(C) Good Federal Credit Union doesn't offer any free gas cards.
(D) Mr. Hush probably has not won the free gas card contest.
How to Check an Insurer’s Ratings
93
If you're looking for whole life coverage or a term policy that you'll want to keep for 20 or 30 years, the financial soundness of
the insurer is a critical concern. You want some assurance the company will be around in case you aren't, for insurance
companies, the major credit agencies like Standard & Poor’s rate claims-paying ability.
Fortunately, information on the credit worthiness of insurance companies is easy to obtain. Reports are cheap or free over the
Internet. You can always contact the insurance company and ask about its ratings, but it’s best to get this information
independently. In general, go with an insurer rated A or better; the most financially sound insurers are rated AAA. though
some rating agencies use slightly different letter grades.
The premier web site in terms of detail and ease of use, (best of all, it's free) is insurc.com where you can gel ratings online from
Standard & Poor’s as well comprehensive reports on individual insurers. Duff & Phelps ratings of claims-paying ability are
available free at dcrco.com. AM Best ambest.com has a huge database, but you have to pay for it. While you can access ratings
free of charge, a detailed company report will set you back $35.
Make sure any report you get is current, say within the last six months. Be extra careful to confirm ratings you'll find on many
of the online quote services, which may be stale.
175. Who would be most interested in obtaining the ratings of insurance companies?
(A) Individual insurers
(B) Potential policy holders
(C) Premier web sites
(D) Major credit agencies
176. Which of the following is NOT true according to the article?
(A) Financial health of insurers is very important.
(B) It is best to contact the insurance companies directly to obtain their ratings.
(C) AM Best charges a fee for a detailed company report.
(D) Some of the ratings obtained over the Internet may be outdated.
177. What is mentioned as the advantage of using insure.com?
(A) It is the most up-to-date.
(B) It has the largest database.
(C) It offers an affordable service.
(D) It is convenient to use.
Questions 186 through 190 refer to the following memos and tables.
To: All sales staff
From: Marketing
Re: 2005 Sales Figures
Date: January 27. 2006
The fourth quarter's sales figures have now been tabulated. Please take a look at the attached chart before next Monday's
meeting. The chart will form the basis of much of the discussion at the meeting. A copy of previous year's figures is also
attached for your reference. Please be ready to give your opinion on the new figures and be prepared to offer ideas for sales
campaigns for the coming year. Remember, we also welcome your ideas at any time. Don't be afraid to submit any thoughts
you may have at any time during the year.
HÌNH TRANG 42
To: Marketing
From: Andy Hardacre, Sales Team
Re: Sales Figures and meeting
Date: 28th January
I'm afraid that I won't be able to attend the meeting as I will be on vacation next week. Flowever, before I go. I just wanted to let
you know some of my thoughts on the figures sent out yesterday.
94
I don't think that the figures contain too many surprises, but it appears that we sold a lot less fiction this year than last. In actual
fact, I don't think this chart is a true reflection of sales because during the 4lh quarter of the previous year, we held a
promotional campaign. As you will recall, we ran a special offer on different types of fiction every week during that quarter.
For every two books purchased within the featured genre, customers received a third free of charge. So the number of units
does not represent true sales figures. I think we need to bear this in mind. We didn't run this kind of campaign tast quarter. But
I think that perhaps something like a buy two. get one 50% off campaign might be successful. Customers will feel they are
saving money, and we will profit more than if we simply offer the third book for free.
What I would like to see is an increase in sales of children's books. Why don't we add a cushioned seating area with toys in
some of our larger stores? It would allow parents to browse the kids' books while their children play. Furthermore, we could
give away free notebooks or pens, or something like that with some of the less popular series to try to improve sales. Or, how
about a sticker with each book in a series—collect five stickers and get a book free?
These are just some rough ideas. I'm sorry I won't be at the meeting, but I hope you will consider some of these thoughts.
186. What is the purpose of the first memo?
(A) To solicit ideas from sales staff
(B) To reprimand staff for poor sales
(C) To demand payment for the previous two years
(D) To inform staff of store closures
187. Why did Andy Hardacre send a memo to Marketing?
(A) He wants to resign.
(B) He will not be at the meeting.
(C) He does not want to speak at the meeting.
(D) He wants to complain about not being invited to the meeting.
188. What kind of books have sold the most over the past sales periods shown?
(A) Non-Fiction Paperback
(B) Non-Fiction Hardcover
(C) Fiction Paperback
(D) Fiction Hardcover
189. According to Andy Hardacre, why is the chart not an accurate reflection of book sales?
(A) It does not show books signed by the author.
(B) It includes books given away.
(C) It shows only five kinds of books.
(D) It reports sales of textbooks.
190. Which of the following ideas to increase sales of children’s books is NOT mentioned?
(A) Play area in larger branches
(B) Free stationery
(C) Discount coupons
(D) Stickers to collect for free books
Notice
TO: Sales Staff
FROM: Linda Glass, Sales Manager RE: Monthly Tip
Don’t ask customers, “How much would you like to spend?” or “What is your budget?”
These questions give the customer the idea that the price is negotiable, and if they give a low number, then it’s up to you to
convince them to spend more money, which could be tricky. If the customer does have a budget, and you start to go over it, he
or she will let you know anyway. It’s far more effective to focus on the value of your offering, not its price. If you can
convince the customer of the greater value of an item, the price becomes less important.
158. How many times a year does this memo come out?
(A) 52 times a year
(B) 12 times a year
95
(C) 24 times a year
(D) 6 times a year
159. What is at the center of a sale, from the salesperson’s viewpoint?
(A) Money
(B) Budget
(C) Value
(D) Negotiations
160. According to the memo, which of the following would be an effective opening sales remark?
(A) This is one of the best lines of portable stereos made today.
(B) Before we start, let’s talk about cost.
(C) How much were you planning on spending?
(D) How does this price fit into your budget?
161. What does Linda Glass want the sales staff to do?
(A) Trick the customer
(B) Increase monthly sales
(C) Emphasize product value
(D) Negotiate lower prices
INFORMATION
Most people still carry the first credit card they ever received, even though their circumstances have changed, and a different
credit card would serve them better. If you pay off your balance every month, or if your average monthly balance is less than
$2,500.00, you should choose a card with no annual fee. If your average balance is higher, choose a card that gives rebates or
frequent-flyer miles. If you don't pay off the full balance every month, pick the card with the lowest interest rate you can get.
To keep your business, the bank may be willing to lower your rate, but you'll need to make a special application.
162. What does this paragraph suggest?
(A) Keep whatever credit cards you already have
(B) Get rid of your first credit card
(C) Pay off your credit card balance every month to get rebates or miles
(D) Evaluate whether your credit card serves you well
163. What advice is given to credit card users who don’t pay off their balance monthly?
(A) Keep your charges to a minimum of $2,500
(B) Get a card with the lowest interest rate possible
(C) Get more than one card and alternate payments
(D) Charge more than $2,500 to your card every month
164. Who is recommended to choose a card with no annual fee?
(A) People who pay the balance in full each month
(B) People with a balance of over $2,500
(C) People who have frequent-flyer miles
(D) People who want to change then- credit card
MANAGEMENT ISSUES
Questions 181-185 refer to the following two different articles.
Roseville Post
Scania Heavy Machinery announced on last Monday’s news that the company is building a new production facility that is
responsible for the major supply of Scania trucks on the American continent, including the United States, Canada, Mexico, and
many other Latin American countries. Amounting to a total size of a hundred football fields, the new factory will boast a
yearly output of 300,000 trucks. The location has already been determined to be in the suburb area of Roseville, California,
and groundwork is rapidly taking shape day by day. The scheduled opening date is exactly eight months away from now. The
president of Scania, Bill J. Scania is personally visiting the construction site next month, and the city mayor has promised to
96
make his appearance. The expected employment count solely at the new factory easily reaches 25,000. Moreover, another
7,000 jobs are expected to be created near the factory site. Due to this sudden increase in job openings, the city is looking
forward to welcoming more than ten thousand immigrants from other neighboring states. The effect of Scania’s new factory on
the city’s, as well as the state of California’s economy will be unprecedented, and another gold rush is upon California starting
next year.
Economy Today
By Ben Rogers
Last week, the state of California welcomed Scania Heavy Machinery Inc., an industry giant in heavy machineries and trucks
from Germany. Everyone in Roseville appears to be thrilled in expectation to the booming local economy. Although the
numerical figures tell us more than enough, I have more worries about the side effects on the local community. In order to
briefly alert readers of the side effects’ graveness, I have organized a short list.
• Tons of industrial wastes will harm Roseville’s natural environment.
• Local traffic will experience serious congestion.
• Noise level around the entire Roseville area will triple.
• An influx of outsiders with unknown identities will threaten the safety of the local community.
If any readers or local politicians would like to share their thoughts, I can be reached at benrogers@economytoday.com.
181. Which of the following does NOT describe Scania’s new facility correctly?
(A) Located in the suburb area in Roseville, California,
(B) Provide Scania bucks to the European comment
(C) Produces three hundred thousand trucks a year,
(D) Creates a number of job openings,
182. When is the factory scheduled to open?
(A) Opened already test Monday.
(B) Opens when Mr, Scania arrives at the facility next month
(C) Scheduled to open about a year later.
(D) Only after eight months.
183. What is the amount of overall expected employments?
(A) 32,000.
(B) 80,000.
(C) 28,000.
(D) 7,000.
184. In the editorial, what is the author’s opinion?
(A) Scanta’s new facility will surely bring another gold rush.
(B) Local economy will experience serious inflation.
(C) The new production facility will generate a number of side effects.
(D) The author would like to move to Roseville next year.
185. Choose an answer that doesn't correspond to the side effects.
(A) Roseville will be filled with unpleasant noises from the new facility.
(B) Immigrants from other places will threaten local safety.
(C) Traffic congestion will be increased.
(D) California will cut the budget on
Cokesbury Island Conference
Housing and Accommodations
97
The largest structure on the Cokesbury Island is Oceanbreeze Estate. Built over 120 years ago, Oceanbreeze Estate has a main
lobby, dining area, gift shop, and sleeping quarters, a number of small cottages and several Victorian style units provide
additional guest rooms and conference center rooms.
Expect your accommodations to be very comfortable but not modern. Sleeping quarters are equipped with some amenities. The
rooms have showers but no bathtubs. Meals are served on a buffet basis. The food is fresh but not fancy.
Low-sodium and vegetarian meals are available for those who request them twenty-four hours in advance. Individual dietary
requests for those on dairy-free or wheat-free diets cannot be accommodated.
Due to limitations of the island’s electrical systems, we generate our own electricity on the islands. For this reason, guests are
asked not to bring appliances with heating electronics such as heating pads and hairdryers.
156. What does the brochure imply about the Oceanbreeze Estate?
(A) Its guest rooms are recently renovated.
(B) It provides high-tech facilities for business conferences.
(C) It is a historical building without modern conveniences.
(D) It is a popular vacation spot for young professionals.
157. What type of special meals are available?
(A) Meals that contain little sodium.
(B) Meals that are made without wheat.
(C) Meals that have low sugar.
(D) Meals that contain no dairy product
158. What best describes the dining room service at Oceanbreeze Estate?
(A) Each guest orders individually from a menu.
(B) Guests serve themselves from a buffet table.
(C) Each group of guests chooses the meals from their own table.
(D) Guests are served as a group menu.
159. What are guests asked to refrain from doing?
(A) Taking long showers.
(B) Using the kitchen facilities.
(C) Taking room towels to the swimming pool.
(D) Using their own hairdryers.
This suite of offices was built in 1972, has approximately 4,508 square feet, and is adjacent to other professional complexes.
The first floor has a reception area, 5 office rooms and an open work area. The second floor contains conference rooms with
the latest digital audio/visual devices, and also a gym for employees to work off stresses. Offices and work areas may be
renovated to your needs, but other areas cannot. The building meets recent federally mandated handicap regulations, has the
latest security features, and is wired for modern telecommunications. Rent is $236,900 per month.
162. What kind of business would want to rent these suites?

(A) A dental clinic.
(B) A computer store.
(C) An architectural design firm.
(D) A vocational school.
163. Which of the following may be changed?
(A) Reception area.
(B) Gym.
(C) Conference rooms.
(D) Work area.
164. What may be assumed about the business suite?
(A) The electronic devices should be updated.
98
(B) People would have a difficult time working in such a small area.
(C) It has been renovated since being built.
(D) Anyone wanting to rent them would have to do costly repair work.
To: Nathan Bradly

Chief Executive Officer
New Zealand Copper Corporation
From: Bill Clareton
Managing Director
Date: April 8,19--
Dear Nathan Bradly,
Mr. Bradly, I have been quite frustrated with the progress here. When we opened as promised, we enjoyed a low wage scale and
productive workers. The red tape involved in conducting business here, however, is unacceptably burdensome and is
apparently becoming worse.
More specifically, recently it has been very difficult to arrange export shipping. All forms of transportation, including trains,
trucks, and ships, fail to keep to their schedules, and many do not even depart, although they are scheduled to. We need to
maintain good client relations by keeping our promises with them and keeping productivity up. By this letter I am requesting
approval for funds to contract with a private transportation company, in an attempt to overcome this crisis. Let me try this way
for another couple months. If things do not improve, we should consider withdrawing from all manufacturing activity here.
I hope you understand the urgency of this situation and can give me a prompt reply. I have a company in mind. They are ready
to move as soon as we contract with them.
172. What is the problem stated here?

(A) Low work productivity.
(B) Lack of raw materials.
(C) Difficulty in storing goods.
(D) Managerial disorganization.
173. What is Mr. Clareton trying to do?
(A) To improve the company’s image.
(B) To increase profits.
(C) To abolish the red tape.
(D) To ensure customer satisfaction.
174. What does Mr. Clareton want to do?
(A) Hire a private firm.
(B) Increase wages.
(C) Move plants to other locations.
(D) Cease doing business.
BLANESBURY LUMBER
28000 Tree Hill Road, Mercer, MA 17745
February 28,2006
John D’uuegi
Wood Mart
Accounting Dept.
1513 Telegraph Highway
Mercer, MA 14543
Dear Mr. D’uuegi:
Thank you for your letter on February 25 pointing out our billing error.
99
The correct amount should be $5,270, as was noted in your letter. Attached is a corrected invoice for this amount.
I am very sorry, and I apologize for the mistake, which was due to an error in the latest update of our billing program. This
glitch has now been fixed and the problem should not reoccur. We appreciate your observations and business with us.
Yours sincerely,
Lyn Michaels
178. What has John D’uuegi done?

(A) Made a billing error.
(B) Failed to pay on time.
(C) Written a letter to Ms. Michaels.
(D) Underpaid his most recent bill.
179. What is included with Lyn Michaels’ letter?
(A) An invoice.
(B) Full payment.
(C) A partial refund.
(D) A new price list.
180. What caused the problem referred to in the letter?
(A) A bank mistake.
(B) A computer error.
(C) The improper use of equipment.
(D) Miscommunication between Mr. D’uuegi and Ms. Michaels.
Reminder to All Employees
To: Ail employees
From: Brad Yorke, Department Manager
Date: October 22,2006
Subject: Use of facilities by off-duty staff
You can find this information provided in the employee handbook and the orientation each of you has received. However, I
would like to firmly announce it to all of you once again, because few recent incidents have required me to make clear the
policy covering the use of Chosun Hotel facilities by off-duty personnel.
Chosun Hotel employees are permitted the use of Chosun Hotel facilities after duty hours, at which time they become visitors of
the hotel. As such, each of you is expected to conduct yourself appropriately. Misbehavior off duty is subject to disciplinary
action and loss of privileges. Serious incidents may result in termination, and possibly, legal action. All employees have an
obligation to conduct themselves so that no disgrace or disrespect will befall the Chosun Hotel.
Insurance contracts require that when not on duty or changing shifts, employees not be in employee areas, i.e. the employee
cafeteria, kitchens, the staff lounge, etc., unless on official business.
If any employee requires clarification of this or any other hotel regulation, my door is always open.
158. What is the purpose of this memorandum?

(A) To clarify hotel policy.
(B) To provide information omitted from the employee handbook.
(C) To announce changes in hotel policy regarding off-duty conduct.
(D) To inform employees of changes in
159. Employees who use Chosun Hotel facilities after hours are expected to do what?
(A) To book their rooms in advance.
(B) Not to interact with hotel guests.
(C) To sign in and out at the front desk.
(D) To behave properly while on the premises.
160. Which of the following areas are employees permitted to be in anytime they are off duty?
100
(A) The hotel lobby.
(B) The staff lounge.
(C) Any of the kitchens.
(D) The employee cafeteria.
Dear Mr. Johnson:
We would like to inform you that we are currently unable to process your visitor tax refund application, because you did not
submit documentation proving that the computer you purchased was purchased from South Korea. Proof of export is required
for you to receive a sales tax rebate on high-value items (items with a value of $3,000 or more).
We are sending you a visitor tax rebate application form and the original receipt for the item.
To re-apply for your sales tax rebate, please submit a completed application form, the original receipt, and the proof of export
and a copy of this letter.
Yours truly,
Tedd Marshall
Visitor Tax Rebates
170. What has Mr. Johnson done?

(A) Applied for an income tax refund.
(B) Started a company in South Korea.
(C) Applied to immigrate to South Korea.
(D) Bought an item worth more than $3,000.
171. What item must Mr. Johnson resubmit?
(A) His passport.
(B) A visa application.
(C) The original receipt.
(D) A copy of Mr. Marshall’s letter.
172. What is Mr. Johnson asked to do?
(A) Pay an export tax.
(B) Leave the country.
(C) Return the computer.
(D) Submit documentation.
Please Note:
- Employees who need to use the parking lot will have to reserve their spots every Friday for their parking spots for the next
week.
- The reservations must be made on Fridays only, from 1PM to 8PM, to the secretary in the front office.
- Your co-workers cannot reserve your spots for you, unless you are out somewhere for the company for the day. We are doing
this to prevent problems of co-workers reserving all the good spots for their friends and the other workers left with all the far
spots.
- Lastly, we are doing this because some feel it is unfair that only the boss and the manager get their own parking spots in the
front, so we are trying out new ways to have a good spot in the parking lot.
158. When can reservations be made?

(A) Anytime on Fridays.
(B) 1PM to 8PM.
(C) Next week.
(D) Fridays from 1PM to 8PM.
159. Why do they have to make reservations?
(A) There was problems of co-workers taking the good spots.
101
(B) So you can take the boss's parking spot.
(C) So your close co-workers can park next to each other.
(D) There were complaints only the boss and the manager having good spots.
Long Beach California, August 4th,
The board of directors of TCO entertainment has announced today that the CEO of the company, Mike Jones, has stepped down
from the position. The changes will take place immediately, and the new CEO of the massive company will be Joan Chase, as
said by the board of directors.
“When Mr. Mike Jones was given the position of CEO in this company back in 95, he was anxious and tried his hardest to do
better for the company. After his success got to him, there were a lot of problems between him and the employees, and such
incidents led to two strikes just last year,” said Clearance Mcarthur, on behalf of the board. “I have seen this company get
larger and build success as time has passed,” said Mike Jones. “I have realized even though I have helped this company get
big, I do not want to disrespect it and see it fall apart just because of one man. I am sorry."
There was no word from Joan Chase, the future CEO of the company. Short facts about him are he graduated with a master’s
degree in gaming management from UNLV, and has worked for the company for 17 years. He enjoys the company’s own
products, such as Ground Zero 2, available now in stores everywhere. The minimum requirements for Ground Zero 2 are 512
MB of RAM, 128 MB graphics card, and 2.40 gig CPU drive.
167. What kinds of products does TCO most likely make?

(A) Computer games.
(B) Movies.
(C) Board games.
(D) Video chips.
168. What is the main purpose of this press release?
(A) To announce the release of Ground Zero 2.
(B) To announce die changes of the CEO position.
(C) To talk about Mike Jones.
(D) For advertisement.
169. How does Mike Jones feel about the situation?
(A) He hates the company.
(B) He is sorry about his actions lately.
(C) He doesn’t want Joan Chase to be CEO.
(D) He doesn’t want to step down.
Outlaw Steakhouse Inspection Note
Date: March 14th. 2006
To: Jon Davis, Kitchen Manager
From: Nathan Benjamin. President
RE: inspection notes
I have received word from the Safety Officer of Outlaw Steakhouse yesterday about a few things that he thinks need to be
corrected after his inspection last week. Outlaw Steakhouse Long Beach, California (our second Outlaw Steakhouse and the
one you are working at) has received 74 points out of a 100. That is very low, you know I expect at least an 85.
The areas where you got docked points were the fire exit, the dishwasher, air conditioner, stairway, and the grill.
The fire exit had a few boxes stacked in front of the door, and the safety officer has seen the employees walk over the boxes to
the other side of the kitchen, too. The fire exit was blocked and the employees were having a hard time moving around the
kitchen. The dishwasher was dirty, ft was out of bleach. The air conditioner needed cleaning, the stairways were slippery, and
the grill had a lot of grease on the stainless steel.
102
The safety officer will be making a visit to your restaurant March 17th, which is 3 days from now. Please take care of ALL of
these problems, or there are going to be more problems and even a risk of losing your manager position.
170. Who is this letter from?

(A) Jon Davis.
(B) The kitchen manager.
(C) The safety officer.
(D) The president.
171. Why was this letter written?
(A) To tell the manager he needs to move the boxes.
(B) To tell the manager he is going to have problems.
(C) To remind the manager about an upcoming inspection.
(D) To alert the manager about some of the problems in the kitchen.
172. Which of the following was not mentioned?
(A) Boxes in front of the fire exit.
(B) Dishwasher was out of water.
(C) The date the safety officer is going to check the kitchen again.
(D) There was grease on the stainless steel behind the grill.
Questions 186-190 refer to the following two memos.
To: All investors
From: National bank accounting department
Date: May 14
We are writing to inform you that your account may soon be closed. Our policy is to close customer accounts that have no
balance or trading activity for eight months. Our records show that for the past six months, there have been no assets in your
account and you have not placed a trace. If you would like to keep your account open, there are a number of ways to fund the
account:
Checks: The easiest way to fund your account is by depositing a check. To do this, simply complete the investment coupon
below and return it to your check.
Electronic Fund Transfer: You may electronically transfer cash into your account from another financial institution using our
proprietary funds transfer service.
Account Transfers: You can transfer investments from another brokerage firm to your account by completing an Account
Transfer Form which can be obtained by calling customer service.
If we can answer any questions or if you need assistance in transferring assets to your account, please call Customer Service at
1-800-475-5000.
Thank you.
To: National bank accounting department

From: Sam Patel
Date: May 16
Sorry if I have caused any extra work for you guys, I forgot to terminate the account myself after I had found another company
for an account with better benefits than I can get here. I had forgotten all about it, and I would greatly appreciate it if you just
terminate my account. I am sorry once again for causing more work, and loved using this account but the other company has
better benefits for me. Thank you.
186. What would cause an account to be closed?

(A) Low balance.
(B) Inactivity.
(C) Unanswered telephone calls.
(D) Returned maii.
103
187. According to the letter, what is one function of customer service?
(A) To assist opening new accounts.
(B) To give account balances.
(C) To provide tax information.
(D) To help transfer money into accounts.
188. How many ways of funding the account does the letter describe?
(A) 1
(B) 2
(C) 3
(D) 4
189. Why did the investor want the account to be terminated?
(A) He has found another company with better benefits.
(B) He feels the company needs extra work.
(C) He wasn’t satisfied at all with the company.
(D) He wasn’t getting enough interest with this company.
190. How does the investor feel about this situation?
(A) Sorry that he didn’t notify them about what happened.
(B) The company needs improvement.
(C) Sorry that he didn’t give them enough work.
(D) Upset because he has no money in his account.
To: All employees
From: Head office, Korean Airlines Corp. A
Subject: Customer Relations
You are probably aware of the recent complaints the passengers have been making. We are no longer having a direct flight from
Alaska to South Korea, due to the lack of customers using the flight. We will only have non-stop flights from Alaska to Korea
from late July to late August, for about a month during vacation season. A lot of people are not happy with this, because they
are saying it went from a 8-hour flight to a 16-hour one. All employees who get in contact with a customer must inform him
about why we have made this move, and tell him kindly about the situation. You may come across enraged customers who
will say a lot of things, but all employees must remain as polite as possible and smile at all times yet be firm, as you are
enforcing company policies.
161. What prompted this letter to be written?
(A) Polite employees.
(B) Customer complaints.
(C) Employee complaints.
(D) Flight hours.
162. What must the employees do?
(A) Remain calm yet firm when dealing with customers.
(B) Smile and say nothing.
(C) Keep calm and walk away.
(D) Don’t book flights for customers.
163. Why did the flight change take place?
(A) There aren’t a lot of people in Alaska.
(B) It’s payback for raged customers.
(C) There isn’t enough people that are using the flights.
(D) Employees were working too much overtime.
Jam Away’s Royalties
104
The following chart shows the artist’s share of profits from the sales of their CD’s. Also shown are the artist’s “traditional” CD
sales agreement (assuming the artist’s royalty rate of 10% sales, royalties may vary from one agreement to another.)
These figures assume the following CD specifications for purposes of determining monetary figures:
* 120 minutes
* production cost $6.40
* suggested retail price $19.95
* wholesale price $ 14.95
170. How much royalty does an artist receive for 1,000,000 copies sold under Jam Away’s contract?
(A) $226,100.00.
(B) $1,306,000.00.
(C) $2,261,000.00.
(D) $13,060.00.
171. What CD specifications are assumed?
(A) The retail price is $19.95.
(B) Production costs are $6.40.
(C) There is no video modes in the CD’s
(D) There is no CD case included with the CD.
TO: ReeseTomlinson@realto.com, store manager
FROM: MontanaJoe@realto.com, president
SUBJECT: About 15% discount store coupons
I am sure all employees are going to have this problem. On February 20th, we sent out free coupons to customers by mail. And
today, Feb 28th, is the last day for the coupons. Now I know there are going to be some customers that come tomorrow, even
the rest of the week to try and use these coupons. There will be no exceptions, I repeat, NO exceptions no matter how pretty
the customer is. During March we will be having another coupon in effect, so we don’t want to overlap. Please, if there is any
customer asking about this, just tell them politely. Just inform them simply that the coupon has expired.
179. Who is this email to?

(A) Store manager.
(B) Customers.
(C) All customer representatives.
(D) All employees.
180. How did the customers receive the coupons?
(A) By mail.
(B) After shopping.
(C) Won it after a drawing.
(D) By e-mail.
Happy Accessories to be Sold
The stock exchange announced yesterday that they have reached an agreement to sell its Happy Accessories trade corporation as
a part to concentrate on a smaller number of services. The announcement comes before the publication later this week of the
“Financial Report”.
105
Happy Accessories, a company that produces small items such as paper cups, plates, birthday hats and such, has been sold to
Party n Crafts, a rival company that owns a rival confirmation system called Steady n Co. The president of Party n Crafts has
promised unnecessarily that it will not yet put Happy Accessories against them yet, but will eventually merge into one
company.
The terms of acquisition were not disclosed, although they say Happy Accessories has been losing money, and Mr. Riley, the
President and CEO of Steady n Co, said the deal would reduce uncertainty for market users.
153. What was announced yesterday?

(A) A huge loss at the confirmation service.
(B) A publication of a new book.
(C) An agreement to sell a company.
(D) An electronic confirmation of share trading.
154. What are the terms of acquisition?
(A) It is unknown at this time.
(B) Will reduce uncertainty for market users.
(C) Payments for services rendered.
(D) Two services will merge into one.
155. What is Happy Accessories?
(A) A jewelry store.
(B) An accessory company.
(C) A financial program.
(D) A plastic knife.
To: AH staff
From: Karl Mellow
Subject: Traveling
Date: 2006-8-8
POLICY
It is required for all staff members, as you may already know, to fill out necessary documents for traveling outside of the city for
business relations, and the company will pay for the travel within the company’s funds.
PROCEDURE
You must submit the documents for outside travel at least 3 full days before the travel. Even if the trip will involve no expense
for the company, he/she must do so for insurance purposes. The Personnel Manager will prepare all travel authorizations for
the CEO’s signature.
Original ticket stubs and/or receipts MUST be filed with the documents, and photo 1 copies will not be accepted under any
circumstances.
171. What is said about the documents?

(A) It must be submitted 3 full days before the travel.
(B) You must hand them in with a color picture of yourself.
(C) You must get the CEO’s signature before turning it in.
(D) You must give them to Karl Mellow.
172. What is said about Hie receipts?
(A) They must be the original copy.
(B) You may send a photo copy.
(C) They are to be turned in after the CEO's signature.
(D) You don’t have to have them, only the ticket stub.
Questions 176-178 refer to the following letter
Sambo International
106
3535 Comp Road
Houston TX
January 11, 2001
Dear Stockholder,
Sambo international will have our annual stockholder meeting on Monday, February 22nd at 10AM in the Lake meeting room of
the Huge Texas Hotel, East 46th BLVD.
In the meeting we will talk about our past year's performance, and our goals in the future. The board of directors will be
welcoming all of your questions and comments, and will look forward to meeting all of you. You can also see this as an
opportunity to meet with other stockholders like yourself.
Please mark and sign the card that is enclosed with this letter if you wish to attend. If you choose to attend, you will be sent an
invitation. If you do not wish to attend or cannot make it to the meeting, this card will assign your shares for proxy voting.
It is important for your shares to be represented at the meeting, regardless of how many shares you hold. Please sign and return
this card as soon as possible, and I will look forward to seeing all of you on February 22nd.
Sincerely,
Erick Surmon,
Chairman of the board
176. What are the recipients of the tetter asked to do?
(A) Sell your share of stocks.
(B) Sign and return the card enclosed with the letter as soon as possible.
(C) Represent your shares.
(D) Come sleep at the Huge Texas Motel.
177. According to the letter, what will be discussed at the meeting?
(A) The Huge Texas Hotel.
(B) How many shares you hold.
(C) About last year’s business and plans for the future.
(D) A proposal from the chairman of the board.
178. According to the letter, what is true about the meeting?
(A) It will be held in a week from now.
(B) They will not take comments from the holders.
(C) It will be held at a hotel.
(D) All the holders will be present.
Questions 191-195 refer to the following brochure and article.
Breiton America
P.O. Box 802,1002 East Nathan, Birmingham, IL USA
Tel: (1)217-743-0979
Fax: (1)217-743-0990
Notice of Upgrades and Changes in Vehicle Prices
It is a great pleasure to announce the arrival of newly upgraded Zephirus line-up. Since the first debut on January 23rd ’06,
Breiton’s Zephirus model has been a steady best seller in its class, with numerous awards in best handling, most comfortable,
best fuel-efficient, highest value for money, and best engine performance. As of August 19th ’06, all Zephirus models will be
equipped with newly developed 3.6 and 4.5 liter V10 engines, which boast 313 and 397 hp, respectively. Please refer to the
following list of items for details on upgrades.
Exterior
• Chrome moldings on front and rear bumpers
• Standard five-spoke 18 inch aluminum wheel with optional 19 inch
• Breiton Emblem Figure on the hood
Interior
• Standard 8-way front seats with optional massage functions
• Luxurious Italian leather upholstery, with maple wood dashboard
107
• Automatic rear window curtain
• Optional navigation package
Price Change
• 3.6 liter model: US $35,200 (compared to previous 3.2 model, costing $33,500)
• 4.5 liter model: US $43,050 (compared to previous 4.0 model, costing $40,600)
Please do not hesitate to contact Breiton customer service center at 1-800-354-8282 if you have any inquiries on Zephirus
vehicles.
Auto Trend Review

By Roby McDowell
On one fine day of early August, I was given an exclusive chance of driving a 4.5 liter Zephirus around the beautiful suburban
areas of Birmingham. Although there were no noticeable changes in the basic appearance from the pre-upgrade model, the car
was definitely much better than before. The actual, as tested price was $45,350. In spite of the considerably higher price, the
features were more abundant, such as auto-folding rear window curtains, and the 8-way leather seat with massage functions I
couldn’t live without during the test drive session. The best part of the upgrade was, without any doubt, the powerful engine
that pulled a 5,400 lb. giant to an exhilarating 140 miles per hour. Also, the cabin was so much more comfortable, without a
hint of bump and noise from the outside. One tiresome feature I’d like to point out is the misguiding navigation system. Not
only the place names were written wrong, but also the system kept pointing to wrong directions. If not for the navigation, I
would have given the car an A+.
191. According to the brochure, Zephirus has not been awarded for which of the following?
(A) Magnificent look.
(B) Handling.
(C) Comfort,
(D) Miles per gallon.
192. What is the main purpose of the brochure?
(A) To acknowledge the reviewers of the car recall.
(B) TO schedule test drives with reporters from news channels.
(C) To persuade customers why the prices have gone up so much higher.
(D) To let customers know of the recent upgrades and price.
193. What is the writer’s overall impression on the upgraded Zephirus?
(A) The car is hardly worth the money.
(B) He especially liked the navigation system.
(C) Ride quality of the upgraded Zephirus feels much better than pre-upgrade.
(D) Zephirus’ look is too outdated.
194. Which of the following upgrades was the author of the review most satisfied with?
(A) 8-way leather seat with massage functions.
(B) High performance engine.
(C) Intelligent navigation system.
(D) Automatic rear privacy curtains.
195. For which did the author not give his highest score to the upgraded model?
(A) The massage made him too tired after the test drive.
(B) There was too much noise from the outside.
(C) The maps in the navigation software delivered incorrect information.
(D) The car felt too heavy, weighing over 5,400 lb.
IDENTITY THEFT
108
If you use the internet (and these days who doesn’t), you should be aware of the risks you face and how to prevent being a
victim of identity theft.
There are people out there who are scanning the internet to find names, addresses and credit card numbers that they can use to
take something that isn’t rightfully theirs. These are a few tips that can help make you a safer internet shopper.
1) Only use your credit card with a trusted website: this means that you should normally stick to reputable companies whose
names you recognize, and who have also been doing business for some time. If you don’t recognize the company name, there
are various lists and verifications provided by independent organizations involved in keeping internet shoppers secure. Check
these out if you’re not sure before providing your credit card information.
2) Make sure the website uses appropriate encryption technology: even if the web company itself isn’t trying to rip you off,
there are people out there who are watching who can still do harm if they intercept your card number. If the connection you are
using is not secure, think twice before shopping!
3) Check your credit card statements each month: even small irregularities will sometimes mean that something is wrong.
Thieves will sometimes use your card to make a small purchase to see if you will report this to your credit card company. If
you don’t, they will then make a much larger purchase.
153. Why should you use only websites with I up to date encryption technology?
(A) Because other sites might try to ftp you off
(B) Because Big Brother Is watching you,
(C) Because criminals might be able to decode communication sent to other sites,
(D) Because checks are the only acceptable form of payment
154. What is NOT given as an example of a website that may make it unsafe to make a purchase from?
(A) One which does not have verification from an independent organization.
(B) One which doesn't accept credit cards.
(C) One which doesn't use proper encryption.
(D) One whose company name you do not recognfee.
155. Why does this article suggest you check your monthly credit card statement carefully?
(A) Because thieves may make a small purchase as a test.
(B) To prevent overspending.
(C) To make sure your kids aren’t using your card behind your back.
(D) To verify the number is correct
156. Why are criminals scanning the Internet according to this article?
(A) To steal companies’ products.
(B) To overcharge your credit card.
(C) To get address and other personal information
(D) To steal your computer files.
The innovative new
DATA 2006 Personal Digital Assistant is here!
The Data 2006 is surprisingly tight and is as hip as they get. It packs a day planner, an address book, a to-do list, and a memo
pad all into a sleek 150- gram package that fits neatly in the palm of your hand. It also features handwriting recognition and
compatibility with most PCs. Can you manage without it?
Priced under $200.00!
160. What does the advertisement say about the Data 2006?
(A) It is lightweight.
(B) It is battery-operated.
(C) It has a one-year warranty.
(D) It costs two hundred dollars.
161. Which of the following is a feature of the Data 2006?
109
(A) It stores as much data as a PC.
(B) ft accepts handwritten Data entries.
(C) It uses voice-recognition technology.
(D) It has a built-in telephone and answering machine.
After A Rough Start, PDAs Catching On
Only a few years ago hand-held computers, or personal digital assistants (PDAs), were relatively bulky and expensive, with
limited memory and ability to connect to other computers. Advances in hardware and software have made the hand-held
devices much more attractive to consumers and businesses - in fact, PDAs are now among the hottest computers on the
market. “Sales have been incredible. We’re expecting that this will become the next ‘must-have’ product” says Jason Dasher,
president of Computer World, the largest computer retailer in Chicago.
Most PDAs in the $500-800 range send and receive electronic mail and faxes, run basic software programs, connect to the
Internet, and exchange data with desktop personal computers. A few models also incorporate a telephone. According to
Computer Trends, a national computer marketing and consulting company, the U.S. hand-held computer market recorded
908,000 units sold and had $1.9 billion in revenues last year, and is expected to hit 1.25 million units and $2.5 billion in sales
this year.
153. What is one criticism made of early PDAs?

(A) They were expensive.
(B) They had small displays.
(C) They were difficult to use.
(D) They had a short battery life.
154. What has helped improve the market for PDAs?
(A) Drastic reductions in price.
(B) Reductions in their size and weight.
(C) Improvements in hardware and software.
(D) The standardization of operating systems.
155. Sales of PDAs are expected to do what?
(A) Exceed 1 million units.
(B) Pass 2.5 billion dollars.
(C) Be nearly 1.9 billion dollars.
(D) Pass 1.25 million dollars.
Questions 191-195 refer to the following e-mail messages.
From: Franklin Logan
Sent: Thursday, July IT, 5:51PM
To: All NCNM staff
Subject: please read this now
Importance: High
In case you haven’t seen a television or newspaper in the last week, let me be the first to tell you that there are at least 5 new
computer viruses in circulation right now. Many of them are extraordinarily destructive.
Until further notice, you should not open any attachments to any messages unless you know what the attachment is and you
need the attachment to do your work. Do not open jokes, games, pictures, or anything else without receiving verification from
the sender that the attachment was sent intentionally and is safe to open.
The new viruses are unusually deceptive to trick you into activating them. They may come disguised as almost anything,
including invoices for products you did not buy or even patches to protect against computer viruses. On our network, virus
protection updates will never come as an attachment sent by e-mail.
If you have any questions, please ask me, Pam, or Connie before opening any dubious attachment. Two clicks may be all it takes
to bring our entire organization to a grinding halt for many hours.
110
From: John Anderson

Seat: Friday, July 12,11:54 AM
To: Franklin Logan
Subject: [Re] please read this now
Importance: High
I am leaving a message because I couldn’t get a hold of you, Pam, or Connie. My ETS reports were supposed to come in today
in my e-mail, and I had an e-mail in my inbox that said “ETS reports for January” I clicked, and the computer started going
berserk. I was working overtime, and the only ones in the office were me and Chris. He said after I opened the mail, his
computer went crazy too. Please contact me as soon as possible. Thank you, and sorry.
191. About how many viruses does Logan warn about?
(A) 1-2.
(B) 3-4.
(C) 5-6.
(D) more than 7.
192. According to Log an, what is one thing that will NOT need to be sent as an attachment by e-mail?
(A) Office memoranda.
(B) Payroll reports.
(C) Anti-virus software.
(D) Personnel records.
193. What is one condition under which staff is permitted to open an attachment?
(A) The attachment is necessary for work.
(B) The attachment has previously been scanned by virus protection software.
(C) The attachment is a word processing or a spreadsheet file.
(D) Under no circumstances should an attachment be opened.
194. What course of action is suggested if a suspicious attachment is encountered?
(A) Cali a specialist.
(B) Scan the attachment with anti-virus software before opening it.
(C) Delete the attachment and the file to which it was attached.
(D) Turn off the computer.
195. Why was the message left?
(A) His ETS reports arrived late.
(B) He has mistakenly opened an e-mail with viruses.
(C) He couldn’t get his ETS reports done on time.
(D) He wanted to know if the ETS reports were due today.
Questions 155-157 refer to the following introduction.
The Red Cell Distribution Network
The newly opened Red Cell Distribution Network (RCD) is a non-government way to help the old with getting cell phones! As
you all know, cell phones are becoming a must-have for everyone. A lot of people from the older generation are basically still
dependent on letters and stamps to get a hold of their loved ones that are overseas, or far away from town. This is a new way to
help them out with providing them “new” cell phones with your old ones. Simply drop by our head office with the phone you
don’t want to use anymore, and your name, number, and address. Why don’t you exchange your old one for little credit by
buying a new one. Knowing you made someone happy. You can just donate it. Every person that donates his phone will get
his name in a drawing and we will draw monthly to give away a 1,000 dollars to one lucky person who donated. So come to
donate your old cell phones today. To contact RCD, please feel free to call our head office at 423-1234. Our address is 213
King Street, Mass.
155. What is the red cell distribution network?

111
(A) An internet connection company.
(B) A new channel on TV.
(C) A new place where you can buy lottery tickets.
(D) A new place where you can donate phones.
156. What benefits can you get for donating?
(A) A new cell phone.
(B) An old cell phone.
(C) A ticket that enters a monthly drawing.
(D) A trip to visit old people.
157. Why was the red cell distribution made?
(A) To provide old people with phones they can use.
(B) To make money off your phones.
(C) To get sponsors.
(D) So old people won't write letters anymore.
Questions 186-190 refer to the following articles.
Five years after the introduction of high-definition television, consumer acceptance has failed to live up to the industry’s hopes.
Industry players point to a double bind confronting the technology: Consumers will not embrace high-definition television
until adequate digital programming is available, while local broadcasters hesitate to invest in the new format until they see a
broad consumer base.
Continued from last week’s article,

Consumers and Television
We have come to a conclusion that people are very satisfied with the television that is available now, and satisfied with today’s
technology when it comes to television. Almost everyone in the world has a television show they love and a lot of them sit in
front of the TV when they are bored. We have had 3D movie theatres for a long time but business in those theatres is far below
expectations, giving us the conclusion that people like movies as they are presently. The reasons DVD players have surpassed
video cassettes are because of not the better quality but the simplicity and better quality in one.
186. How long has high-definition television been available?

(A) 2 years.
(B) 3 years.
(C) 4 years.
(D) 5 years.
187. What is one reason high-definition television has failed to catch on?
(A) Consumers think it is too expensive.
(B) Broadcasters have not adopted the format.
(C) Manufacturers are unwilling to promote new models.
(D) Consumers prefer their old television sets.
188. What is said in the second article about consumers?
(A) They are satisfied with today’s television.
(B) They are looking forward to a new television.
(C) They want programs that go with the high-definition television.
(D) They will not pay more money to see better quality.
189. What do they use in comparison for televisions?
(A) Movie theatres.
(B) DVD players.
(C) Video tapes.
(D) Projectors.
190. What can be assumed according to the articles?
112
(A) High-definition televisions won’t turn out successful.
(B) More movies will be made.
(C) High-definition televisions will surpass modem televisions.
(D) 3D movie theatres will surpass projector screen theatres.
Magi-Tech Creates Solar Power Tents
Magi-Tech announced yesterday that they have a prototype tent using solar power. The company said it will be run 100% on
solar power and when there is no light, will be run by two 9v batteries. People that love the outdoors will find this extremely
useful.
This may seem extremely odd. How on earth is something like this going to help? Well, here are the features. You just put up a
tent as you normally would. After it is set, when you look inside the tent, there should be 3 little holes inside the tent. In the
instruction manual, it shows what goes in the holes, such as the fan goes into hole 1. After all the items are attached inside of
the tent, simply plug the solar power device to the small hole outside of the tent.
Magi-Tech has been looking for ways to put solar power to good use, and it looks like this is their first, after 2 years of
development. Imagine camping outside and just simply plugging in a solar power device and you get fans, a light, and two
electric outlets to work.
“Some people may think this is completely useless, but we at Magi-Tech believe it is going to be a very useful product,” says
Mark Henry, vice president of technology. “Now we just need to show people how this thing works, and after the word is out,
we will put it on the market. In the long run, you will save money also since it is ran by the sun itself.”
The solar power device is simpler than you think, it weighs less than 4 pounds and 3 fens, 3 lights, and 2 electric outlets come
with the purchase of the solar power tent. It is also as powerful as two 9v batteries. We are expected to see around 5 million
units just in the US by 2008.
158. According to the article, what is true about solar power batteries?
(A) It is less powerful than a 9v battery.
(B) It is a better environmental use than batteries.
(C) It is lighter than 4 pounds.
(D) It is useless.
159. What benefits can you get from the solar power battery?
(A) You can save money in the long run.
(B) It costs less than the 9v battery.
(C) It has a wider range of usage.
(D) It is lighter than the 9v battery.
160. What does the vice president think the people will feel about this product?
(A) He thinks a lot of people will find it useless.
(B) He believes he is going to sell 50 million units.
(C) He thinks the people will love it.
(D) He thinks the people will think it’s a very useful product.
161. What is predicted for the future of this product?
(A) They will have 50 million units worldwide by 2008.
(B) They will have 5 million units in the US by 2008.
(C) This will replace the 9v battery.
(D) Everyone will toss their old tent out.
*****************
TO: All Employees
DATE: December 1
Purposes
1. To provide employees with the opportunity to discuss performance improvement
2. To provide a systematic means for supervisors to evaluate employee performance and to recommend salary increases
113
3. To specify performance goals and to indicate areas where future training is needed
Guidelines
Supervisors are responsible for conducting impartial and timely performance appraisals of all staff who report to them. Initial
appraisals will be conducted before the end of each employee's six-month probationary period. If an employee disagrees with
the performance appraisal, the employee should first discuss his or her difference of opinion with the supervisor.
168. What is one stated purpose of an appraisal?
(A) To establish hiring procedures
(B) To identify training needs
(C) To assess company value
(D) To review employment applications
169. When is the first appraisal of newly hired staff conducted?
(A) Within six months of hire
(B) At the employee's suggestion
(C) At the end of the first year
(D) At a supervisor’s discretion
170. What should employees do first if they disagree with an appraisal?
(A) Request a hearing with the review board
(B) Ask for another appraisal
(C) Talk to a supervisor
(D) Contact the Personnel Department
To: All team leaders
From: Director of Human Resources
Sub: Updated Labor Regulation Handbook
Date: July 12
The State Labor Commission has recently revised its rules governing relationships between employers and employees. It is our
responsibility to make sure that management and staff are aware of any and all changes that may affect them.
The revised handbook will be available from next Thursday and all team leaders will receive 20 copies each - additional copies
should be ordered by the coming Monday if needed. We want to make sure that every individual employee receives their own
copy.
The revised items include the following:
1 The company must provide a minimum of 2 weeks paid vacation to employees.
2 Women can now share their 2 months of allowed maternity leave with their husbands if they also want to spend time at home
shortly after the birth.
3 The rules governing injuries in the workplace have changed extensively-please make sure that everyone fully reviews this
section of the handbook.
All of these items are fully explained in the handbook — if you have any questions, please be sure to check there before
contacting me for assistance.
(A) To receive feedback about how labor laws should be changed
(B) To encourage people to vote for their state representatives
(C) To advise team leaders of an updated handbook
(D) To tell people about a decrease in their vacation time
179. What rules are mentioned as having changed most extensively?
(A) Maternity leave regulations
(B) Individual employee rights
(C) Workplace injury regulations
(D) HR director inquiry processes
180. What should people do if they have questions about any items?
114
(A) Contact the HR department immediately
(B) Wait until next Thursday
(C) Try to figure it out themselves through discussion with fellow employees
(D) Consult the handbook, then seek assistance from the Human Resources director
Questions 196 -200 refer to the following information and response.
New SpeedWarc 2006 Full-Install Retail Box
Price: US S93.99
Manage routine accounting tasks including accounts payable & receivable, payroll and inventory. SpeedWarc: Pro 2006 has all
the fast and easy financial management tools of basic and advanced tools, and customization options to boost efficiency and
accuracy. SpeedWarc: Pro 2006 is the leading choice for managing your books. Get all the exciting features of SpeedWarc,
which include:
Exchange data with more than 325 software applications.
Track employee time and job costs.
Customize your forms, reports, and even your price levels.
Pay bills, print checks and track expenses automatically.
Customize 100- pre-designed forms to create a unique look.
Create reports comparing estimated costs to actuals.
Track inventory and create purchase orders.
Instantly create reports it taxes for your accountant.
Find key information about customer and vendor accounts instantly.
Apply payments, over/underpayments, credits and refunds.
See dates for payroll, taxes and other liabilities at a glance with the new Payroll Center (For FULL Payroll function, you need to
annually subscribe to SpcedWare).
Faster, easier setup: getting up and running in 30 minutes.
Choose from 1001 professional, customizable forms, and much more!
To Whom It may Concern,
On April 20th, I requested information on your new software package (SpeedWare: Pro 2006), and your brochure was delivered
to my office on April 21st. Thank you for the manner in which you expedited this information. I must say, I was quite
impressed with your immediate response. I do have one question regarding your new program. What is the difference between
SpeedWare: Pro 2006 and SpeedWare: Basic 2005? A quick glance at the features of SpeedWare: Pro 2006 suggests that there
is no difference at all, excluding the price.
I will be looking forward to your response.
Taylor Norris
Order now, and you definitely won’t regret it!
To Whom It may Concern,

On April 20th, I requested information on your new software package (SpeedWare: Pro 2006), and your brochure was delivered
to my office on April 21st. Thank you for the manner in which you expedited this information. I must say, I was quite
impressed with your immediate response. I do have one question regarding your new program. What is the difference between
SpeedWare: Pro 2006 and SpeedWare: Basic 2005? A quick glance at the features of SpeedWare: Pro 2006 suggests that there
is no difference at all, excluding the price.
I will be looking forward to your response.

Taylor Norris
196. How much time is needed to install SpeedWare: Pro 2006?

(A) 10 minutes
(B) 30 minutes
(C) 45 minutes
115
(D) 100 minutes
] 97. What kind of software is SpeedWare: Pro 2006?
(A) Finance management software
(B) Data management software
(C) Image editing software
(D) Layout & form editing software
198. What does the advertisement claim to be the difference between SpeedWare Pro and Basic?
(A) Pro has more tools and options than Basic.
(B) Pro is much more cost-efficient than Basic.
(C) Pro is easier to use than Basic.
(D) Pro is more popular among users than Basic.
199. Why was Taylor Norris impressed?
(A) The brochure was very informational.
(B) The brochure was delivered promptly.
(C) The brochure included a free trial CD.
(D) The brochure answered all of his questions.
200. What does Taylor Norris imply about the price of SpeedWare: Pro 2006?
(A) It is cheaper than Basic 2005.
(B) It is well-priced.
(C) The price is different from Basic 2005.
(D) The price is absolutely excessive.
To: The Staff
From: Eddie Bauer, President Subject: Office Supplies Date: June 30
As you know, the recent recession has forced us to cut costs in many areas. One area where people have not been fully
cooperating is in regard to office supplies. For this reason the following guidelines are being put in place:
1. Dave Smith has been designated as in charge of all supplies. All supplies must be checked through him with your signature
and his before they are removed from the storeroom.
2. There are monthly limits to how much of each item can be borrowed each month. Anything exceeding these amounts must
be approved by your manager and Dave Smith, and the justification must be given in writing.
Along with these guidelines, here are some additional suggestions with regard to conservation of these materials:
1. Hang on to your pens! We go through far too many pens in this office, this can only be because people are carelessly losing
them.
2. People should always print on both sides of office paper before recycling, unless this is for official business
correspondence.
3. Folders and binders can be used again once old projects are completed. The cost of these items adds up!
I appreciate your cooperation, and I hope these measures will lead to an improvement in this area soon.
158. Why has Mr. Bauer written this memo?
(A) To ensure people are happy with their new office supplies
(B) To advise of new regulations that will save the company money
(C) To break the news that cuts will be made in many areas
(D) To thank people for saving the company so much money
159. How do people borrow supplies from now on?
(A) By clearing them with Dave Smith
(B) By getting a written order from their manager
(C) By signing them out with their own pens
(D) By special permission from Mr. Bauer
160. What is the exception to the rule that says people must print on both sides of office paper?
(A) For rough drafts of proposals
116
(B) For personal correspondence
(C) For official business correspondence
(D) For copies of this memo
Questions 181-185 refer to the following article and announcement.
To: All Members of the Board
From: James Rotner
Subject: Meeting to discuss shortage of automobile parts
I am calling a meeting at 3 p.m. tomorrow to discuss the shortage of automobile parts for the upcoming holiday season. Some of
you have already mentioned that various components are hard to obtain from the usual sources. We have looked into the
matter, and it turns out the main reason we are experiencing difficulty with our usual sources is because our competitor,
Fenway Automobiles, has recently offered them a much more lucrative contract. It is important that we obtain the needed
items soon, through finding new suppliers. Unless we do so. we may not be able to meet our holiday deadline. As you all
know, the demand for new automobiles goes up at the end of the year, and we want to make sure we meet the demand for cars
on time.
It is no secret that Fenway Automobiles has been giving us a good run for our money. I believe that this holiday season is our
chance to rise above the competition and find a firm, unshakable foothold in the industry.
Therefore, it is crucial that everyone attend this meeting. Also, I would appreciate it if you came with any ideas concerning
useful strategies against Fenway Automobiles. If you have any additional questions or suggestions, be sure to contact me or
my secretary.
To: James Rotner

From: Rachel Cooper
Subject: [RE]: Meeting to discuss shortage of automobile parts
I am sorry but I don’t think I will be able to attend the meeting you called this afternoon because I have a doctor’s appointment
at 2:30. However, I know someone who may be able to get into contact with new suppliers if we should need them. Although
these suppliers seem to want a higher price, it will probably be hard to find other suppliers willing to work together so late in
the year. I will get back to you after collecting more information.
181. What is the purpose of the memorandum?
(A) To cancel a meeting
(B) To call a meeting
(C) To inform the employees about the holiday season
(D) To remind the employees to get in touch with the suppliers
182. Which holiday season is James Rotner referring to?
(A) Independence Day
(B) Memorial Day
(C) Christmas
(D) Valentine’s Day
183. What will be the main subject of the meeting?
(A) Deciding on a deadline
(B) Deciding on a new marketing strategy
(C) Finding a new secretary
(D) Discussing new suppliers and the company's competition
184. Why will Rachel Cooper not be able to attend the meeting?
(A) She has to go pick up her child.
(B) She has to go see the doctor.
(C) She has to go meet a friend.
(D) She has to collect information on a new supplier.
117
185. Why does Rachel Cooper think it will be hard to find other suppliers?
(A) There are none who meet the requirements.
(B) Other suppliers are too expensive.
(C) The holiday season is too close.
(D) Fenway Automobiles has already gotten into contact with all of them.
To: All Managers
From: Harold Geezer, Company President
Date: Tuesday, July 13
Because of recent issues related to discipline of employees, as well as dismissals where these employees have brought lawsuits
against the company, I have decided that there is a need for a well-documented company policy regarding both discipline and
dismissals. I have asked the Human Resources department to draft this document, and to have it completed by September 1st
of this year.
Once this document is completed, it will be distributed to all managers to be carefully reviewed. You will be given until
September 7II1 to submit any concerns you may have to Human Resources in writing. On September 15th, there will be a
meeting of all managers, Human Resources and myself to make any final changes to the document. It will then be distributed
to all employees on September 21st, who must then read it carefully and sign it by September 28th.
163. By when must employees sign the company policy?

(A) September 1st
(B) September 15th
(C) September 21st
(D) September 28th
164. How must managers submit their concerns about the document?
(A) At a meeting
(B) Directly to employees
(C) In writing to human resources
(D) In writing to the president
Hannush Headquarters
405 Wendell Avenue
San Jose, CA 72705
www.hannush.com
June 2004
Dear Shareholder,
Please find enclosed your copy of our annual report. Since its publication, the Board has made a number of management
changes. On 31 May Darrell Wang was appointed as Chief Executive, Nancy Goldman was appointed as Executive Director
and Roger Clark stepped down as Chief Executive. Vittorio Fellini is also leaving the Board as Executive Director with effect
from 11 June.
On May 10th the Company announced that Luc LeBlanc had indicated his intention to leave the Board due to his changed
personal circumstances. With the appointment of Darrell as Chief Executive. Luc felt it was an appropriate time to go and the
Board appointed me as Chairperson on an interim basis until a permanent appointment is made.
The Board is committed to delivering the full potential of Hannush Corporation for the benefit of its shareholders and
customers. Under the leadership of Darrell, we believe we are well placed to do this. He brings a wealth of retail experience to
the job, having held senior executive positions at Arcadia, Sears and Roebuck and having previously spent 17 years at
Hannush Corporation.
On June 3rd the Board rejected a possible offer from Revival Acquisitions as it significantly undervalued the Company and its
prospects. Also enclosed is a notice of the meeting setting out the resolutions to be proposed at our AGM on 14 July. If you are
118
unable to attend that meeting in person please sign and return the proxy form. Alternatively you can register your vote
electronically by logging on to our registrar's website, www.sharevote.com.
Yours sincerely,
Paula Myung
Paula Myung
Chairperson
173. Who is the former CEO of the company?
(A) Darrell Wang
(B) Luc LeBlanc
(C) Roger Clark
(D) Vittorio Fellini
174. Why did the Board reject the offer for the company to be acquired?
(A) The management was undergoing restructuring.
(B) There was not enough time to consult the shareholders.
(C) The company was financially in good shape.
(D) The company’s potential was underestimated.
Atlantis Industries
MEMO
To: All Full-time Employees
From: Chris Highbaugh, Director of Personnel
Dale: March 10
Employees who miss work for more than three consecutive days because of illness must submit a signed letter from their
physician. The letter should bear the doctor's official letterhead, include a telephone number, and be turned in for my approval
no more than 5 days after the employee returns to work. Extended absence without a prior approval may result in a deduction
of wages.
157. What is the main topic of the memo?
(A) Applications for vacation time
(B) Calculation of overtime pay
(C) Approval for paid sick leave
(D) Making doctor's appointments
158. What should an employee do to avoid loss of wages?
(A) Call the department supervisor
(B) Obtain a signature from a doctor
(C) Submit a request in advance
(D) Provide proof of hospitalization
Questions 174-177 refer to the following minutes.
BIG BOY BOOK CLUB
MARCH BOARD OF DIRECTORS MINUTES
Present:
Mr. Black, President
Ms. Wright, Accountant
Mr. Jones, Vice President
Mr. Harris. Membership Secretary
Absent
Mrs. Chloe, the Operations Manager, due to a family emergency Items covered
1. The minutes of the February 20th were read and accepted.
2. New cubicles need to be purchased for our main office space. The older ones are beginning to fall apart, anti Mr. Black
suggested that higher-quality cubicles be purchased this time to ensure they last longer.
119
3. Mr. I larris has unveiled his plans to boost book club membership. I le and Ms. Wright will consult to produce an estimate
of how much this will boost revenue.
4. New bookkeeping methods are to be introduced in June, Ms. Wright gave a brief summary of how the changes will affect
day to-day operations.
5. New logos are needed for the company to refresh the brand image. Mrs. Chloe will be asked to investigate costs involved in
this.
6. Next year's budget:
(a) Printing errors have been reduced during this business year compared to previous years, which has helped reduce costs in
that area. Some money can be diverted to other areas in the next budget.
(b) There have been some difficulties in collections this year due to the general state of the economy. This affects the
company's ability to project how much liquid capital will be available.
174. Which of the following was NOT covered at the meeting?

(A) New logos
(B) Last month’s minutes
(C) Facilities upgrading
(D) Boosting membership
175. Who suggested longer lasting furniture be purchased?
(A) Mr. Black
(B) Mrs. Chloe
(C) Mr. Jones
(D) Mr. Harris
176. What has helped to free up money to be used in other areas?
(A) Less spending on office furniture
(B) More efficient collections processes
(C) A reduction in staff
(D) Reduced printing errors
177. Who will be responsible for costing the logo change?
(A) Mr. Black
(B) Mrs. Chloe
(C) Mr. Harris
(D) Mr. Jones
*************************
Tri-County Real Estate
Memo
To: Sales Staff
From: Russell Miller
Date: January 2, 2006
Re: Parking of personal vehicles
As you know, construction of the new office extension is scheduled to begin this spring. Unfortunately, during the period of
construction, we will not be able to use our west parking lot. As an alternative, we have arranged to lease parking space for
company vehicles from the Rio Grande Company. However, we are unable to provide parking spaces for private cars.
Beginning March 15th, those of you who drive to work will have to make other arrangements for parking your own vehicles.
There is on-street parking available on Garfield Street and you may park at the warehouse lot at Tri-County Builders. We have
arranged for a company discount, so you will be able to park at a reduced daily rate, equal to what you currently pay for
parking. Please be assured that there will be adequate parking for all employees. I’d like to convince you that the four-block
walk would be healthy, but for those of you determined to be lazy, and because I know there are bound to be plenty of rainy
120
days, we will arrange a convenient morning and evening shuttle from our offices to the warehouse lot. A list of shuttle bus
times will be posted on the bulletin board in each office as soon as it is finalized.
I am sorry for the inconvenience. Remember that it is all for a good cause. We really need the new office space and when
construction is completed, we’ll have a nicely landscaped parking lot with bright lighting and a personal parking space for
each of you.
173. Who are the recipients of this memo?
(A) Construction workers
{B) Real Estate agents
(C) Bus drivers
(D) Janitors
174. What did the company focus on in making these arrangements?
(A) Convenience and expense
(B) Employee health concerns
(C) Local weather and traffic
(D) Lighting and landscaping
175. How long will the parking changes be in effect?
(A) Until spring
(B) Through the summer
(C) Until construction is completed
(D) Until everyone is willing to walk four blocks
176. Where should workers look to find the shuttle bus schedule?
(A) At the bus stop
(B) On an attached sheet of paper
(C) On the company website
(D) On the office notice boards
Reed Advertising
287 Ridge Rd.
Chevy Chase, MD 20345
July 12, 2000
Mr. Steve Burnham
Rockville Children’s Center
20089 Matson Rd.
Rockville, MD 20854
Dear Mr. Burnham,
On June 2nd, you signed an agreement for three promotional brochures at a cost of $1,500.00. At that time, you paid $500 and
agreed to pay the remainder upon your acceptance of the photographs and copy. We finished the work on June 25th, as
projected, and have been ready to send you the finished brochures for some time. The brochures look great, and I am sure that
you will be pleased with the final result. We have been trying to contact you using the "umber you gave us, but you have not
returned our calls. We would like to meet with you immediately so that you can approve the materials or authorize any
necessary changes (subject to cost) and pay the remaining amount of the outstanding balance. I’m afraid that unpaid accounts
are charged at 3% interest if not paid in full within one month of completion of the project.
Please call us by the end of the week to set up a meeting. Our office is open from 8 a.m. until 7 p.m., so I am sure that we will
have no difficulty arranging a convenient time. If a problem "as come up concerning the project, we can discuss it then. I look
forward to hearing from you by Friday, July 19,h.
Sincerely,
Reed Way
165. What is the main purpose of this letter?
(A) To offer their services
121
(B) To collect money
(C) To arrange to purchase materials
(D) To thank Mr. Burnham
166. What action is suggested in the letter?
(A) Signing an agreement to complete the project
(B) Returning the partial payment already made
(C) Completing the work
(D) Setting up a meeting
167. Why is this letter necessary?
(A) Mr. Burnham has no telephone.
(B) Mr. Burnham is out of town.
(C) Mr. Burnham does not return their calls.
(D) Mr. Burnham only communicates via mail.
168. When did Reed Advertising last hear from Mr. Burnham?
(A) By the end of the week
(B) June2nd
(C) June 25th
(D) July 19th
Questions 169 through 172 refer to the following table.
This table shows the total number of artists who were full-year, full-time earners in the year before the 2005 census and shows
median earnings in 2004, by gender.
Male Female
Worked full time, full year, 2004Number Med. Earnings Number
Med. Earnings
Actors/Directors 36,822 $32,077 21,575 $28,032
Announcers 24,571 $21,424 5,305 $19,325
Architects 107,245 $40,110 14,300 $29,451
Authors 28,890 $33,837 20,481 $25,101
Dancers 1,273 $16,623 3,445 $15,623
Designers 297,675 $32,549 164,067 $20,394
Musicians/Composers 36,143 $22,988 9,730 $18,653
Painters 60,433 $24,320 49,595 $18,762
Photographers 66,562 $25,456 19,428 $17,381
169. According to the table, which of the following occupations is most lucrative?
(A) Architects
(B) Designers
(C) Actors
(D) Authors
170. Which of the following statements can you conclude from this table?
(A) There are more women artists than men.
(B) Equal numbers of men and women become Announcers.
(C) Musicians make more than painters.
(D) In these professions, men earn more than women.
171. Which occupation appears to be the least common?
(A) Designer
(B) Dancer
(C) Announcer
(D) Musician and composer
172. Which of the following statements is true?
122
(A) Female authors earned more than male announcers.
(B) Female photographers earn more then female painters.
(C) There are more male dancers than female dancers.
(D) Female designers earn more than male announcers.
Purchases of Athletic Footwear
In recent years, the market for women's athletic goods has been growing rapidly. This long-neglected sector of the sports-wear
market is now one of our leading sources of income, surpassing sales of children's goods, and while it is not yet equal to sales
of men's goods, it is fast approaching similar levels of sales.
This table shows the amount of money spent on women's athletic footwear from 1994 to 2004. For the purposes of this chart,
athletic footwear is defined as footwear made for sports and fitness activities. This includes regular sneakers, as well as
"functional" shoes such as running shoes, tennis shoes, aerobics shoes, and basketball boots.
Year Money spent (in billions)
1994 $1.16
1996 $1.45
1998 $2.37
2000 $3.55
2002 $4.69
2004 $4.68
A customer questionnaire was included with each pair of athletic shoes sold in 2004. Although not every questionnaire was
filled out and returned, a significant number of these forms were submitted. According to the results of the questionnaire, the
average woman buys one pair of athletic shoes per year, and uses them for fitness activities such as walking, jogging, or
cycling. The majority of respondents indicated that they chose our particular brand for the following reasons: attractive style
and design, comfort, and affordability. A few respondents did express regret that the range of athletic shoes for women is
much smaller than that for men, and that they would like to have greater choice of styles and colors.
177. What does this table show?
(A) The amount women spent on exercise between 1994 and 2004
(B) The number of women who joined health clubs from 1994-2004
(C) The amount women spent on athletic shoes in a 10-year period
(D) The average yearly amount people spent on buying athletic footwear for their families
178. What is apparent from the figures?
(A) Less money is being spent.
(B) Expenditures have fluctuated.
(C) There is no trend.
(D) Spending has quadrupled in a decade.
179. Which of the following can be concluded from this table?
(A) The women’s athletic footwear business is going strong.
(B) This is a good time to open a health club or invest in one.
(C) It is time to buy a new pair of athletic shoes.
(D) People don’t spend enough money on footwear.
180. What caused dissatisfaction for some women?
(A) Quality
(B) A lack of choice of styles
(C) The price of athletic shoes
(D) Limited availability
Questions 196 through 200 refer to the following advertisement and complaint.
Ride in Style! Save $15 off a weekly rental or get a free weekend day with this coupon!
123
Johnson’s Motors is offering you the chance to rent a quality vehicle at an all-time low price. Rent any vehicle from an
Intermediate through a Sports Utility Vehicle, and you can get one weekend day free or save $15 on a weekly rental when you
present this coupon at any participating Johnson’s Motors Rental Car location in the US.
To take advantage of this offer, call your travel consultant or the Rental Car Specialists at 1 -800-226-7985. Coupon #MUJ8745.
Rental must begin by 6/30/05.
An advance reservation is required. Subject to complete Terms and Conditions.
To view complete terms and conditions, log on to www.johnsons_rental.co or call 1-800-226-7986 to request a brochure.
Subject to approval, eligibility restrictions apply.
35 Sunny Dales,
Westport
CA 30057
June 25, 2005
Dear Sirs,
Re: Coupon #MUJ8745
I recently applied for the above coupon, the details of which ran in the national press earlier this month. I am a 35-year-old with
a clean driving license, no traffic violations, a perfect credit record, and no criminal background. However, when 1 tried to
apply for this rental offer, I was treated like a common criminal.
I object strongly to the fact that I was fingerprinted, and my prints were run through police records. All I wanted to do was to
take advantage of a $15 rental discount. I had heard that Johnsons Motors operates according to very stria guidelines, but this
is ridiculous. Furthermore, my application was rejected with no explanation other than, “Sorry, you do not fit our rental
criteria.” I cannot begin to imagine who you do rent cars to.
I will be warning all my friends and acquaintances against using Johnsons Motors.
Sincerely,
Matthew Jernsted
196. What is this advertisement for?
(A) A special deal on a rental vehicle
(B) A special offer for a car purchase
(C) A special offer for a weekend in a hotel
(D) A special travel offer
197. Which of the following is required?
(A) You must rent by the end of October.
(B) You must present your driver’s license and a major credit card.
(C) You must reserve a vehicle ahead of time.
(D) You must pay the full price first
198. When is it possible to receive one day’s free rental?
(A) Everyday
(B) Monday through Friday
(C) Saturday or Sunday
(D) Only on Fridays
199. What happened to Matthew Jemsted?
(A) He had his car stolen.
(B) His application for a rental car was rejected.
(C) He received the wrong kind of car.
(D) He got a flat tire.
200. How does Matthew Jemsted feel about Johnson’s Motors?
(A) They have unreasonably high standards.
(B) They have low-quality vehicles.
(C) They are a governmental agency.
124
(D) They are helpful and pleasant.
In the average work week, a lot of time is wasted in unnecessary meetings. Before calling a meeting, consider the objectives and
whether those objectives can be achieved without bringing everyone together. Ask yourself, “What would happen if the
meeting did not occur?" Cancel the meeting if the answer is, "Nothing." If you decide to hold the meeting, prepare an agenda
and give it out ahead of time. State all items in terms of objectives. Budget time for each item and appoint a meeting leader
who will be responsible for keeping things on schedule.
153. Which of the following would make a good title for this paragraph?
(A) How to Write an Agenda
(B) Why Hold Meetings?
(C) Bringing Everyone Together
(D) Conducting Better Meetings
154. Which of the following is NOT suggested?
(A) Consider the objectives of a meeting
(B) Create a financial budget for the meeting and stick to it
(C) Distribute an agenda before the meeting
(D) Don’t hold the meeting if it isn’t essential
155. What is the duty of the meeting leader?
(A) To prepare refreshments
(B) Time management
(C) To introduce speakers
(D) To make sure that everyone knows where to meet
Drilling to Success
- a company to watch in the coming year -
Ever on the lookout for up-and-coming companies to recommend to investors, this month we focus on KYO Offshore Drilling.
KYO Offshore Drilling, Inc. provides contract drilling services for offshore oil and gas wells primarily in the Gulf of Mexico,
North Sea, Persian Gulf, and off the coasts of Brazil and Egypt. KYO's niche is deep-water and hazardous environment
drilling. This is an area with great potential for strong growth. World oil demand continues to rise and most easier-to-access oil
has already been tapped. Despite recent news of additional supplies from Iran or Iraq, there have been no results. Because
KYO deals in a difficult environment, its prices are higher than other drilling companies. However, it also enjoys high profit
margins: 18% last year, and a projected 22% for this year. KYO has merger plans with SubOcean Enterprises, Finland's largest
drilling company, with KYO projected to gain control of all SubOcean Enterprises operations later this year. This would
double KYO's rigs and make an already strong company far more powerful. Shareholders in KYO have already seen their
investments increase by 15% over the last eight months, and if KYO goes ahead with the merger plans, they can expect even
greater profits. KYO has over 1,500 employees in ten different countries. It is known as an equal opportunity employer, with
25% of top management positions held by women. It is also noted for its progressive efforts to align its management practices
to those of the local culture.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
report
173. What is KYO’s specialty?
(A) Brazilian and Egyptian oil
(B) Drilling for oil or gas that is easy to find
(C) Drilling for oil deep below the ocean
(D) Competing with Middle-Eastern oil companies from Iran and Iraq
174. Who would probably be interested in reading this report?
(A) An office manager
(B) An electrical goods store owner
(C) A gas station attendant
125
(D) A stock market investor
175. What is KYO expected to do this year?
(A) Take over a Finnish drilling company
(B) Move to Iran
(C) Take on 25% more staff
(D) Alter its management practices
176. What distinguishes KYO from other oil drilling companies?
(A) Working in many different foreign countries
(B) Taking on more difficult drilling jobs
(C) Merging with a foreign company to expand operations
(D) Taking advantage of the worldwide demand for oil
Systems Consultants
10 Pacheco Way Tucson, AZ
February 10, 2006

Mr. Leonard Bernard
President
Southwest Telecommunications
8423 Los Lunas Blvd.
Tucson, AZ
Dear Mr. Bernard,
Enclosed is the report, “Improving Computer-User Comfort,” that you asked our company to prepare. The report summarizes
current research on the effects of computers on health and recommends changes for your computer users.
We interviewed over five hundred Southwest Telecommunications employees in the last six months and consulted with health
experts in eye and wrist fatigue. We also reviewed all the current literature available for computer health hazards.
Our recommendations are as follows:
1. Anti-radiation screens should be available for computer monitors.
2. Wrist support should be used to help maintain proper wrist position during computer use and possibly reduce the risk of
carpal tunnel syndrome.
3. Employees need adjustable chairs with a stronger back support.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
You should find our report useful in reorganizing your computer area for maximum comfort. If you have any questions or would
like to discuss our recommendations, please let us know.
Sincerely,
Stella Wong
Consultant
Southwest Telecommunications
8423 Los Lunas Blvd.
Tucson, AZ
Tel: 020-990-990
February 14th
Systems Consultants
10 Pacheco Way
Tucson, AZ
Dear Ms. Wong,
126
Thank you for sending us the results of the “Improving Computer-User Comfort” report. It has been reviewed by the directors of
Southwest Telecommunications and Mr. Bernard himself. We are most grateful to you for all the effort that you put into
compiling this information.
We had not realized just how inadequate our office facilities were, and would like to start implementing your suggestions at the
earliest possible date. Mr. Bernard would like to invite you to attend a meeting with our directors in order to discuss your three
main suggestions. We are hoping that you will be able to bring samples of office equipment which meet the standards you
specify in your report. Please give me a call at the above number to arrange a meeting.
Sincerely,
Hyacinth Moore
Personal Assistant
196. Why was this report requested?

(A) Southwest Telecommunications wanted to solve problems caused by long-term computer use.
(B) Southwest Telecommunications had excess profits they needed to spend.
(C) Computers are unhealthy and Southwest Telecommunications wanted to avoid lawsuits.
(D) Employees complained about low pay and unsafe working conditions.
197. Wich of the following did Systems Consultants NOT do?
(A) Talk to computer users at the company
(B) Work on computers to experience problems first hand
(C) Read studies related to computer use
(D) Talk to health professionals
198. Which of the following did Stella Vong recommend?
(A) Providing protective eyewear
(B) Allowing employees to take regular breaks
(C) Providing chairs with good back support
(D) Providing ergonomic pens
199. When would Southwest Telecommunications like to introduce changes?
(A) In the last six months
(B) In the next six months
(C) Early next year
(D) As soon as possible
200. What would Mr. Bernard like Stella Wong to bring?
(A) Samples of suitable office furniture
(B) Her resume
(C) The directors of her company
(D) Further copies of the report
The French government last week announced a set of new laws aimed at stopping the practice of money laundering. Despite an
unenthusiastic reception in the financial district, the laws include a provision which requires financial managers to report all
cash transactions exceeding $10,000, as well as any suspicious financial transactions. This requirement applies to old and new
customers alike. This will force all money managers to keep more detailed records on accounts. This, in turn, will lead to
greater transparency in the way financial institutions conduct business, and how they maintain their records. Suspicious assets
could be frozen pending an investigation. It is believed that major European gangs have been laundering drug money, and it is
hoped the new regulations will help stamp out the practice.
162. According to the new laws, what must financial managers do?
(A) Be suspicious of all transactions
(B) Report financial transactions of a certain size
(C) Sniff out drug money
(D) Provide reports of their business to lawmakers
127
163. How do financial managers feel about the new laws?
(A) They are unhappy about them.
(B) They are enthusiastic about them.
(C) They planned a reception in their honor.
(D) They plan to investigate them.
164. What is it hoped the new laws will do?
(A) Prevent illegal funds being channeled secretly by organized crime groups
(B) Allow bank managers greater autonomy in their field
(C) Reduce the price of prescription drugs
(D) Keep all financial transactions to a limit of $10,000
Questions 173 through 176 refer to the following brochure.
Western Banks Personal Banking Services
We offer you easy access to your money, friendly professional staff, and few bank charges. At Western Banks, we know what
you want because it’s what we want, too.
Just take a look at the benefits of opening a Monthly Saver Return account:
With a monthly balance of $1,000.00, these services are yours:
• Account managers who are professionally trained personal bankers. You will be assigned your own personal manager who
will oversee all transactions on your account.
• Waiver of handling charges for fund transfers up to 10 times outbound and 5 inbound per month, regardless of account
balance. (Note that all additional fund transfers will be charged at a rate of 3% of sum being transferred.)
• No fees when depositing foreign currency checks into your account. (Offer is limited to certain currencies—ask for a list of all
accepted currencies.)
• 24-hour, toll-free phone banking service available seven days a week.
• Scheduled/automated Electronic fund transfers - make your bills easy to pay.
• More than 400 24-hour ATMs. (No charge for deposits or withdrawals.)
• Consolidated monthly bank statements. No charge if balance remains above $1,000.00. Open your account now with
$1,000.00 and collect a complimentary travel clock, plus 10% discount voucher for Journey Man luggage.
* Note that if your balance falls below $1,000.00, you may be liable to additional bank charges.
Interest will not be paid on accounts with a balance of less than $1,000.00.
173. Whom is this brochure aimed at?
(A) Individuals who conduct international financial transactions
(B) Businesses that need international corporate banking services
(C) Personal bankers with less than $1,000 monthly balance
(D) Account managers who need to bank after hours
174. How many times per month can you have money transferred into your account, free of charge?
(A) 10, but only with a $1,000 average monthly balance
(B) 7, regardless of your balance
(C) 5, with an average monthly balance $1,000
(D) 5, regardless of your balance
175. According to the brochure, which of the following is NOT possible?
(A) Paying a credit card bill electronically on a Sunday afternoon
(B) Automatically transferring $2,000 on the 3rd of every month to your business account in Paris
(C) Transferring funds to another bank fifteen times in a month, without incurring charges
(D) You use your ATM card to withdraw $25o.oo late on a Friday night.
176. What is the minimum sum of money it is advisable to keep in this account?
(A) $1
(B) As much as you can afford
(C) There is no limit.
(D) $1,000
128
Credit Department
Holledge Auto Parts Supply
87 Huntley Passage
June 30, 2006
REF: # 1332-78
Dear Mr. Iovino,
Re: Overdue Payment
I am writing in reference to an overdue invoice on account # 1332-78. Your account balance of March 31, 2006 is now four
months overdue. This is the last letter that I will be writing to you regarding this matter.
As you know, payment was due on April 29, 2006. Our invoice clearly requests full payment within 30 days of delivery. We
have not even received partial payment. In fact, we have received no communication from you at all, including no response to
my letters of May S’” and June 5th. If we do not receive payment in full by July 5, 2006, we will be forced to take appropriate
action.
We look forward to your prompt response.
Sincerely,
Tom King
The Repair Place #2
West Gate Estate
Brentwood
July 1st
Credit department Holledge Auto Parts Supply 07 Huntley Passage
Pear Mr. King,
Re: Letter Ref: # 1532-70
Thank you for your letter of June 30*. This was the first contact that 1 have had from Holledge Auto Parts Supply since placing
my order in March. In fact, if you check your records, you will find that the order was canceled the same day that it was
placed. Pespite the cancellation, the parts were delivered to our West Gate Estate branch, but were then returned immediately,
unopened.
I am not sure how this kind of mix up has occurred, but I can assure you that there is no money owed by The Repair Place #2.1
would appreciate it if you could adjust your records accordingly to reflect this fact.
Sincerely,
Louis Iovino
186. According to Tom King’s letter, when was the delivery made?
(A) March 31st
(B) July 5th
(C) July 30th
(D) 30 days from now
187. According to this fax, what must Louis Iovino do?
(A) Write a letter acknowledging receipt of the fax
(B) Call Holledge Auto Parts as soon as possible
(C) Pay the full amount before July 5th
(D) Pay half the amount whenever he feels like it
188. What should Mr. Iovino have done to avoid this fax?
(A) He should have changed his fax number.
(B) He should have paid the full amount by April 29*.
(C) He should have paid 5% two months before.
(D) He should have declared the shipment faulty.
189. How many times has Tom King contacted Louis Iovino regarding this matter?
(A) 1
129
(B) 2
(C) 3
(D) 4
190. According to Louis Iovino, why has nothing been paid to Holledge Auto Parts?
(A) Because the order was canceled
(B) Because the goods were faulty
(C) Because the delivery never arrived
(D) Because his company has gone bankrupt
Questions 162 through 164 refer to the following fax.
To: Ditman Johnson
Garnet Engraving Co.
FAX: 001-1-415-527-6869
From: S. Krause Field representative
FAX: 011-837-629-5151
Dear Ditman,
I've been trying to phone you, but international phone connections are irregular from here. I hope this fax gets through. I'll send
a follow-up telegram as well. There are excellent business possibilities here. I think we should send a team to set up a satellite
office. There are two engraving companies, each of which can handle only a small quantity of business. Additionally, a school
for the blind on the outskirts of the city has created a need for a great number of Braille signs. We can discuss the details on
my return. I arrive back in New York at 7:55 p.m. on Monday, June 30 th, on United Flight #U73. Meet me outside Customs
and Immigration.
162. What could be said of Ditman Johnson and S. Krause?
(A) They are old friends.
(B) They are brothers.
(C) They are business partners.
(D) They are business competitors.
163. Why does S. Krause think there are good business opportunities?
(A) There are no other engraving companies, and the city could use at least two.
(B) The existing engraving companies are unable to cope with demand.
(C) The existing companies don’t have the equipment to make Braille signs.
(D) The business is outside the city, while the companies are inside the city.
164. Where is S. Krause?
(A) In a small southern US city
(B) In a large eastern US city
(C) Somewhere outside of the US
(D) Just down the road from Ditman’s office
To: All staff
From: Office cleaning service
Re: Waste disposal
Date: June 2nd
Please place all used items in the appropriate bin for recycling. Remember, virtually all metal, glass, plastic, and paper items are
recyclable. If in doubt as to which bin to use, check the product for the recycling logo. The logo contains a single digit number
which you can reference to the bins. Loose papers should be bundled with twine only. DO NOT use plastic or wire to bundle
paper products. Large items may be left beside the bins for pickup. Cleaning products and other hazardous chemicals should
be disposed of according to the instructions on the package. DO NOT place oil, antifreeze, or other hazardous products in the
bins. Thank you for your cooperation.
162. What is the purpose of this memo?
(A) To inform workers how to throw away different types of waste
130
(B) To ask workers to reduce their waste
(C) To ask workers to save oil
(D) To promote the use of recycling logos
163. Which of the following items can be placed in the bins?
(A) Oil
(B) Antifreeze
(C) Hazardous products
(D) Glass
164. What information is contained in a product’s recycling logo?
(A) The location of the recycling bins
(B) A code number in reference to the bins
(C) A phone number for information
(D) The price of the product
Questions 181 through 185 refer to the following memos.
Memo
To: All overseas Trade Division employees From: Bryan Ferry Re: Travel to Singapore Date: April 16th
Due to the problems one of our employees had last month entering Singapore on what should have been a routine business trip,
we are issuing the following information to all employees who are likely to be sent to the Singapore branch at some time or
another. Please read this carefully as it is YOUR responsibility to sort out all paperwork before you leave.
ENTRY FORMALITIES and CUSTOMS
ALL visitors must have either a passport or other valid travel document. Citizens of the UNITED KINGDOM are automatically
granted a 6-month stay without the necessity of applying for a visa. Nationals of most other countries, including the USA,
CANADA, AUSTRALIA, and NEW ZEALAND need no visas for stays of up to one month. CHINESE nationals may stay in
Singapore for up to fourteen days without a visa. For longer visits, a formal application must be made.
ALL entrants must pass Customs inspection before being granted entry to Singapore.
Be: Advised: DRUG TRAFFICKING IS PUNISHABLE BY DEATH
Memo
To: Bryan Ferry
From: Brian Chen
Re: Travel to Singapore memo
Date: April 17th
Thanks for yesterday's memo. It was very helpful. I think, however, that a couple of additional points could have been made. As
you know, I am the employee who had some trouble getting admitted to Singapore last month.
First, I think that it would have been useful to explain to other staff members exactly what problems I had. A concrete example
would have been more practical.
Secondly, although a visa is not needed for stays of up to one month for most visitors, it would be wise to take documentation
proving that you are there on business. I know you say it is the responsibility of the individual, but since we are going there to
represent the company, I feel the company should automatically issue us with some kind of documentation which can be
presented in case of difficulties with immigration officials. Better safe than sorry! It would have saved me time and money last
month if I had been in possession of such a document.
181. Why did Bryan Ferry issue this memo?
(A) Because immigration laws recently changed
(B) Because he is planning a trip to Singapore
(C) Because he wants employees to avoid trouble entering Singapore
(D) Because he wants employees to avoid traveling to Singapore
182. How long can Australians stay without a visa?
(A) 14 days
(B) 30 days
131
(C) 60 days
(D) 6 months
183. What must visitors do in order to stay in Singapore longer?
(A) Leave the country and reenter
(B) File a formal application
(C) Move there permanently
(D) Pay a fee
184. How does Brian Chen feel about the first memo?
(A) It was damaging to his reputation.
(B) It was helpful but somewhat inadequate.
(C) It was poorly written.
(D) It was misleading.
185. What is Brian Chen’s recommendation?
(A) The company should provide additional paperwork to employees traveling to Singapore.
(B) The company should close its Singapore offices.
(C) The company should stop sending him to Singapore on business.
(D) The company should be more aware of the immigration regulations.
Questions 186 through 190 refer to the following memo and schedule.
DATE: June 2, 2006
TO: ALL REGIONAL MANAGERS
FROM: DAN JOHNSON, REGIONAL COORDINATOR
RE: SALES SEMINAR
Please note on your calendars the upcoming Summer Sales Seminar, which will be held from August 3rd through 5th.
This year's seminar will be hosted at the Hilltop Marriott in Chicago. (Contact Carol Dinkins in National Sales for room
reservations.) Just a reminder that all your key sales staff members should attend; however, junior members should not be
encouraged to attend this seminar, but rather to wait for our local training programs. One final note: As many of you know,
Cheryl Carter, last year's coordinator, is no longer with the company. We will be appointing a new coordinator sometime
within the next two weeks, but in the meantime, all inquiries concerning the organization of the event should be directed to my
office. I request all managers who have been asked to make presentations to contact me within the week. I have attached a
copy of the seminar program for your reference. Please feel free to post this on your office bulletin board.
132
Summer Sales Seminar
Hilltop Marriott
August 3-5
9:00 Opening ceremony Keynote speaker: Anthony Kennedy, “Selling Oxygen”
10:15 Session 1
Room A: Leanne Wilders: “Customer Relations”
Room B: Jason Kaye: “Cold Calling”
Room C: Clodagh Murphy: “Clinching a Deal”
12:00-12:50 Lunch (participants requiring boxed lunches must reserve in advance)
1:00 Session 2
Room A: Sarah Harrington: “The Hard Sell”
Room B: Saul Green: “Targeting Your Audience”
2:30 Session 3
Workshop 1 (topics to be announced)
6:00 Buffet dinner
August 4
10:00 Workshop 2
12:30-1:30 Lunch
1:30 Lecture: Leonard Calloway: “Motivation in the Office”
3:00 Company presentations (to be announced)
August 5
9:00 Session 1
Room A: Peter Stratford: “The Satisfied Customer”
Room B: Leanne Wilders: “Customer Relations”
Room C: Jason Kaye: “Cold Calling”
10:30 Lecture: To be announced
12:00-12:50 Lunch
1:00-2:30 Closing ceremony and speeches
2:30 Light refreshments
186. What kind of event is being organized?

(A) A training course for sales people
(B) A nationwide sale
(C) A local training program
(D) A farewell for Cheiyl Carter
187. Who should be contacted for hotel room reservations?
(A) Dan Johnson
(B) Carol Dinkins
(C) Cheiyl Carter
133
(D) The Hilltop Marriott in Chicago
188. Who should attend this meeting?
(A) All sales personnel
(B) Top sales staff
(C) Junior sales staff
(D) All regional managers
189. Which of the following would a participant NOT he able to attend?
(A) Both “Customer Relations” and “Cold Calling”
(B) Both “Selling Oxygen” and “Clinching a Deal”
(C) Both “The Hard Sell” and “Targeting Your Audience”
(D) Both “Motivation in the Office” and “The Satisfied Customer”
190. Who will be giving presentations in the afternoon of the second day?
(A) As yet unspecified companies
(B) Saul Green
(C) Dan Johnson
(D) Salespeople
RESTAURANTS AND EVENTS

Questions 160-162 refer to the following Restaurant Advertisement.
The Wendy’s Restaurant is a wonderful dining choice for busy people who require a speedy meal and for families with children.
We assure you that your food is prepared in five minutes or your meal is free of charge. Our meal includes fresh hamburgers
and handmade french fries, two types of cokes and ice creams. The jukebox plays hits from the 1960s by artists like Herbie
Hancock and Lou Donaldson.
Apply now to become a member of our Wendy’s Restaurant Club. Whenever you visit our site, a sticker will be attached to your
membership card and after ten visits you will receive a free meal.
Membership card holders will get a 10% discount on Wendy’s Restaurant merchandise like T-shirts with our logo. Members
will also receive preferred seating when the restaurant is crowded. All members get a complimentary admission ticket of an
amusement park just for joining.
The club charges an annual membership fee of $15. Please note that the Wendy’s Restaurant club membership card is not a
credit card and cannot be used to pay for purchases of meals.
160. What will the club members receive?

(A) A 10% discount on food.
(B) A free entrance ticket to an amusement park.
(C) A free T-shirt.
(D) A free membership card.
161. What is NOT included as a reason to eat at the Wendy’s Restaurant?
(A) The serving is prompt.
(B) The families enter the restaurant with their kids.
(C) The members get a 10% discount on the merchandise.
(D) The restaurant accepts all payments.
162. How can the club member get a complimentary meal?
(A) By visiting ten times with the membership card.
(B) By visiting an amusement park.
(C) By entering the dub with children.
(D) By wanting a quick meal.
134
Arbor Heights Science School
Annual Parents’ Day Event
Wednesday, June 30,2005
TIME EVENT HOST LOCATION
13:00 lunch with teachers and students school cafeteria
13:30 opening remarks principal the main auditorium
14:00 tour of new laboratory head of laboratory Kelly laboratory
14:30 overview assistant head of school the main auditorium
15:00 music concert student orchestra in the playground area
surrounded by school
buildings
16:00 special lecture guest speaker the main auditorium
17:00 parents’ conference with teachers classroom B-G
167. What is the purpose of this announcement?

(A) To solicit parents contribution to a charity event.
(B) To promote a new service to students.
(C) To inform parents about a school event.
(D) To hold a monthly event.
168. Where is the event by the students held?
(A) In the main auditorium.
(B) In the courtyard.
(C) In the lab.
(D) in the classroom.
169. When is the teacher-parent meeting held?
(A) 1:00 p.m.
(B) 2:30 p.m.
(C) 4:00 p.m.
(D) 5:00 p.m.
Questions 173-175 refer to the following news article.
Television Child Stars Sonny Watson and Sally Melvin are holding a telethon to support the needs of the nation’s growing
elderly population. They will be joined by many other stars for this special event, to be aired this Thursday at 8 PM on ABC.
Sonny and Sally have said that they are hosting this event not only to raise money to assist those elderly people in need today,
but to raise awareness of the fact that older people are still valuable members of society. To help demonstrate this point, there
will be performances by talented stars of yesterday, including a musical performance by Buddy Fella, The blues legend, and a
comedy sketch featuring stars from the sitcom The Olden Girls.
Please tune in and enjoy the show. You can donate to the telethon by dialing the phone number that appears on the screen during
the program, by using your credit card at www.telethon.com, or at your local bank.
173. What is the reason for the telethon?
(A) To assist child actors.
135
(B) To assist elderly people and raise awareness.
(C) To promote the network’s entertaining programs.
(D) To assist hungry musicians.
174. What kind of music was Buddy Fella famous for?
(A) Rock.
(B) Blues.
(C) Rap.
(D) Country.
174. Which of the following is NOT a way to donate money to the telethon?
(A) By phone.
(B) By internet.
(C) By mail.
(D) Through your local bank.
Questions 186-190 refer to the following Invitation and letter.
Invitation to the Gravia Fund Raising Event
Gravia Systems president, Julius Wallen, requests the honor of your presence at the fifteenth fund raising event. It will take
place on the 12th of March in the guest hall at Wallen Estate. This special annual event has been personally organized by Mr.
Wallen himself, in his willingness to lessen the severity of the Indonesian Earthquake, which occurred last month. About
42,000 residents near the site fell victim to an abnormally strong earthquake that recorded a seismic intensity of 6, which
literally devastated the area. Even after a month of desperate rescue operations, the areas hit by the disaster are still
experiencing a significant lack of necessities, not to mention food. Therefore, by running the event four months earlier than the
originally scheduled date for fund raising events, Mr. Wallen wishes to help the victims as promptly as possible. Mr. Wallen’s
proposed donation from his personal savings amount to 15 million in US currency, and for every 5 million raised through your
generous giving, he will donate another million to the charity. For your information, Gravia Foundation is very well known for
its selfless donations throughout a number of international crises, especially natural disasters. None of your precious donation
will fall in a profit-driven hand, and you will be updated with ongoing situations comprehensibly through our monthly
magazine Gravia Gift. Please spare your precious time to come to our special occasion.
Gravia Systems
Secretary Office
40 W. 15 St.
New York, NY 10023
Benedict Hansen
KSP Corporation
630 W. Harrison St.
Chicago, IL 60607
Dear Mr. Wallen,
I would like to express my gratitude again for inviting me to your fund raising event. I truly enjoyed meeting up with your
guests with numerous backgrounds, and I was impressed to see they whole-heartedly worried about the victims. There is no
doubt that my small donation will provide some relief to the survivors of the Indonesian Earthquake. However, I was a bit
disappointed at the fact that none of the invited guests had a chance to go visit the actual site of the disaster, and it would be
really amazing if you can provide us with opportunities to actually go to Indonesia or any upcoming sites of crisis. By visiting
the site and providing direct help, we will be much more confident about how and where our donations are being used. I truly
admire the uncountable philanthropic deeds that you have practiced over the past fifteen years. Thank you again.
Truly Yours,
Benedict Hansen
186. What is the main purpose of the invitation?

(A) Gather people and raise money in order to have a patty.
136
(B) Raise funds so as to help the victims of the Indonesian Earthquake.
(C) Receive donations for setting up branch office in Indonesia.
(D) Help poor children in Indonesia.
187. According to the first passage, what month was the annual event originally scheduled for?
(A) March.
(B) July.
(C) December.
(D) October.
188. What are the terms of Mr. Wallen’s donation?
(A) He will donate fifty million dollars to the Foundation.
(B) He will not only donate fifteen million dollars but would match another million for every five million.
(C) He will not only donate fifteen million dollars but would match another fifteen million for every five million.
(D) He will donate sixteen million dollars.
189. Which of the following suggestions is made by the author in the second passage?
(A) Gravia Foundation should bring its donors to the actual site of disaster.
(B) Mr. Wallen should make more donation to the charity.
(C) Invite the author for next year’s fund raising event.
(D) Invite Mr. Wallen to a dinner with the author.
190. What is the overall tone of the second passage?
(A) Jealous.
(B) Joyful.
(C) Thankful
(D) Hateful.
The Alley Deli
Cleveland, OH
Established In 1956. Proprietor: Max Howie
Take out & delivery service: 345-1060
April 24, 1999
Ray Quarks
Country Executive
1322 Lakeview Avenue
Cleveland, OH 23332
Dear Mr. Quarks:
I would like to say thank you for answering our offer and becoming a charter member of our HUNGRY’S CLUB. The
HUNGRY’S CLUB has no dues or meetings. You have only one requirement, and that is to accept one free lunch from me by
August 30, 2006. I’ve enclosed a copy of our menu. And I’m so proud of the excellent quality and superb taste of our good
old-fashioned (and delicious) deli sandwiches, which I know you will be completely satisfied with.
I ask that you pick and choose what you want from the enclosed menu. Then call me and I’ll have it delivered to you a short
time after your call.
We appreciate your business with us.
Sincerely,
MAX HOWIE
168. What did Ray Quarks do?

(A) Responded to a promotion.
(B) Bought a sandwich from Mr. Howie.
(C) Became Mr. Howie’s business partner.
(D) Applied for a sales job.
137
169. What must Mr. Quarks do to get a free lunch?
(A) Answer a survey.
(B) Pay the annual fee for the HUNGRY’S CLUB.
(C) Go to the Alley Deli and ask for Mr. Howie.
(D). Call Mr. Howie by August 30
170. Why was this letter written?
(A) To apologize for poor service.
(B) To announce new catering services.
(C) To give a complimentary beverage.
(D) To promote the deli’s business.
Questions 186-190 refer to the following introduction and email.
Have you ever had a friend or relative visit and inquire “what is there to see and do in Illinois’s capital city?” If your answer is
yes, get ready to discover (or rediscover) your own backyard during the “Be a Tourist In Your Own Town” celebration. The
Greater Chicago Convention & Visitors Bureau hosts this 12th annual event on Saturday, June 3rd from 10 a.m. to 5 p.m. A
dollar doesn’t buy much these days, but with the purchase of a $1 Greater Chicago passport, participants can visit more than
35 locations including old Chicago favorites such as: Impression 5 Science Center, Potter Park Zoo and new stops such as
Paramount Coffee Company, Suburban Ice Chicago, Galleries’ Picasso Exhibit and many more. Some attractions will offer a
discount on services through June with the passport.
Here’s how it works: Participants purchase a $1 passport (on sale starting in May) from the Somerset or Meridian malls
customer service desks, the AAA Mason-Grand River Avenue location, Chicago Art Gallery, and the Greater Chicago
Convention. Passports will also be available on June 3rd in above locations. At participating attractions, the “tourists” can have
their passport stamped and once they receive 10 stamps are eligible to enter a prize drawing after the event has concluded. For
more information, please visit our website, www.enjovchicago.annualbeatourist.com or call 1-888-chi-cago or email us at
Ouestions@epiovchicago.com
To: Sam@hotmail.com
From: Josh@hotmail.com
SUBJECT: Sam, Thanks man!
Sam, I really enjoyed staying in Chicago with you, especially during the celebration you guys had in your city. It was amazing
to see how we could go to so many good antique places! I had such a great time! Sam, just make sure that you come over to
my town next summer and I will show you the dolphins dance and the beautiful ocean that we have. Anyways, I really
appreciate your tour with me and all the things we did together. It was an awesome time! Thanks bro!
Josh
186. To whom would this event most likely be useful?
(A) A person who lived in Chicago for 10 years.
(B) A student who has his friend over from another state.
(C) A tourist who wants to make some good money.
(D) Homeless people who can afford the $1 passport.
187. What can you do with a dollar during the celebration?
(A) You can buy a passport to travel around the world.
(B) You can visit any place in Chicago downtown for free.
(C) You can go to a bunch of places that are Chicago’s favorites.
(D) You can visit any museums in State Illinois.
188. What is the required step to enjoy the celebration?
(A) You must buy a passport from listed locations.
(B) You must bring a friend from another state.
(C) You must get 10 stamps in order to buy the passport.
(D) You must be available on June 3rd to present yourself in one of the locations.
189. What is NOT one of the things you can do to receive more information?
138
(A) Cali their office.
(B) Go on their website.
(C) Send them a mail.
(D) Write to them on the internet.
190. What did Josh like about the celebration?
(A) Seeing the baseball game paying one dollar.
(B) Going to so many famous and old places.
(C) Going to the beautiful ocean.
(D) Meeting many people around his age.
Sizzling summer - town event
By BJ
The old town of Clover Ville, Texas, is having its 14th annual BBQ cook out from Saturday 11AM to Sunday 2AM. This annual
event will be even bigger this year, with challengers from all over the country to win the crown of the BBQ king. Last year’s
winner, Louisiana’s Buck Wild will try to defend his place as champion from challengers from Florida, Mississippi, Alabama
and other places.
The town will have an announcement from the mayor of Clover Ville at 12PM on the first day, and we will begin to eat right
away. There will be macaroni and cheese, combread, chicken wings, ribs, and links for everyone cooked by the best of the
best, including Buck Wild.
Admission and Parking are free, and Cypress Hill St. that leads to the church will be closed for 2 full days during the event.
There will be fun events like dance competitions, and musical performances such as TIP Harris, and Andre 3000. For more
information, call BJ at 011-1111-1111.
162. How many times has the event been held already?
(A) 13.
(B) 14.
(C) 15.
(D) 16.
163. What can be referred from the second paragraph?
(A) The mayor will eat ribs.
(B) Lunchtime is at 12PM.
(C) The food will be prepared by cooks from all over the country.
(D) Buck Wild is the best cook.
164. What information is NOT included in the article?
(A) Andre 3000 is from Clover Ville.
(B) The mayor will have an announcement.
(C) What kinds of food you can eat.
(D) What street is going to be closed down.
Events and Programs
We at T-Golf are having open tours of the indoor golf course from 10am to 4pm. The maximum amount of people that can
attend at the same time is 25, and tickets will be on sale on a first come first serve basis at the front ticket booth. The tour is 9
dollars for an adult, Gold card member’s discount is available. It is 5 dollars for kids aging from 6-11, and kids under 6 get
free admission.
For more information, please contact us at 123-1234. You can also visit our website at www.t-golf.com.
172. How can you get tickets for the tour?

(A) Online.
(B) First come first serve.
139
(C) By phone.
(D) Bringing kids with you.
173. How can you get a discount?
(A) If you call the office.
(B) If you are under 6.
(C) If you come with 25 people.
(D) With a Gold membership card.
Questions 191-195 refer to the following article and letter.
In an Indian restaurant, I simply cannot resist the crackling-crisp bean wafers often tucked into the bread basket. They are just
one of India’s many flat breads, and although they go well with curries and other traditional dishes, I love them for everyday
snacking, as appetizers, and to accompany salads.
All the bean wafers you buy here in Indian food markets and in many supermarkets come from India. They’re made of cooked
pastes of lentils or other legumes, or rice, rolled thin and dried. Sometimes they are flavored with chiles or garlic. Bean wafers
are typically dried or toasted over a flame (tricky, unless you practice.) Some packages have microwave directions, but I refer
them toasted under the broiler, in seconds.
Dear Martha Gibbons
I loved your article last month about Indian bean wafers in Food Lover’s magazine. I am Indian myself and I can relate to all the
things you say, which was really a friendly article to read for me, since it hasn’t been long since I moved to the US from my
home country.
I’d like to point out though, that there is another way to cook the bean wafers beside a flame or a microwave. You can take the
bean wafers you have bought from the market or got from a restaurant, place them on a greased cookie sheet (many Indians
prefer butter, because it adds another good flavor to the bread). Preheat oven to 275 degrees, and stick it in the oven for just 8
minutes. You got the best bean wafer you can make!
I am a real big fan of your articles, and hope you will do more on Indian foods.
Your dear reader,
Ivan Kosher
191. What, according to the article, is often used to flavor bean wafers?
(A) Cheese.
(B) Sesame seeds.
(C) Garlic.
(D) Sugar.
192. How are bean wafers usually cooked?
(A) In a toaster.
(B) In a conventional oven.
(C) In a microwave oven.
(D) Over an open flame.
193. What is true about Ivan Kosher?
(A) He isn’t Indian.
(B) He lived in India for a long time.
(C) He doesn’t like butter.
(D) He thinks he knows more about Indian food than Martha.
194. What is the purpose of Ivan’s letter?
(A) He wants a job at Food Lover’s magazine.
(B) He wanted to tell another way of cooking bean wafers.
(C) It is a fan letter to Martha.
(D) To tell Martha her cooking methods are not used in India.
140
195. What does Ivan say about Martha’s article?
(A) He can relate to what she says.
(B) He thinks there are critical errors in her article.
(C) She doesn’t know how to cook bean wafers right.
(D) He is a big fan of her articles, but not her.
*****************
Thank you for volunteering to raise funds for the American Red Cross. While there has been a surge in donations for the victims
of the recent tsunami in Southeast Asia, and while that cause is a very deserving one, it has indirectly had a negative effect on
donations for local needs. We appreciate your help in increasing donations during this special fundraising drive we have
organized.
We want to give you rite following door-to-door canvassing tips:
* Ask people if they have donated to their local charities this year. If they answer 'yes', then ask them if they know what a little
more can do for their community.
* Remind people of all of the services provided by the Red Cross locally, including blood services, first-aid training and
counseling services.
* If people do not have any cash at hand, you can advise them rhar we do accept credit cards. II they are reluctant to provide this
to you directly, you can give them our web address, www.americanredcross.com.
* Don’t forger to mention that donations of $ 10 or more are rax deductible.
Your assistance in soliciting these donations is very valuable to us, if it wasn't for people like you then donations would be much
less than they are now. However, you may wish to make a cash donation of your own. Remember, a little goes a long way!
165. How are the volunteers going to conduct the fundraising drive?
(A) By telephone
(B) By the Internet
(C) By going door to door
(D) By sending flyers in the mail
166. Which of the following is NOT suggested as a means of convincing people to donate?
(A) Suggest they use their credit card
(B) Suggest they donate to the Red Cross instead of other charities
(C) Suggest an additional donation will help
(D) Remind them of the tax benefits
167. What recent event has hurt donations to local charities?
(A) The tsunami
(B) The war on terror
(C) Internet viruses
(D) Organizational problems at the Red Cross
Welcome to the new Tripoli’s restaurants
With the coming of the spring, we are pleased to invite you to our newly remodeled locations! Over the past winter months,
we’ve been remodeling our restaurants throughout the area and now they have all been reopened and are ready for you and
your family to enjoy.
Although their exterior may not look different, the inside is completely new with a new look, a new menu, and an all new
atmosphere. However, some things did not change at all - like the quality of our famous appetizers and mouth-watering
authentic Italian cuisines. And we still believe in keeping our prices low!
169. What change is announced in the advertisement?
(A) The restaurants have been relocated.
(B) Food prices in the restaurants have been reduced.
(C) The restaurant buildings have been remodeled.
141
(D) Some new restaurants have been opened.
170. What is NOT promoted in this advertisement?
(A) The new menu
(B) The prices of the food
(C) The efficient service
(D) The interior design
Questions 171-172 refer to the following press release.
Atmel to Present at the Schwab Soundview Capital
Markets Semiconductor Conference
Tuesday August 10, 9:00 am ET
SAN JOSE, Calif., Aug. 10 /PRNewswire-FirstCall/ — Atmel Corporation (Nasdaq: ATML - News), a worldwide leader in the
development, fabrication and sale of advanced semiconductors, announced that Fran Barton. Atmel's Chief Financial Officer,
will present at the Schwab Soundview Capital Markets Semiconductor Conference on Thursday, August 12, 2004. The
presentation will begin at 11:30 am Pacific Time.
A real-time audio webcast of the meeting will be available on the Company's investor relations page at http://www.atmel.com/ir.
A replay of the webcast can be accessed shortly after the conclusion of the meeting and will remain available for 30 days.
Forward-looking statements and other material information may be discussed during these events.
171. When will the interested parties be able to listen to the presentation?
(A) August 10, 9 am ET
(B) 31 days after the presentation
(C) Before August 12, 11:30 PT
(D) Immediately following the presentation
172. Who will give the presentation?
(A) Atmel’s investor relations director
(B) A semiconductor market analyst
(C) Schwab Conference organizers
(D) The CFO of the Atmel Corporation
Yearly Athletics
March 26
To: Mr. James Frank
99 Sahara Road. Canberra, Australia
From: Jimbo Jones, Tournament Organizer
88 Gobi Drive, Sydney. Australia
Dear Mr. Frank:
I'm replying to your letter requesting that the cricket tournament be postponed from May 30 of this year to June 6.
Unfortunately, we must decline this request. We understand your desire to include everyone, and we wish we could
accommodate those teams which are unable to attend on the originally scheduled date. However, there has been too much
work done to promote the event for the originally scheduled date. Also, Wiggly Field has already been reserved for May 30,
and there is a steep penalty to be paid for changing the date.
Best Regards,
Jimbo Jones
176. Why was a request made to reschedule the event?

(A) There is no field available.
(B) The necessary preparations haven't been made yet.
(C) To include more teams in the event
(D) There could be a penalty if they go ahead as planned.
142
177. When will the tournament actually be held?
(A) May 30th
(B) June 6th
(C) March 26th
(D) March 30th
Questions 186-190 refer to the following e-mail and advertisement.
E-mail
To: Julie Gasphy <Gasphy@skyXXX.com>
From: Jack Shediter <Shediter@GooXXX.com>
Dear Ms. Julie Gasphy,
Thank you for your interest in the upcoming winter Technology Expo in Miami, Florida. For your request for the information
about the upcoming Expo, it is recommended that you read through the Technology Expo Guide, although you have
participated in previous Expos in other areas, because there are a few changes that have been made. The guide will help you
through to see the changes and different aspects about this upcoming winter Expo in Miami, and we hope that it will get you
excited for this new Expo.
We hope to see you at the Expo and wish you all the best.
Sincerely.
Jack Shediter
Technology Expo Administration Manager
MA Organization Specialist
2006 New Winter Technology Expo in Miami

Technology Expo Guide
'Including new changes in rules and regulations
1. EXPO DATES AND HOURS: January 15th, Monday. 10 a.m. - 8 p.m. to January 17th,
Wednesday, 10 a.m. - 8 p.m.
2. ELIGIBILITY AND COSTS: For eligibility, your company or group has to have your products approved by the
Technology Expo Staff by the end of December of 2005. The products must have potential in bringing in customers and they
must have excellent new technology mixed into it. The cost is $1,000 per day for you to get a normal 15 feet by 15 feet space.
For more information about the costs, please call (453) 888-EXPO.
3. SETUP OF PRODUCTS: Setup of products will begin on January 13th, Saturday at
10 a.m. and setup ends at 8 p.m. of January 14th, Sunday. If the setup is not finished by 8 p.m. on Sunday, then it can be set up
after the expo hours, approved by Expo Staff.
4. UNINSTALLATION OF PRODUCTS: All products must be removed by Thursday, January 18th at 9 p.m We will not be
responsible for any products stolen after 9 p.m.
5. CONTRACT CANCELLATION: In the case you wish to cancel the contract, you must pay a fine of $500, if it is a week
before the Expo. If the cancellation date is less than a week before the Expo, then you must pay a fine of $700. If you would
like to cancel during the Expo, you must pay a fine of S1.000. For more information, please call (453) 888-EXPO.
186. What is the purpose of the e-mail?
(A) To inform the client about the completion of their cancellation
(B) To request information about an upcoming Expo
(C) To announce to Ms. Gasphy that the Expo is postponed
(D) To reply back to the client with information about the Expo
187. What is the e-mail mainly about?
(A) Upcoming science conference in Miami, Florida
(B) Hiring staff members for the upcoming Expo
(C) Few modifications lor the upcoming Expo
(D) New cancellation rules and costs
188. What is NOT listed in the guide?
143
(A) Expo dates and hours
(B) Eligible persons who can come to the Expo
(C) Removal and the setup of products
(D) Installation of products
189. What is correct about the upcoming Expo?
(A) It will be held in Miami, Florida for a week.
(B) It will mainly contain new biological products.
(C) The products clients wish to install must be approved.
(D) The Expo staff will do the uninstallation for their clients.
190. What happens if a client cancels his/her contract 3 days before the Expo?
(A) The client must pay S500.
(B) The client must pay $700.
(C) The client must pay $1,000.
(D) The client must pay $1,000 per day.
Darla Custardson
66789 Angelina St.
Spoonerism, WI
Dear Ms. Custardson,
To follow up on our meeting in person when we discussed this matter. I am writing as the manager of the Squiggly Wiggly to
personally apologize for the incident which occurred in our restaurant on January 7.
Although this occurrence must have come as quite a shock to you. I want to assure you that I was also very surprised when 1
learned what had happened, and I am doing everything in my power to find out exactly how the small bug found its way into
your hamburger. This is not representative of the quality that our customers have come to expect from us. and is one of my
most shameful moments during my career in the food industry.
1 feel you have been very understanding considering what has happened, and I want to extend my thanks to you for that. If you
ever see fit to come to the Squiggly Wiggly again, you will dine free as my guest.
Best Regards,
Bobby B. Brow n
Bobby B. Brow n
166. What is Mr. Brown's job title?

(A) Supervisor
(B) Cook
(C) Manager
(D) Squiggly Wiggly
167. What information is written in the letter?
(A) They are advertising discounts to their customers.
(B) They are informing the renewal of the restaurant.
(C) They are thanking the everyday customers.
(D) They are apologizing for an accident that happened at the restaurant.
Darling’s
In Daytona Beach
Welcome to Darling's outdoor near-beach family restaurant

About Darling’s
Established by Michel Darling in 1923
Known as one of the best seafood restaurant in Florida
144
Has over 100 seats / Welcomes group reservations
Japanese, American, French Chefs
Over 50 kinds of fish, over 200 kinds of dish
For reservation, call (655) 332-5867
Fax (655) 332-5866
Seth Darling. Owner of Darling's
August 13, 2006

Dear Mr. Seth Darling,
Mr. Darling, this is Russell Jenny, owner of Fresh Fish, down in Miami. I've heard about your fantastic restaurant and I and my
wife are actually planning to visit your restaurant soon. Today I write this letter to you to tell you about our great deals on fish.
Our crew only goes out to the sea early in the morning so that the fish will continue to stay fresh throughout the whole day and
that's where we got our name 'Fresh Fish'. Here are some of the deals that I wanted to offer you:
Tuna 200 kg $800
Tuna egg 10 kg $1,000
Salmon 200 kg $850
Salmon egg 10 kg $900
Octopus 100 kg $500
Sea Urchin 50 kg $1,000
Yellow tail 60 kg $800
Crab 100 kg $900
Black Cod 100 kg $1,500
As you see, this is unusually cheaper than normal price, and I wish you do not miss this chance to make a great profit. Our tunas
and salmons are outstanding in their quality, and I am pretty sure you've heard of our yellow tail and crab for their great taste.
Please contact me as soon as you decide and we will ship it to your restaurant in less than 10 hours. Thank you.
196. What is true about Darling's?

(A) It is a brand new restaurant.
(B) It serves all kinds of food and drinks.
(C) II is near a beach and takes no reservations.
(D) Its chefs are from Europe, Asia, and America.
197. Who most likely is Seth Darling?
(A) An owner of Ihe restaurant
(B) A marketing director
(C) A chef
(D) A fisher
198. Who is Russell Jenny?
(A) He is one of Darling s relatives.
(B) He owns a business that supplies fish to Darling's.
(C) He is a fisherman down in Miami.
(D) He has a business of selling fish to seafood restaurants.
199. What makes Fresh Fish's fish fresh?
(A) Fresh Fish catches fish and stores them in an advanced storage
(B) Fresh Fish catches fish al the right lime for the fish to stay fresh.
(C) Fresh Fish catches fish at a certain spot in the sea where fishes are fresh.
(D) Fresh Fish has a great transporting system that keeps fish fresh.
200. What does Mr. Russell Jenny say about his products?
(A) They are exceptionally cheap.
(B) His tuna and squid are great quality.
145
(C) Black Cod and Sea Urchin are famous for great taste.
(D) They can be delivered to Darling's in 2 days.
*************************
TRAVEL
Questions 153-154 refer to the following announcement
Air Shuttle from Montreal to Boston
Regular Adult Fare-$2i9 one-way, $399 return
One piece of checked luggage not exceeding 20 kilograms is permitted, one carry-on which can be stowed in the overhead
compartment is also permitted. Frequent Flyer plans are available. Purchasing 3 return tickets entitles the passenger to a 10
percent discount, while purchasers of 5 or more return tickets will receive a 15 percent discount.
Weekend flights are available at a 10 percent discount which includes return tickets even if only one of the flights is taken on
the weekend.
Seniors will receive a 5 percent discount in addition to any of the offers mentioned above.
153. What is the regular adult one-way fare?

(A) $399.
(B) $219.
(C) $199.
(D) $299.
154. How many return tickets must a regular adult purchase in order to receive a 15 percent discount?
(A) 2.
(B) 3.
(C) 4.
(D) 5.
Basic Airline Rights
Flight cancellations and delays
Remember that flight schedules are not guaranteed and policies on cancellations of flights differ between airlines. Generally, the
airlines will try to accommodate you on the next available flight. If you ask, they may also try to schedule you on another
airline. If you don’t ask you’ll just have to wait.
Denied Boarding
Airlines routinely overbook their flights. Even if you have a reservation for a seat there is no guarantee you will be aboard when
the plane takes off.
Voluntary
The airline is required to find volunteers if a flight is overbooked. The volunteer is usually rewarded with cash or a free trip. The
exact amount usually can be negotiated.
Involuntarily
Volunteers cannot always be found. If you are involuntarily bumped the airlines usually will arrange another flight for you. If
you reach your destination within one hour of your original time of arrival you are not entitled to any compensations. 1-2
hours and the airlines is obligated to pay you an amount equal to the one-way cost of your ticket. 2 hours plus will result in
compensation twice that of your one-way ticket price. Many times your original ticket is yours to keep for refund or to be used
on another trip.
There is no compensation for involuntary bumping if
•••You do not have a confirmed reservation.
••• You did not meet the airline’s deadline for check-in (usually 15-30 minutes prior to departure).
•••The plane has fewer than 60 seats.
172. How much of a one-way ticket is a passenger delayed for more than three hours due to involuntary bumping entitled to?
146
(A) 50%.
(B) 100%.
(C) 150%.
(D) 200%.
173. Which of the following cases will not result in a compensation?
(A) A passenger has a confirmed reservation.
(B) The plane’s seating capacity is more than 60.
(C) The passenger arrives five minutes prior to departure time.
(D) The passenger volunteers for another flight arrangement.
174. In case of overbooking what can a passenger usually receive from the airline?
(A) Some cash.
(B) A full refund.
(C) A free class upgrade.
(D) A free lounge pass.
Resorts in the St Croix Islands woo tourists with promises of ‘the last paradise on earth’, and if your idea of paradise is a pristine
tropical island with swaying palm trees, pure white beaches and brilliant turquoise lagoons, then the St. Croix will not
disappoint you.
It’s also a major destination for scuba divers, who come for the fabulous coral reefs and the wealth of marine life. But it’s not a
place for low budget backpackers or amateur anthropologists who want to travel independently and live as the locals do.
Tourism in the St. Croix is carefully managed. The lack of local resources makes it necessary to import virtually everything a
visitor needs, so it can’t really compete on price. The strategy has been to develop a limited number of quality resorts, each on
its own uninhabited island, free from traffic, crime and crass commercialism.
The tourism strategy also aims to minimize the adverse effects of tourism on traditional Muslim communities. Tourists can
make short guided visits to local fishing villages, but must then return to their resort. To stay longer or to travel to at all outside
the tourist zone requires a good reason, a special permit, and a local person to sponsor the visitor.
178. According to the article, who would best enjoy the islands?
(A) Low budget backpackers.
(B) Amateur anthropologists.
(C) Christian pilgrims.
(D) Scuba divers.
179. What is true about the tourism in the St. Croix?
(A) It is competitively priced.
(B) The main industry of the island is fishing.
(C) A special permit is required to visit a local village.
(D) Tourists must watch out for crime.
180. What can a reader expect from the vacation on the islands?
(A) Exciting and educational.
(B) Quiet and peaceful.
(C) Crowded and overdeveloped.
(D) Luxurious but affordable.
Questions 186-190 refer to the following advertisement and e-mail.
Hong Kong Tour Package
Hanshin World Tour is featuring an exclusive travel package in the heart of Hong Kong, the most energetic and vital city in
Asia, where East and West merge to create cosmopolitan cultural variety. Stroll around luxurious shopping malls in IFC or
plunge yourself in the streets of Mong Kok full of excited crowds. Not to mention the culinary elegance that will satisfy every
bit of your hunger. Plan your visit with us for the most amazing tour of your lifetime.
Accommodation
147
- You will be staying at Grand Majestic Hotel. It’s a five star rated hotel situated at the shore of Victoria Harbor. The MRT
subway station is within 5 minutes* walking distance and Hong Kong’s famous Star Ferry is located right in front of the hotel.
Tsim Sha Tsui shopping areas are also nearby.
- Each Deluxe-sized room faces the harbor and the view from the window is spectacular enough to make you immediately fall
in love with Hong Kong. Major features and amenities include 24- hour CNN satellite television, air conditioning with
temperature control, in-room broadband Internet access, etc.
Schedule
7/1 Leave Incheon Int’l Airport [9:30]
Arrive at Hong Kong Int’l Airport [12:10]
Ocean Park, Sampan Tour, Repulse Bay Area, Victoria Peak Arrive Grand Majestic Hotel 7/2 Wong Tai Sin Temple in the
morning Free time after lunch at Jumbo Restaurant 7/3 Walk around Avenue of Stars
Get together at Hong Kong Int’l Airport [1:30]
Arrive Incheon Int’l Airport [4:00]
Price
US $670 for three-day package, which includes air tickets and all entrance fees.
For more information on this travel package, please call Florence Kim at (82) 011-933-0254 or email at floiy@hanshin.com.
To: Florence Kim From: Yuna Choi

Subject: Inquiry & Request for Reservation Hello. This is Yuna Choi.
I was wondering which airline travelers will fly with from Incheon. It seems like a lot of crucial information is missing from
your brochure and it would have been really nice if you listed the flight numbers on your brochure. However, the places
you’ve scheduled for customers to visit are simply wonderful. Not to mention the hotel accommodation at Grand Majestic! I’d
like to make a reservation for two people for this package. My husband and I would love to celebrate our 10th anniversary in
Hong Kong.
Thank you.
Sincerely,
Yuna Choi
186. Which of the following is NOT located near the hotel?

(A) Victoria Harbor.
(B) Mong Kok.
(C) Star Ferry.
(D) MRT Station.
187. What doesn’t fit the description of the room?
(A) Harbor-side View.
(B) AC.
(C) Deluxe Size.
(D) Cable TV.
188. Which place is NOT scheduled for the first day?
(A) Avenue of Stars.
(B) Victoria Peak.
(C) Ocean Park.
(D) Repulse Bay Area.
189. In the email, on which aspect is Yuna most satisfied?
(A) She likes the airline company.
(B) The food at Jumbo Restaurant is exquisite.
(C) Scheduled locations suite her taste.
(D) Shopping malls have a great variety.
148
190. What is the purpose of Yuna’s email?
(A) Ask Florence for the price of tour package.
(B) Make a reservation for her and her husband.
(C) Suggest which shopping malls to visit.
(D) Complain about the poor accommodation.
Car Loan Terms
FIRST LUMP PAYMENT The first payment must be for at least 30 percent of the total cost of the vehicle, including taxes. A
larger payment can be made, which can reduce the size of future monthly payments.
MONTHLY PAYMENTS Monthly payments will be made over a term of 3, 4, 5 or 6 years. Each payment will be equal to the
amount still owing after the initial lump payment divided by the number of months, including taxes and interest calculated on
our fixed rate of 5 percent.
ADDITIONAL LUMP PAYMENTS Payments larger than the normal monthly amount can be made at any time, but a fee of 3
percent will be applied to any amount in excess of the agreed monthly payment.
BUYBACK OPTION You may apply to have the company repurchase the vehicle from you at any point. There must be an
appraisal of the vehicle (at the customer’s cost), at which point the company will pay the full amount. Any unpaid principle of
the loan will be deducted from the repurchase price at a penalty of 20 percent.
157. Which is one way to reduce the monthly payment amount?

(A) Choose the longest repayment term.
(B) Make payments that are smaller than the normal amount.
(C) Pay a higher interest rate.
(D) Make a large first lump payment.
158. What happens if you pay more than the normal monthly payment?
(A) They give you a discount on the total price.
(B) You have to pay a fee.
(C) There is a fee of 5%.
(D) The employee will pay the fee.
159. What is the penalty on unpaid principle of the car loan in the case of a buyback?
(A) 10 percent.
(B) 15 percent.
(C) 20 percent.
(D) 30 percent.
NOTICE FOR VISITORS & TOURISTS
Welcome visitors and tourists, we are pleased to have you in our country, a country of beauty and freedom, the United States.
Here is some of the information that you need to keep in mind as you are about to enjoy your trip here in the United States.
Your tourist visa is valid only for 30 days from the date of entry. If you would like to stay longer than 30 days, you will have to
apply for an extension of your visa at an Immigration Office Visa Department. The Immigration Office Visa Department takes
care of things like reissue and extension of visa, changes of visa status, and usually requires demonstration of sufficient funds
and some documentation such as certificates of employment.
Lastly, during your stay in the United States, it is mandatory that you keep your passport with you all the time. Failure to do so
when it is requested by government authorities such as police officers will result in fine, detention or both.
179. How would you classify this writing?

(A) It is a warning against the illegal visitors.
(B) It is a reminder for visitors.
(C) It is an advertisement for the Immigration Office Visa Department.
(D) It is part of a tour place guide book.
149
180. What should all the visitors do during their stay in U.S.?
(A) They must keep sufficient funds with them all the time.
(B) They must have some identification documents with them.
(C) They must have their temporary address in U.S.
(D) They must carry their passport with them.
The Green Train through southern Africa
Make this your year to discover southern Africa aboard the famous Green Train. The Green Train commenced service in 1907,
running from what was then Salisbury, Rhodesia (now Harare, Zimbabwe) to Cape Town, a journey of almost 2000
kilometers. It soon gained fame as the fastest way to travel across southern Africa. By the 1930s it was also renowned as one
of the world’s most luxurious trains and the journey was considered one of the world’s most spectacular. In the 1980s, service
between Harare and Johannesburg was suspended but the train continued to run between Johannesburg and Cape Town. This
year the Green Train connects Cape Town and Harare once more. You will travel for three days and two nights across
mountains, savannah, desert - almost every kind of terrain imaginable. And you’ll do it all in air-conditioned comfort and
unsurpassed luxury. The train travels during daylight hours only, making overnight stops in Bulawayo, Pilgrim's Rest, and Port
Elizabeth, so you will miss none of the breathtaking landscapes.
For more information call your travel agent or South African Railways.
162. How long has the Green Train been running?
(A) Since the first decade of the twentieth century.
(B) Since the early 1980$.
(C) Since the 1930s.
(D) For three years.
163. How long does the train stop at Port Elizabeth?
(A) For 3 hours in the evening.
(B) From sunrise to sunset.
(C) For 2 hours.
(D) Overnight.
164. How is a journey aboard the Green Train better this year?
(A) The journey is shorter.
(B) The train is now air-conditioned.
(C) Passengers can travel to or from Johannesburg.
(D) The track has been improved between Harare and Johannesburg.
Baxter Tours
We at Baxter Tours, for the first time, are arranging custom vacations for our customers. With years of experience, we at Baxter
Tours can plan out the best vacations of your lifetime, how YOU want it.
We have big named condominiums, hotels, and suites in over do different countries, and brochures with color pictures of the
places you can visit in the countries you would like to go to. Because of the volume of business we do, we can offer many
discounts on air fares and most hotels.
Everything is custom when you are with Baxter Tours. You pick out the date, how many days you would like to stay, where to
stay, even where to visit. We will also make sure your vacation is the best possible, including discounts on most tours, most
hotels, and even rental cars.
We are the best value you can get.
Baxter Tours
E-mail touratbax@tours.com
Phone 1(800) 123-1321
171. What is true about Baxter Tours?

(A) They have brochures.
150
(B) They don’t have much experience.
(C) They have discounts on all hotels.
(D) They don’t have discounts on rental cars.
172. What does Baxter Tours claim?
(A) They are the best value you can get.
(B) They have been doing custom vacations for a long time.
(C) Their staff is all young.
(D) They will give discounts on food.
173. What does Baxter Tours company say it will do?
(A) Make sure your vacation is the best possible.
(B) Give more discounts when you spend more time.
(C) Charge little money for the brochures.
(D) Pick out where you should visit.
Questions 156-157 refer to the following news item.
Flights Unavailable at Delta Airport
Flight operations at Houston’s Delta Airport were suspended for four hours yesterday evening as freezing rain coated runways,
aircraft, and ground equipment with ice. The storm struck the airport at about 8:30 p.m., quickly overwhelming deicing
operations by the technicians. Several flights to America had to be delayed until this morning because takeoffs and landings
are not permitted after 12 o’clock in accordance with the noise-abatement regulations of the towns near the airport.
156. What did workers do when the storm struck?

(A) They tried to cover the aircraft.
(B) They immediately canceled all flights.
(C) They tried to deice planes and equipment.
(D) They escorted passengers into the terminal.
157. Why do flight operations at Delta Airport end at midnight?
(A) Unions refuse to allow for overnight work shifts.
(B) The airport’s insurance does not cover night operations.
(C) Adverse flying conditions are more difficult to detect at night.
(D) Statutes have been enacted to decrease disturbances to residents of nearby communities.
Questions 191-195 refer to the following notice and memo.
BERRYMAN BRINGS HOLIDAY EXHIBITS TO HOUSTON
Mr. Berryman, representative of Houston City, Texas helps his people celebrate the holiday season with two special seasonal
exhibits.“Christmas in England, Germany and Scandinavia” will be featured at the Lincoln Memorial Center beginning Dec. 4.
Visitors take a step back in time to experience Christmas celebrations and holiday traditions from Europe. The exhibit Open
House is set for Sun., Dec. 4, from 2 p.m. - 4 p.m. at the Lincoln Memorial Center, 369 W. Grand River Ave., in Houston. The
center is open Mon. - Thurs. from 8 a.m. to 1 p.m., Fridays from 8 a.m. -11:30. am. and the second Sunday of every month,
from 2 p.m. - 4 p.m. Call (597) 655-1030 for more details.
Berryman has been collecting Christmas-related artifacts for more than 20 years, including advertising and promotional items,
illustrations, cards, packaging, figurines, decorations and other collectibles from around the world. Over the years, he shared
his collections in exhibits at the Lincoln Memorial Center.
November 19, 2006
Dear Lincoln Memorial Center Staff,

I’ve heard that you are hosting Mr. Berryman’s “Christmas in England, Germany and Scandinavia” in your Lincoln Memorial
Center. So L Abigail Tomson, was wondering if you could host our exhibit we named “Miss You Santa.” The traditional
Christmas holiday is the theme of the exhibit, which was to be hosted in the Turner-Dodge House & Heritage Center but could
not be anymore, due to some conflicts that arose in the process of agreeing upon the costs for having it at their Center.
151
We will be sharing our collection of early mid-20th century with die-cut cardboard Christmas signs, store counter and window
displays, including life-size cutouts of Santa Claus. “Miss You Santa” will show you exactly how the holiday seasons used to
be in 1940s to 1950s in U.S. and it will especially remind our grandmothers and grandfathers with their old holiday season
memories. We would like to host it from Wed. through Sat., from 2 p.m. - 5 p.m. so that there will not be any conflicts with
Mr. Berryman’s exhibit. Please let us know your decision soon. Thank you.
Abigail Tomson
Event & Exhibit Manager
(439) 373-2244
191. What will Mr. Berryman’s exhibit host?
(A) Various traditional Christmas scenes
(B) How Christmas became a holiday.
(C) Beautiful Christmas art pieces and music.
(D) Christmas holiday seasons in Europe.
192. What is correct about Mr. Berryman’s exhibit?
(A) Only hosted on Sunday.
(B) It will be hosted in Turner-Dodge House & Heritage Center.
(C) It will begin on Dec 3rd.
(D) It is about Christmas traditions in England, Germany, and Scotland.
193. What is NOT one of the things Mr. Berryman has been collecting?
(A) Advertising & Commercial items.
(B) Photographs.
(C) Decorations.
(D) Christmas Cards.
194. What is “Miss You Santa” about?
(A) It exhibits a bunch of different old Santa characters of different countries.
(B) It exhibits the contemporary Christmas traditions In U.S.
(C) It exhibits the old traditional European Christmas Santa.
(D) It exhibits the twentieth century view of Christmas in the U.S.
195. Why did Ms. Abigail probably fail to hold her exhibition at the Turner-Dodge House & Heritage Center?
(A) The Center did not like the theme “Miss You Santa.”
(B) The Center raised the price for hosting exhibition.
(C) The Center requested hosting exhibition only for three days.
(D) The Center and Ms. Abigail could not come to an agreement upon the date of show.
GIVE US A TRY
International Adventure Travel (IAT) is the world's leading adventure travel company offering adventure, African, and Asian
programs. We have over twenty-nine years of experience in providing travelers like you with the most rewarding travel
experience possible. We feature exotic destinations with itineraries that take you off the well-worn tourist path. We travel in
small groups of no more than eight to ten plus a resident trip leader. And we are always concerned with your comfort and
safety.
IAT trips immerse you in other cultures and environments through activities such as running wild rivers, hiking mountain
passes, and observing local fauna. You experience the fascinating customs, extraordinary wildlife, and wondrous beauty of
faraway lands. In addition, we are committed to offering you the best value available. As an established leader, our buying
power enables us to offer top-quality programs at the lowest prices possible.
Our commitment to quality and value has earned us the allegiance of thousands of satisfied customers. Over 98% of our past
travelers would gladly travel with us again (and many do!) and would recommend us to their friends.
JOIN US FOR YOUR NEXT ADVENTURE TRIP
152
To International Adventure Travel:
Hello, I would like to make a reservation for Africa with IAT! I have seen your advertisement and figured I need a vacation, an
exotic one, so I thought I would love to have you lead the way. I am concerned with one thing though. It says you travel in
small groups of no more than 8-10 people, but it turns out I have a huge family and would like all 14 of us to go at one time.
Can you let me know if this is ok? Thank you. Please contact me at ohnofooz@hotmail.com.
Sincerely yours,
Challi Kim
Challi Kim
186. Approximately how long has I AT been in business?

(A) Two years.
(B) Ten years.
(C) Twenty years.
(D) Thirty years.
187. According to the advertisement, what is the maximum size of an IAT group?
(A) Ten people.
(B) Sixteen people.
(C) Twenty people.
(D) Twenty-five people.
188. What is NOT mentioned as something travelers can expect to experience on an IAT group?
(A) Local customs.
(B) Native fauna.
(C) Tourist sights.
(D) Wildlife.
189. Of what does the advertisement boast?
(A) IAT will beat any competitor’s prices.
(B) IAT customers are extremely loyal.
(C) IAT has several new adventure trips in Africa.
(D) IAT has never had a dissatisfied customer.
190. What was the purpose of the letter?
(A) To thank IAT for the nice trip.
(B) For information regarding reservation.
(C) To give them an e-mail address.
(D) To go to Australia.
Questions 191-195 refer to the following article and email.
Security Check
When it isn’t the weather or mechanical problems or even labor unrest holding up your flight, it is probably something a little
more unnerving, like someone who’s managed to get through security with a suspicious object.
It happened twice this month at the Southeast Shuttle terminal at Los Angeles International Airport. In the first case, a woman
carrying a gun in her luggage went into the terminal before security caught up with her. In the second case, a man carrying
what turned out to be a gun-shaped cigarette lighter got through. In both cases, the people were eventually found (neither was
dangerous) but not before the terminal was evacuated, causing substantial delays.
Fortunately, such evacuations aren’t all that common, says an airport spokesman, who estimates they occur a few times a year at
airports around the country.
To: Kenndey@airport.com
From: Willie@mvweb.com
Subject: I’m very disappointed!!
153
Hi, I am one of the passengers that had to evacuate the airport in Los Angeles last week. I have to say it was really annoying and
frustrating when all this happened because the security wasn’t doing their job. Did you know I had an important meeting that
was going to determine my promotion? This delay caused me to be late to the meeting, very late. I did not get the promotion
because they said I was irresponsible even in important times like these. Will you please do your job correctly? When people
working in an important place like an airport don’t do their jobs right, it prevents people like us doing OUR jobs right. Stop
making so many laws about people coming into the US and make your security tighter and have better luggage checks.
Your very dissatisfied customer,
Willie
191. How are the incidents at Southeast Shuttle best described?

(A) False alarms.
(B) Near accidents.
(C) Successful robberies.
(D) Attempted hijacking.
192. According to the article, how often is it necessary to evacuate airport terminals?
(A) Once every few years.
(B) Three or four times a year.
(C) Once every couple of months.
(D) Two or three times a month.
193. What does the man writing the email think caused this event?
(A) Security not doing their jobs.
(B) Too many laws.
(C) Being late to a meeting.
(D) Security systems not activated right.
194. How does the man feel while writing this letter?
(A) Very upset and frustrated.
(B) Happy.
(C) Satisfied.
(D) Excited.
195. What does the man say about the security?
(A) They are doing a great job.
(B) They are not doing their job right.
(C) They are above the law.
(D) They are not paid enough.
*****************
City Bus Fare
Regular Fare S1.00
To be paid to the driver at the time of boarding.
Transfers $0.25
Transfers allow the passenger to continue on one additional bus. Issued at the time of boarding only. Cannot be used for return
fare.
Children 5 and under Free
When accompanied by fare-paying adult children 6-12 $0.50 Senior citizens $0.50
Halfpass cards provide discounted fare to individuals over the age of 60 from 10 a.m. to 4 p.m. and after 7 p.m. from Monday to
Friday, as well as all day on Saturday and Sunday. Customers must show their Halfpass cards upon boarding. Cards are free
and may be obtained at the City Transit office upon presenting proper identification.
Weekday Pass
154
Allows unlimited bus rides from Monday to Friday. Passes provide an average discount of 15% off the regular fare.
Summer Pass
Offers unlimited trips to individuals aged 13 to 19 during June, July, and August. Discounted price is $16.00 per month.
153. What is the fare for an eight-year-old child?

(A) $1.00
(B) $0.50
(C) $0.25
(D) Free
154. When are senior citizens NOT eligible for discounted fare?
(A) Sunday at 9:00 p.m.
(B) Monday at 11:00 a.m
(C) Wednesday at 6:00 p.m.
(D) Saturday at 8:00 a.m.
155. What special offer for teenagers is mentioned?
(A) Savings on transfer from Monday to Friday
(B) Free Halfpass cards
(C) Free travel on Saturdays and Sundays
(D) Discounts on travel in the summer months
Ocean Charter 34 West 76 Street
West Pender. Vancouver. BC N'Xt 2E5 July l<S, 2004
Mr. David Gilmour 7I6 Nashville Street Cineinnatti, Ohio 64474
Dear Mr. Gilmour.
I am writing to confirm your booking on our deluxe cruise from Vancouver BC to Juneau. Alaska, departing May 7. 2005. As
you would have seen when selecting this package, your meals and entertainment arc all included, and of course you and your
wife will be staying in one of our deluxe cabins.
Our onboard entertainment includes “Vaudeville lollies", a stage show in the tradition of this great comedy style. There will also
be a live band in our dancing hall, two bars, a cinema and of course shuffleboard that can be played on the deck. Most
spectacular of all are the whales, icebergs and gorgeous coastline you will see as we make our way north to Alaska!
We know you will have a great time with us on this cruise. If you have any questions of any kind, please contact me by email at
iudvblumcfd'occanchartcr.nct. or by phone at I-800-453-7564 extension 213.
Sincerely,
Lady Blume, Director
Ocean Charter
156. Why was this letter written to Mr. Gilmour?
(A) To sell him products related to his vacation
(B) To congratulate him on winning his fabulous prize
(C) To confirm his booking on the cruise
(D) To offer him a deluxe vacation package
157. What kind of entertainment will be provided on the deck of the ship?
(A) Dancing
(B) A bar
(C) A comedy show
(D) Shuffleboard
l 58. Which of the following is NOT a natural wonder that will be seen from the ship?
(A) Sea turtles
(B) Whales
(C) Beautiful coastline
155
(D) Icebergs
Questions 181-185 refer to the following two different letters.
Dear Bon Voyage Travels,
Last month, I went on your two-week package tour to the West Coast of America with my wife. I must say that we were
thoroughly impressed with your operations, personnel, and flexible schedule. It was one of the most smoothly run and efficient
tours that my wife and I have been on, which is saying a lot since we are both great fans of traveling. My wife was particularly
taken with our tour guide. Miss Alissa Summers, who was not only very knowledgeable in the history of local areas but also
humorous, kind, and attentive. I would appreciate it greatly if you would extend a special thank you from us to Miss Summers,
for showing great kindness and aptitude at her job.
This trip was no doubt one of the most enjoyable we have had so far, and I am certain that whenever we feel the urge to explore
other exotic countries as well, we will come to your travel agency.
I am attaching a few pictures we took during the trip. Iinjoy, and thank you again.
Matthew Perry
Dear Mr. Matthew Perry,

Thank you for giving Bon Voyage Travel Agency the opportunity to make travel arrangements and to provide an overall guide
for your recent trip to San Francisco, Los Angeles, and the Grand Canyon.
We are glad to hear that you were pleased with the tour itself, and hope that you were also pleased with other aspects of the trip,
such as the air travel and hotel accommodations that we arranged for you. The tour guide you mentioned, Miss Summers,
would like to send her thanks for your commendation as well.
As you know, although our travel agency specializes in arranging tours on the American continent, we are capable of making
arrangements for other continents as well. We look forward to hearing from you again soon. Thank you.
Bon Voyage!
Bon Voyage Travels
181. Why did Mr. Perry write the first letter?
(A) To thank a travel agency
(B) To complain about unsatisfactory services
(C) To request a refund
(D) To plan a trip to the West Coast
182. What is NOT something Mr. Perry and his wife were impressed with?
(A) Staff
(B) Cost
(C) Plan
(D) Operation
183. What can be inferred about the Perrys?
(A) They only took a few pictures during their trip.
(B) They are very knowledgeable about local history.
(C) They are from the West Coast.
(D) They like to travel a lot.
184. What did the Perrys like about Miss Summers?
(A) She made a huge mistake.
(B) She is knowledgeable and amiable.
(C) She is very pretty.
(D) She had a good voice.
185. What kind of travel agency is Bon Voyage Travel Agency?
(A) It provides only hotel and airplane arrangements.
(B) It services tour guides for free.
(C) It offers unique tours on the Asia continent.
(D) It arranges all aspects of a trip.
156
Questions 161-162 refer to the following note.
Looking for a good place today?
Finding the right accommodation for you in Seoul can sometimes be difficult. Negotiating a favorable rate can be even more of
a challenge. But with twenty years of experience in the Korean tourist industry Delta Travel has forged strong relationships
with some of the best hotels in the region, and is ready to pass the benefits on to you.
Delta Travel. More Than an Agency
-- It’s Your Travel Companion
TEL : (02) 2648-0509
FAX : (02) 2656-0509
KeumYoung Building, 44-1
Jongrogu, Seoul
161. What is being advertised?
(A) A flight to Seoul
(B) A job opening
(C) A consulting service
(D) A travel agency
162. What advantage does Delta offer?
(A) Extended warranty
(B) Free translation service
(C) Useful business contacts
(D) Highly trained tour guides
From: Mr. Donnie Bac
January BJ, 2006
To: Ms. Angela Montague
Transportation Coordinator
On behalf of our employees, most of whom take the Queenstown bus to the Spcedo plant every day. We are concerned that our
employees are arriving late for work.
Our staff uniforms need to be kept at work, but by the time staff put on their uniforms they arrive at their shill stations 10 to 15
minutes later than the start of their shift.
We wonder if it would be possible to have the morning bus depart 15 minutes earlier. We are looking forward to hearing from
you on this matter.
157. What is Ms. Montague informed of in this letter?

(A) More buses are needed.
(B) The employees arrive late for work.
(C) New stations will be built next month.
(D) New uniforms are out of stock.
158. What does the writer want Ms. Montague to do?
(A) Lower the bus fare
(B) Change the bus route
(C) Have buses run more frequently
(D) Revise the bus schedule
TO: Edith Pricklie (gogogranny@yahoo.com)
FROM: Francis Tranworth (frannietrannie@globaltravel.com)
RE: Ticket confirmation
DATE: December 12. 2004
Dear Mrs. Pricklie.
157
I am writing to confirm that your flight to Bombay, India has been booked, with a departure date of April 6, 2005, returning
May 12, 2005. The total price for the ticket will be $1,216, including all fees and taxes.
We do. however, at this time wish to offer you an extended package which will include the airfare, as well as hotel
accommodations during your stay, tours of the interesting sites in and around the city, as well as a private car to take you from
place to place. We can offer you all of this for the low price of $2,999.
Please verify which package you wish to receive, and we will print and mail your flight ticket to you. along with vouchers for
any other services you wish to receive. The deadline to pay for the ticket is March 6.
Many Thanks.
Francis Tranworth
165. Which of the following is NOT included in the extended package?

(A) A translator
(B) A flight ticket
(C) A private car
(D) Tours of the area
166. How will the ticket be sent to Mrs. Pricklie after she pays for it?
(A) By courier
(B) By fax
(C) By mail
(D) She must pick it up in person.
Questions 153-155 refer to the following information
Average Apartment Rental Fees in Phoenix
Studio apartment $325
One bedroom, one bathroom $430
Two bedrooms, one bathroom $720
Two bedrooms, two bathrooms $785
Three bedrooms, two bathrooms S875
The Committee on Tourism for the city of Phoenix has taken statistics collected by S- Tech Demographics to better serve long-
term visitors to the area. The table above provides rates on apartment rentals for visitors. We hope this is useful to visitors who
are planning to stay in the Phoenix area. The data used is almost three years old but is still a precise index of current prices.
Questions about the Phoenix or the particular table should be forwarded to Brad Johnson at the Committee on Tourism for the
city of Phoenix(eBradjs@ Phoenixtourism.com).
153. What is the average cost of an apartment with two bedrooms and two bathrooms?
(A) $430
(B) $720
(C) $785
(D) $875
154. Which of the following is NOT true about the table?
(A) It is based on data gathered eight years ago.
(B) Apartments are classified by the number of rooms.
(C) It provides rates for housing in Phoenix only.
(D) S-Tech provided rates.
155. For whom is the table intended?
(A) S-Tech Demographics employees
(B) Brad Johnson
(C) Long-term visitors to the Phoenix
(D) The Committee on Tourism
Questions 181-185 refer to the following instruction and form.
French Airline Baggage Service
158
In Case Your Baggage is Lost
Your baggage being damaged or not appearing at the pickup area becomes a headache, as you are about to start a pleasant trip to
France. Our French Airline provides our Baggage Service to all of our customers where you just need to fill out a Lost or
Damaged Baggage Report. If your baggage is not returned to you on the same day, we will also send you a small box that
contains items you might need until you get your baggage back.
Our Baggage Tracking System
Alter you’ve filled out the Lost or Damaged Baggage Report, you can also have your lost baggage tracked and get updates on
how the search is progressing.
If Your Baggage is Damaged
If you pick up vour baggage at the baggage collection area but it is damaged, you must fill out the Lost or Damaged Baggage
Report. You will lake your fillcd-out form and baggage to one of our helpers around the collection, and they will take your
baggage to the Luggage Repair Shop for few days. After a few days you will get a phone call to the number you wrote on your
Lost or Damaged Baggage Report form. However, once you leave the customs area, no claim may be tiled for damaged items
in your possession. Lastly, here arc few things you need to provide us with: the damaged baggage, the Lost or Damaged
Baggage Report, a copy of your airline ticket, and a copy of the baggage claim ticket.
Lost or Damaged Baggage Report Form

French Airline
Always serving for your good
Date: 08/ 12 / 2006
Flight Number: FAL 899
Surname: Golden Given Name: Jason Middle Initial: J
Contact Phone Number: (248) 58a-3322
E-mail Address:. Jasonqold@ press.com
Delivery Address in France: Do not have one
Lost Baggage? Yes
Damaged Baggage? No
Please describe as much as possible your lost damaged baggage or item. Include the following: type of luggage, color, any
marks, si/e. and contents in the baggage. If damaged, please describe the damage.
Small, light brown, zipper suitcase u ith no wheels and just one carrying handle. The suitcase has a couple stickers on it and it is
a bit shiny. It has a laptop, business documents, and some money in it.
181. What does the French Airline offer their passengers?
(A) They offer free meals and snacks during a flight.
(B) They offer free international phone cards and a cell phone for damaged baggage.
(C) They offer free search and delivery of baggage in case it was lost.
(D) They offer free trips to France for customers who lost their baggage.
182. Why is Mr. Golden filling out the Lost or Damaged Baggage Report form?
(A) He lost his baggage during his stay in France.
(B) His baggage was damaged.
(C) He lost some of the contents in his baggage.
(D) He never got his baggage back after landing.
183. What is NOT in his baggage?
(A) A notebook
(B) Business papers .
(C) A passport
(D) Some dollars
184. What will make you NOT eligible for the damaged baggage service?
(A) If you have filled out the Lost or Damaged Baggage Report form.
(B) If you have a baggage claim ticket and airline ticket.
159
(C) If it has been more than two hours since you've arrived to the airport.
(D) If you have left the customs district.
185. What is described about Mr. Golden's baggage in the form?
(A) It is a medium-size bag.
(B) It contains an electronic computer.
(C) It has only two wheels.
(D) It is dark and mix of other colors
************************
Questions 165 through 168 refer to the following news release.
News Release: Air Freight firm expands Bank Service
New London, CT, May 30, 2006. Lawrence Sterling, president of the New London based carrier Royal Air Freight, announced
today the addition of a daily freight service between Concordia National Bank branch offices in New Canaan, Bridgeport, and
New Haven, and the home office in New London, effective June 14, 2006. The expanded service is made possible by RAF's
purchase of two new single-engine Algonquin Turboprops, to be devoted to branch service runs. This brings the total number
of aircraft in the RAF fleet to 30. Until now, RAF had been operating a freight service between the above locations just once a
week.
At just 35 years of age, Lawrence Sterling is credited with revolutionizing bank transportation systems, allowing the Concordia
National Bank to reduce costs by thousands of dollars. Sterling, whose company is 12 months old, states that it has quadrupled
its mileage and quintupled its gross profits, in the last five months. According to Sterling, increased financial activity over the
last decade necessitated the switch from ground to air carrier service to meet intra-bank deadlines. More recently, rising fuel
costs have led such banks as CNB to turn to the use of single-engine carriers for cost efficiency. Sterling expects other banks
to follow suit and is already in talks with another major bank. If successful, he plans to hire up to twenty additional employees.
165. What can be said about RAF?
(A) It has low overhead and high revenues.
(B) Its president also works for CNB.
(C) It’s a young1, fast-growing company.
(D) Its president is a pilot.
166. What has made RAF’s expansion necessary?
(A) The purchase of two new planes
(B) An increase in transactions between bank branches
(C) The expansion of CNB into several other towns
(D) A drop in fuel costs
167. Which of the following statements is true?
(A) RAF will expand its air freight service to other states in the next decade.
(B) RAF added weekly freight service to New Canaan, Bridgeport, and New Haven.
(C) RAF has doubled its profits in the last half year.
(D) It is less expensive to use single-engine airplanes than trucks.
168. When will the new freight service begin?
(A) Next year
(B) In a few months
(C) Two weeks after the news release
(D) After talks with a major bank
Paul Daniels, MD.
321 Shattuck Ave.
Berkeley, CA
A’09po\;l/ugust 22th
Dolores Rios
Let’s Go Travel Agency
160
21117 University Ave.
Berkeley, CA
Dear Dolores Rios,
I am writing to you on behalf of Paul Daniels, M.D, regarding the August 15th invoice issued by Let’s Go Travel Agency to Dr.
Daniels. This invoice includes a charge of $120 for a flight at 3 p.m. on July 29th from San Francisco to San Diego, and a
cancellation fee of $30. This flight was originally scheduled by telephone, and the tickets, together with a letter confirming the
flight details, were sent to Dr. Daniels on July 27th. However, due to a medical emergency which necessitated Dr. Daniels
remaining in surgery throughout the night of July 28th until early morning on the 29th, it became apparent that he would be
unable to travel. I canceled the flight by telephone early in the morning on July 29th and explained the situation. I also
returned the tickets to you in my letter of that date. When I cancelled the tickets, I was assured that due to the nature of his
work, Dr. Daniels would not be charged for the flight. Please find enclosed a copy of the returned tickets and accompanying
letter which I sent on the 29th. I would be most grateful if you could adjust your records to reflect this fact.
Thank you for your cooperation.
Sincerely yours,
Wanda Becker
(A) To ask Let’s Go to make a reservation for Dr. Daniels
(B) To ask Let’s Go to pay $150
(C) To ask Let’s Go to cancel a bill
(D) To ask Let’s Go to apologize for poor service
170. When was the airline reservation made?
(A) Before July 28th
(B) On July 28th
(C) After July 28th
(D) There is no way to know.
171. Why was Dr. Daniels unable to take his flight?
(A) He got to the airport too late.
(B) He had to perform surgery.
(C) He lost his tickets.
(D) His passport had expired.
172. What is, most likely, Wanda Becker’s relationship to Dr. Daniels?
(A) One of his patients
(B) His secretary
(C) Fellow doctor
(D) Sister
Memo
TO: Wade Gaston
FROM: Sheila Kennedy
RE: Travel Itinerary
As promised, the following is the itinerary for your upcoming business trip. As you can see, only the dates and times for
transportation and accommodation for your trip are finalized and confirmed. Your meeting schedule is not yet ready; however,
I have attached a preliminary outline of some of the meetings you will be attending. We hope to have the completed version
sent to you by the afternoon of the 4th or the morning of the 5th.
Please let me know if any of these arrangements don’t meet with your approval, or if you think there is anything else you need.
For your information, all times stated are standard time, which is one hour earlier than Daylight Savings. At all locations where
no car has been rented, a representative will be at the airport to meet you. At each hotel, the check out time is 3:00 p.m. This is
a special extended check out time which we have negotiated for you.
Flight/Train
To/Via
Depart
From
Arrive
Rental
Hotel No.
161
Amtrak
5/6
5/6
Parker
Hertz-Ford
Boston
11:30
5:15
NYTrain
House
a.m.
p.m.
467
Eastern
5/6
Philadelphia
5/8
Quincy
Boston
3:30
4:45
Flight
X Hotel
p.m.63
Eastern
Washington
Shoreham
5/13
Philadelphia
5/13
Avis-Buick
8:30
9:47a.m.
Flight
a.m.
Hotel
DC
431
Eastern
Washington
5/15
The
Atlanta
2:50
7:32
Duldnea
Right
X p.m.
DC565
Eastern
5/19
5/19
Cleveland
The
Atlanta
10:32
5:50
Right
X
Carter
p.m.
p.m.
732
5/22
United
5/22
Hertz-Chevy
Cleveland
Sutter
Chicago
6:10p.m.
7:10
Right
Hotel
p.m.
501
CST
United
5/28
5/28
Chicago
12:00
NY
4:00
Right
X p.m.
p.m.
622
177. How many days will Gaston be away on business?

(A) 7 working days
(B) 2 weeks exactly
(C) 3 weeks and one day
(D) 28 days
178. How will he get to and from the airport in Chicago?
(A) Take a cab
(B) Take the subway
(C) Take an airport shuttle bus
(D) Drive a rental car
179. What time must Gaston be out of his hotel room?
(A) By 4 p.m.
(B) By 3 p.m.
(C) By 2 p.m.
(D) By 1 p.m.
180. What information is missing from this itinerary?
(A) What he will be doing in each location
(B) Departure times
(C) The car rental details
(D) Flight arrival times
Below are the Priority Mailing Rates for all packages weighing up to 70 pounds and not exceeding 108 inches in length and
girth combined, including written and other material, whether sealed or unsealed. Fractions of a pound are charged as one
pound. Zone rates are determined by measuring the mileage range between specific geographic locations determined by Zip
codes.
Please note that poisons, knives, flammable liquids, and corrosives cannot be mailed via Priority Mailing.
The mailing of counterfeit goods is also strictly prohibited.
155. How much would it cost to mail a 15-pound package to zone 5?
(A) $24.50
(B) $75-00
162
(C) $52.50
(D) $90.00
156. How are mailing zone rates decided?
(A) According to the size of the package
(B) According to the shape of the package
(C) According to the value of the contents
(D) According to the distance transported
157. Which of the following packages would NOT be accepted?
(A) A three pound box of chocolates
(B) Two feather pillows
(C) A penknife
(D) A box of books
158. What is the maximum weight covered by these rates?
(A) 50 pounds
(B) 70 pounds
(C) 1,800 pounds
(D) Over 1,800 pounds
Questions 177 through 180 refer to the following advice.
Do you often take domestic flights? Collecting air miles, but still not getting anywhere? If you think it takes too long to earn free
flights with other frequent flyer programs, you are not alone. Why don't you join the club? The Western Airlines Flight Club.
We may not be the most famous, but we can promise you we are one of the best. The Western Airlines Flight Club gets you on
free flights faster because we reward you for the number of trips you take, not how many miles you fly. For anyone who takes
mostly domestic flights, it's a great way to earn a free flight. Join our club by taking 8 round trips (2 one ways = 1 round trip)
within 12 consecutive months on Western Airlines*. Before boarding each flight, have our Customer Service Agent stamp
your application. Once you've received 16 stamps, mail in your application and we'll send you a plastic embossed membership
card which you will use to receive credit on all future flights, a free round-trip ticket to anywhere in the continental US, and a
free drink coupon book. Remember, credit must be obtained prior to flight. Unfortunately, we cannot credit passengers for past
flights.
Call 1-888-888-8888 for an application form or download our printable form from our website at www.western.flightclub.co.
Get started now!
* A full list of conditions may be viewed on our website. The number of free flights that can be taken within a 12-month period
by an Individual Is limited to a maximum of four. Stamps are not transferable.
177. Which of the following is NOT required in order to qualify for a free flight?
(A) Applications must be stamped prior to boarding every flight.
(B) Passengers must fly once a month for 12 months.
(C) Passengers must get 16 stamps.
(D) Applications must be mailed in when they have 16 stamps.
178. What is different about this frequent flyer program?
(A) 2 one-way trips are the same as a roundtrip.
(B) You get a free drink coupon booklet with your first free flight.
(C) The rewards are fast, and you get to join a dub.
(D) It doesn’t matter how far you fly.
179. How many free flights can a passenger take in one year?
(A) As many as they qualify for
(B) A maximum of 12
(C) A maximum of 4
(D) One
180. How can customers obtain an application form?
(A) By flying with Western Airlines
163
(B) By calling a special phone line or downloading the form
(C) By sending a fax to Western Airlines
(D) By attending a special seminar
Questions 181 through 185 refer to the following faxes.
Date: September 1, 2005
To: Reservations Agent, The Continental Hotel
Fax: 011-65-338-8585
From: Kelvin Rodriguez
Fax: 312-549-5171
Subject: Reservation confirmation
Pages: This page only
I would like to confirm my hotel reservation, as per our telephone conversation earlier this afternoon. I will be staying for three
nights, arriving on October 3rd and departing on October 6th. My flight doesn't land until 11:30 p.m., which is long after your
6 p.m. check-in deadline, so I am a little concerned that my reservation might get canceled. I would like to request your
reassurance that my room will be held until my arrival, even if I don't get to the hotel until after midnight. Please reconfirm
this by return fax. I would also like to request a non¬smoking, corner room, well away from the main road. Thank you for
your assistance.
I look forward to my stay at your hotel.
Sincerely yours,
Kelvin Rodriguez
Date: September 2nd

To: Kelvin Rodriguez
Fax: 312-549-5172
Sender: Russell Bentley, The Continental Hotel Reservations
Fax: 011-65-338-8585
Subject: Re: Reservation Confirmation
Thank you for your fax. I was not aware that you would be arriving so late; however, it has now been noted in the reservations
database, and I can assure you that your reservation will be honored, no matter what time you arrive at the hotel. I do have you
down for a non¬smoking single room. Unfortunately, there are no suitable comer rooms left for the nights you will be staying
with us. The hotel itself is located up a long driveway well away from the road, so you should not be bothered by the sound of
traffic.
Now, I just need your credit card number to secure your reservation. Please fax it to us at your earliest convenience.
Regards,
Russell Bentley
181. What can be said about Mr. Rodriguez?
(A) He is unconcerned about his check in time.
(B) He wants a quiet room.
(C) He wants assurances that the room will be perfect.
(D) He is a smoker.
182. How did Mr. Rodriguez make his initial reservation?
(A) By fax
(B) By email
(C) By telephone
(D) By text message
183. What time will he be checking in, most likely?
(A) 11:30 p.m.
(B) 6 p.m.
(C) After midnight
164
(D) Around 12:00 p.m.
184. Why is there no need for Mr. Rodriguez to worry about traffic noise?
(A) He doesn’t drive.
(B) He will be arriving by airplane.
(C) The hotel is located far from the road.
(D) He will be arriving late at night
185. What information does Mr. Bentley require?
(A) Mr. Rodriguez’s credit card number
(B) Mr. Rodriguez’s work number
(C) Mr. Rodriguez’s social security number
(D) Mr. Rodriguez’s address
Notice
Reservation System and Summer Schedule: June 1st - September 10th
Western Railways would like to ask passengers to please note that from June 1st to September 10th, reservations will be
required on all seats on the Sea Star Express. This is due to the great demand for seats throughout the summer months. To help
cope with the extra demand for seats, Western Railways will be running an expanded service with the Sea Star Express
running four times an hour, instead of its twice hourly regular schedule. In addition, the first train will start running half an
hour earlier than usual, at 5:15 a.m., and the last train will run half an hour later, at 11:55 p.m. These changes will only be in
effect during the summer season.
Reservations may be made both by telephone, up to one week in advance, or in person on the day of travel. Regular patrons of
Western Railways who hold Season tickets will also be required to make reservations for journeys made during this period. It
will be possible for these passengers to make a one-month block reservation for a seat. There will be no additional charge
made for reservations.
These temporary changes have been made for the safety and comfort of all our passengers. We would like to thank you for your
cooperation and understanding. Our station staff will be pleased to answer any questions. Wallet-sized copies of the new
schedule are available on request from all Western Railways stations. Thank you for using Western Railways.
(A) To warn passengers of a pending rail strike
(B) To inform passengers of seasonal changes
(C) To ask passengers not to use the Sea Star Express
(D) To warn passengers that the Sea Star Express will not run during the summer months
174. What time do the first and last trains usually run?
(A) 5 a.m. and 11 p.m.
(B) 4:45 a.m. and 12:25 a.m.
(C) 5:15 a.m. and 11:55 p.m.
(D) 5:45 a.m. and 11:25 P-m.
175. Who will be required to make seat reservations?
(A) Season ticket holders only
(B) Anyone traveling on the Sea Star Express between June 1st and September 10th
(C) Tourists
(D) It will be optional for all passengers.
176. How can passengers obtain a copy of the train schedule?
(A) By making a reservation
(B) By printing it out from the Internet
(C) By asking for one at any Western Railways station
(D) By riding the Sea Star Express
Questions 156 and 157 refer to the following notice.
NOTICE
165
PLEASE READ BEFORE SIGNING
Customer authorizes Lessor to process a credit card voucher in Customer’s name for the charges which are most likely to be
incurred.
Vehicle shall NOT be operated by any person except Customer and the following Authorized Operators who must:
a) be persons 21 or older who are members of Customer’s immediate family and who reside in Customer’s household and are
currently validly licensed to drive.
b) have Customer's prior permission.
Customer agrees not to permit the use of the vehicle to any other person without obtaining Lessor’s prior written consent.
Additional authorized operators must be
approved in writing by Lessor.
THIS VEHICLE IS RENTED UPON THE CONDITIONS STATED HEREIN AND UPON THE REVERSE HEREOF.
CUSTOMER REPRESENTS THAT HE/SHE HAS READ, UNDERSTANDS, AND AGREES WITH THESE
CONDITIONS.
156. According to the notice, what does the Customer agree to do?
(A) Not permit unauthorized use of the vehicle
(B) Return the car
(C) Pay for the car with a credit card
(D) Not drive the car in a dangerous
157. What does the Customer authorize Lessor to do?
(A) Drive a car
(B) Process a credit card voucher in Customer’s name
(C) Rent a car for another person
(D) Charge the Customer for the use of the car
ENTERTAINMENT
Theatre Directory
For ticket and show time information, go to the MovieTime’s website, www.movietime.com (321>555-1212.
Enter ‘#’ and the code listed next to the theater below.
Greenwich Art - 12th St. & 7th Ave. #616
The Caged Bird
Revenge of the Primates
Baronet - 59th St. & 3rd Ave. #609
A Hot Day in Brooklyn
Tim’s Forest
Beekman - 65th St. & 2nd Ave. #606
The Dangerous Whisper
Chelsea - 23rd St. between 7th & 8th Aves. #597
A Hot Day in Brooklyn
Cold Soup and Melted Cheese
The Rains Were Late
Cinema Verte - Waverly Place & Broadway #625
Call the Mountain
Lo Que Se Puede Se Puede
(In Spanish with English subtitles)
Fun House Four Cineplex - 10th St. & 6th Ave. #547
Freddie Meets Jason
Revenge of the Primates
166
Space Buddies II
Daredevils on the Loose
162. Which theater is showing the fewest films?

(A) The Greenwich Art.
(B) The Baronet.
(C) The Beekman.
(D) The Fun House Four Cineplex.
163. At which theater is a non-English film being shown?
(A) The Beekman.
(B) The Chelsea.
(C) The Cinema Verte.
164. Which theatre is showing the most films?
(A) The Greenwich Art.
(B) The Baronet.
(C) The Chelsea.
165. How many theaters are playing more than one movie?
(A) 3.
(B) 4.
(C) 5.
(D) 6.
Questions 181-185 refer to the following introduction and memo.
JOIN US! VOLUNTEER
AT THE ROMAN TRADITIONAL MUSEUM
The Roman Traditional Museum is seeking volunteers to staff its information desk and assist with building services. The Roman
Traditional Museum taps a loyal legion of volunteers annually, many assisting with production of the museum’s Great Lakes
Passion Festival, other special events, as well as assisting tasks related to collections care and general operations. Orientation
and training is provided to help familiarize volunteers with the museum’s long-term and changing exhibits, as well as previews
of upcoming programs and museum resources. Lunch and dinner are also provided from Monday to Friday.
The Roman Traditional Museum is located on Westland Road, next to ABC Broadcasting. The museum is open free of charge
(donations are welcome) seven days a week: weekdays 9 a.m.-5 p.m , Saturdays 10 a.m.-S p.m., and Sundays 1 p.m. -5 p.m.
The facility is accessible to persons with disabilities. Call (243) 823-4443 to volunteer at this museum.
Roman Traditional Museum!

My heart goes out to you for the great exhibits you always present to us!
It has become an “of-course-thing” for my family to stop by your museum every summer I visit Maryland. I remember I started
as a volunteer in this museum when I was a student in college and I still visit here ‘voluntarily’, because my family just loves
this museum so much. This museum has helped me to see different things and widen the vision in my life that I was able to
become what I am now. It also makes me want to donate more and more funds so that this museum will be ever more
successful! Thanks always!
Jlwv Carry Jim Carry
*The writing above was written by movie star Jim Carry on March 12th 2001.
181. What is the purpose of this brochure?

(A) To recruit new employees at the museum.
(B) To advertise its new events.
167
(C) To find unpaid helpers to work in the museum.
(D) To ask for donations to improve the museum.
182. What would the volunteers do?
(A) They would assist in carrying out some important events.
(B) They would assist being a cashier.
(C) They would run camps as camp counselors.
(D) They would make programs and operate the museum.
183. What will NOT be provided for the volunteers?
(A) Training that will help the volunteers to get to exhibits better.
(B) Meals throughout the week.
(C) Updates about new programs.
(D) Useful information about the museum.
184. What do you know about Mr. Carry?
(A) He used to be a helper of the museum.
(B) He visits the museum with his family every decade.
(C) He decided to become a movie star while working in the museum.
(D) His family thinks the museum is so- so.
185. How did the Roman Traditional Museum benefit Mr. Carry?
(A) It helped him to fall in love with Roman culture.
(B) It helped him to become a good volunteer.
(C) It let him spend a good time with his family.
(D) It gave him a broader perspective on life.
*****************
Questions 191-195 refer to the following two different e-mails.
To: Young Weekly Editor
Sub: Serious Problem
Date: Tue, Mar 12. 2006
I have been a long-time, avid reader of your magazine and I am well aware of the fact that you jump at any chance to show
celebrities, whether they are drinking coffee, going to the gym, or shopping for groceries. Of course, I understand that without
these kinds of pictures and information about the daily lives of famous stars, your magazine would not be the kind of magazine
it is now. It is true that I do not think it is such a good idea to have spreads on celebrities with serious eating disorders and treat
them as if there’s nothing wrong with them. It doesn't seem as if you are very concerned about what kind of standard body
image you are projecting to your readers. I occasionally enjoy looking at other paparazzi pictures. But an otherwise interesting
article, “Eating Healthy Meals”[by Nicole Watts], was ruined by the inclusion of ridiculous paparazzi pictures. There are
several reasons 1 was displeased by this. First of all, there were no pictures whatsoever related to the article’s main topic,
nutrition. Anyone can tell you that pictures of healthy meals should have been included. Perhaps a picture of the tofu salad
recommended as a nutritious low-calorie meal would have been appropriate. Second, the pictures you did choose to include
were not only irrelevant, but also going against the point of the article. The article itself doesn’t mention fast food at all, yet
somehow a picture of stick-thin Ashley Berliner having french fries for lunch found its way between columns? Save the shots
of Ashley for your fashion section, because when it comes to my health, Ashley is the last person on my mind.
from Indiana
To: Indiana
Sub: [Re] Serious Problem
Date: Thurs. Mar 14, 2006
Dear Indiana,
We are sorry to hear that you thought the choice of photographs in the article “Eating Healthy Meals" was inappropriate. We
apologize for any distress it may have caused you. A new issue has already come out on stands since you mailed us your letter,
168
so unfortunately we are unable to make any corrections. However, we will be issuing a statement regarding the photographs in
our next issue.
We hope that you continue to subscribe lo our magazine.
Thank you.
Young Weekly
191. What is the purpose of the first letter?
(A) To complain about useless information in an article
(B) To point out a grammar mistake
(C) To complain about certain photographs
(D) To praise the magazine’s insight
192. What does "jump at" mean in the first letter?
(A) To eagerly accept an opportunity
(B) To move quickly and hurriedly
(C) To snap at someone impatiently
(D) To leap or bound
193. What kind of magazine is Young Weekly?
(A) A geography magazine
(B) A fashion magazine
(C) A tabloid
(D) A health magazine
194. What can be inferred about Ashley Berliner from the passage?
(A) She is a famous singer.
(B) She is an avid reader of Young Weekly.
(C) She is from Indiana.
(D) She is a celebrity with health problems.
195. What does Young Weekly offer to do in compensation for their error?
(A) Publish a revised edition of the issue in question
(B) Give Indiana a free one-year subscription
(C) Advise Ashley Berliner to cut down on fast food
(D) Make an apology in their next issue
The International Design Exhibit
This Year’s International Design Exhibit: Improvements in Workplace Design
Last year’s exhibit in San Francisco was a great success. Attendance increased by 15 percent compared to the previous year, and
a great number of new office improvements were announced. This year’s seminar in Melbourne is expected to be the best yet.
There are over 500 presentations of new office innovations. A warm welcome is extended to all of the people who are
participating for the first time. The organizers of the exhibit wish to thank Itealto Inc. for the use of their facilities. Next year’s
exhibit will be held in Singapore. Pre-registration sources for that will be available at the booth by the entrance.
156. What is the main idea of this exhibit?

(A) Fashion design
(B) Office furniture
(C) Architecture of the business building
(D) Workplace environment
157. What is learned about the last year’s seminar?
(A) The number of the participants went up.
(B) The sources weren’t available.
(C) It was held in Melbourne.
(D) The participants couldn’t register in advance.
169
158. For what is Realto Inc. thanked?
(A) Developing a new model
(B) Giving an exhibit overview
(C) Advertising the new product
(D) Housing the exhibit
Dear Museum Patron.
You are cordially invited to the new Greek architecture exhibition at the Museum's newly opened east wing. The exhibition,
which will run from December 1st to January 30th, features some of the most fascinating architectural pieces from the
Classical period of the 5th century BCE to the end of the 2nd century BCE. There will be a number of special events to
complement the exhibit, including lectures by scholarly experts. Every Friday evening from 7 pm to 9 pm, you can also enjoy
performances ot Greek folk music. Enjoy Greek cuisine at our cafeteria on the top floor as well. As an added bonus to
members, we will be offering a free calendar for next year which contains beautiful pictures of the Greek islands. The event is
co-sponsored by the Greek Embassy and the Society of Greek Architecture. If you need more information, log on to our web
site. To make a group reservation, call us at 617-625-7277. Thank you.
Sincerely yours,
5 utywme/ Peterym/
Suzanne Peterson
The Director of the Pittsburgh Museum of Fine Arts
178. Where can the patron receive more information?
(A) By requesting an information packet
(B) By visiting the museum's homepage
(C) By telephoning the museum
(D) By visiting the Greek embassy
179. Which of the following is NOT offered by the museum?
(A) A chance to taste Greek food
(B) Performances of Greek folk music
(C) A complementary calendar for the coming year
(D) A lecture by local poets
180. Where will the exhibition be held?
(A) On the top floor of the museum
(B) At the Greek embassy in Pittsburgh
(C) In the newly opened section of the museum
(D) On the museum's web site only
**************************
Questions 177 through 180 refer to the following advice.
Attention, Park Rangers!
With the summer vacation season about to begin, the National Parks Authority asks all rangers, old timers, and newbies alike to
memorize the following list of regulations.
Remember the following points when dealing with visitors. All visitors should be made aware of the following regulations when
given admission to the park. You MUST hand a copy of the park regulations to each group of visitors. Failure to do so will be
considered a gross neglect of duty.
* Visitors planning to camp in the park must obtain permits and be assigned campsites. This is necessary to facilitate control of
camper services, as well as to reduce the danger of forest fires. Campers and other visitors who fail to comply with park
regulations are subject to fines for a first offense. Camping permits are available at the following rates:
Campsites A & B: $3.50 a night
$20 for a one-week pass
$50 for one month
Campsites C & D: $2 a night
170
$12 for a one-week pass
$40 for one month
* Visitors must not feed park animals; however, they may participate in supervised animal feedings. The feeding schedules will
be posted near feeding sites.
* Visitors may not pick or pull up any plant or flower within the park limits. This is punishable with fines of up to $150.
* Visitors are responsible for taking home their own trash. Littering or dumping is punishable with fines of up to $500.
This is not our park. It belongs to Mother Nature. Protect it for her by enforcing all park regulations.
177. What is a duty of park rangers?
(A) To feed animals
(B) To give park regulations to visitors
(C) To collect trash
(D) To pay fines
178. Why must campers obtain permits?
(A) To ensure payment of required fees
(B) To avoid camping in dangerous areas
(C) To allow for counting of all campers
(D) To reduce the possibility of forest fires
179. What will happen to visitors who do not follow rules?
(A) They will have to pay a fine.
(B) They will be asked to leave the park.
(C) They will not be allowed to camp in the park.
(D) They will be charged a higher fee.
180. How may park visitors feed the animals?
(A) If they ask a park guard to help them
(B) If they agree to feed them only certain foods
(C) If they join the park's animal-feeding program
(D) Under no circumstances
This weekend marks the opening of the Indianapolis Symphony's 38th season. This year promises an exciting series of
subscription concerts and guest performers. Opening the season is a program highlighting the works of Scandinavian
composers, including pieces by Sibelius, Elgar, and Mussourgsky. The featured soloist is world-renowned cellist Yo Yo Ma.
Friday night's performance is for season ticket holders only, with a reception to follow in honor of the distinguished Mr. Ma.
Saturday night's concert is open to the general public. Don’t miss this show; it’s sure to be one of the season’s highlights!
Doors open at 7:00; curtain at 8:00. Tickets can be purchased in advance at any Ticket-tron outlet or on the day of the event at
the box office.
153. Who will be performing solo at the concert series?
(A) Sibelius
(B) Elgar
(C) YoYoMa
(D) Mussourgsky
154. What night is open to the general public?
(A) Friday
(B) Saturday
(C) Sunday
(D) Monday
155. Where will tickets be sold on the day of the event?
(A) At Ticket-tron outlets
(B) At the box office
(C) In advance
171
(D) At the door
HEALTH
It can sometimes be a challenge to stay healthy even under the best circumstances, but when you are traveling, it is even more
difficult.
Many travel experts suggest eating before leaving for the airport. Cany some fruit or rice cake with you on board and make sure
to drink plenty of water.
If you plan on going out for a business dinner in the evening, try to have a lighter meal for lunch that day.
Always wash your hands before eating, and when you can, try to get protein from sources like tofu, beans, or lentils, rather than
nuts, which may contribute to dehydration.
176. What does the article suggest airline passengers do?

(A) Drinking small amount of water.
(B) Requesting a special meal.
(C) Eating in an airport restaurant
(D) Bringing food along on a trip.
177. According to the article, when should travelers eat a small lunch?
(A) When they are too tired to eat.
(B) When they cannot afford hotel restaurant prices.
(C) When they are on a special diet.
(D) When they are scheduled for a business dinner.
178. What is NOT recommended by the article as a source of protein?
(A) Nuts.
(B) Tofu.
(C) Lentils.
(D) Beans.
Questions 196-200 refer to the following announcement and news.
To use this medicine, this medicine must have been prescribed by your family doctor for your current medical condition only.
You are not allowed to use it for a later treatment or tend or sell it to someone else. A different medication may be necessary
for that person or for your different medical condition.
If you missed your set time for taking the medicine, do not double the dose the next time. You must wait until it is the time for
the next dose, skip the missed dose, and simply resume taking one tablet according to your usual schedule. You should also
store this medicine at a little above room temperature between 22 to 26 degrees and away from direct ray of light. Keep it
away from children.
This medicine could cause the following side effects:
Stomach upset, vomiting, or diarrhea
If these symptoms continue or become severe, inform your doctor. If you notice other side effects not listed above, contact your
family doctor.
ORLANDO EDF Last night a girl named Tina Sharon (6) who was left alone at home took some medicine and was found
unconscious by the time her parents got home and found her lying on the ground. The doctor said that she took 4 pills when a
single pill itself is very strong for normal adults. The doctor and nurses have been trying to pump the pills out all night before
it is fully digested, causing permanent damage. Tina opened her eyes 7 A.M. in the morning and she seems to be healthy other
than that she still vomits a lot and have strong side effects still showing. Tina said that she was hungry and thought it was
candy since her dad always took it every morning. This incident once again shows us how important it is to keep the medicine
away from the children.
172
196. If a person forgets to take their medicine on the set time, what should the person probably do?
(A) Take two tablets the next time.
(B) Contact his/her doctor.
(C) Set up a new dosing schedule.
(D) Continue from the next dose.
197. Where could the medicine be stored the best?
(A) Inside a freezer.
(B) In a bedroom.
(C) On a stove.
(D) In a bathroom.
198. Which is NOT true about the medicine?
(A) The medicine is not to be shared with anyone.
(B) The medicine could cause at least three side effects,
(C) The medicine is given to those who are permitted to take it.
(D) The medicine is not to be taken after a serious surgery.
199. What happened to the little girl Tina?
(A) She was unconscious for many hours from taking pills.
(B) She was carried to the hospital for vomiting.
(C) She was treated with some medicine and showed unknown side effects.
(D) She could have been dead if she did not call her parents.
200. Why did Tina take the pills?
(A) She thought that it was food.
(B) It was prescribed to her for her disease.
(C) She was left alone at home.
(D) She was playing with the medicine.
The leading cause of lung cancer is smoking cigarettes. Tar and nicotine aren’t the only things that are in cigarettes, there are
thousands of chemicals that are used to make the cigarettes more addicting and taste good. Another problem with smoking is
the second-hand smoke. Second-hand smoke affects all of those that are around you when you are smoking. Smoking can
especially be bad in areas where the smoke can’t get out, such as small rooms with closed windows. The smoke that is not
filtered, that comes straight out of the burning tip is the worst because most chemicals won’t get filtered through the other end.
All of that smoke will be trapped in the room, making you inhale the smoke over and over again without getting any fresh air.
Not to mention smokers pollute too, throwing away butts in the streets.
173. What is the main idea of this passage?
(A) Smoking tastes good.
(B) All cigarettes have filters.
(C) To let people know how bad cigarettes are.
(D) Second-hand smoking is worse than first-hand.
174. What statement is not true about cigarettes?
(A) The leading cause of lung cancer is cigarettes.
(B) Smoking tastes better in closed areas.
(C) Second-hand smoke can be dangerous too.
(D) There are thousands of chemicals in a cigarette.
175. According to the passage, what is the worst way to inhale cigarette smoke?
(A) In closed rooms.
(B) Without it running through the filter.
(C) Second-hand.
(D) Tar and nicotine.
*****************
173
New York — There has been a 20% reduction in the number of smokers amongst teenagers over the last 5 years according to a
new study published in the New England Journal of Medicine.
This has been attributed to an increase in television, newspaper and magazine ads directed toward young people which educate
them on the health risks associated with smoking. There also have been improved anti-smoking educational materials
developed for school programs, and these have also helped to reduce smoking in teens.
A large part of these plans has been paid by settlements reached between state governments and tobacco companies in lawsuits
brought within the last decade. A total of $306 billion dollars has been paid by the tobacco companies.
171. What is the article mainly about?
(A) Tobacco companies advertising their products
(B) A reduction in teens' use of a harmful product
(C) An educational campaign focusing on adults
(D) A lawsuit brought against smokers
172. Which is NOT mentioned in the article as a method used to educate teens?
(A) Television ads
(B) School programs
(C) Pamphlets
(D) Magazine ads
***********************
MEMO
To: All employees

From: Health and Welfare
Re: Sick Leave
As we are entering the year-end holiday season, we are also entering the flu season, and a lot of people will continue to work no
matter how badly they feel. These sick people will go to work, spreading their germs and the misery that goes with them to
their co-workers. Please don’t feel that this is what you have to do. Don’t feel that others will think you are being lazy. We
urge you to stay home for a couple of days if you come down with the flu. Sick workers probably cost companies more money
by going to work sick than if they take time off to recuperate. So get well, and keep the rest of the office happy and healthy
this holiday season. /
162. What advice is given here?
(A) Don’t use your sick leave
(B) Go to the hospital if you are sick
(C) Stay home when you are sick
(D) Exercise regularly to prevent illness
163. In \yhich season is this memo being released?
(A) Winter
(B) Spring
(C) Summer
(D) Fall
164. What does the memo imply?
(A) That workers are reluctant to take sick leave
(B) That Health and Welfare is an influential department
(C) That it will soon be vacation time
(D) That sick workers will suffer a pay cut
Questions 186 through 190 refer to the following memo and chart.
Memo
To: All Employees
174
From: Health and Safety
Re: Employees Health
This is not something that we have done before, but this year we have compiled a chart of all the health problems for which we
have treated workers over the past 12 months. We have decided that by sharing this information, we might be able to
encourage some of you to take more care in the workplace. A lot of these problems could be avoided with just a little bit of
common sense. While we are glad not to have to treat most of you for anything serious, and although we do enjoy the pleasure
of your company, we would rather not have to treat any of you for accidents and incidents which are entirely avoidable by
following safety regulations; wearing reinforced boots to protect your toes, wearing safety goggles, keeping ear plugs with you
at all times so you have them when you need them, and above all, we urge you to wash your hands before eating. Take a look
at the chart and you’ll see what we mean. We’ve also divided the data by sex, so men - don’t let the ladies beat you next year.
We are planning on compiling a table next year, too, so let’s see if we can really cut down those numbers.
A breakdown of most common medical treatments needed by employees during the year 2005. Based on figures compiled by
the Health and Safely Department
Number of cases
Health issue Male Employees* Female Employees*
Requiring
Minorhospitalization
Minor Requiring hospitalization
Broken toes 23 2 2 0
Ingested chemicals (not washing hands after handling42
chemicals)
1 24 2
Hearing problems 31 0 13 0
Perforated ear drum 0 1 0 0
Foreign body in the eye 54 10 24 3
Last year female employees stood at 145, male employees 156.
186. What is the purpose of this memo and chart?

(A) To provide the safety department with something to do
(B) To encourage workers to be more careful
(C) To show that the company has a poor safety record
(D) To prove that the health and safety department has been working hard
187. What could be inferred about female employees?
(A) They are less careful about safety than men.
(B) They are more careful about safety than men.
(C) They have more accidents than men.
(D) They have as many accidents as men.
188. Why does the Health and Safety department urge workers to wash their hands before eating?
(A) It is common etiquette.
(B) It may prevent them from ingesting toxins.
(C) The work place is very dirty.
D) There is a surplus of liquid soap.
189. What is the most commonly occurring health issue?
(A) Ingestion of chemicals
(B) Broken toes
(C) Something getting in workers’ eyes
(D) Hearing trouble
190. What is the Health and Safety department trying to communicate to workers?
(A) These accidents are avoidable with care.
(B) They were too busy last year.
(C) They want to reduce the size of the department.
(D) They don’t like being disturbed by other employees.
175
Questions 181 through 185 refer to the following enquiry and response.
56 Reynolds Fields,
Manor Estate,
Hartley, NY 00679
January 5th
Wisdom Insurance Co.,
782A Alton Tower
New York, NY 00992
Dear Sirs,
I am interested in taking out a health insurance policy and am looking around to find the best policy for my needs. A friend of
mine is already a customer of Wisdom Insurance and suggested that I write to you for information. I belonged to a company
health insurance plan before I became self-employed about six months ago. I know that it is a little unwise to have waited so
long before setting something up, but to be honest, I have just been so busy with my new business that it completely slipped
my mind.
I would like to know how much and what type of coverage I should get. Also, how much should I expect to pay in monthly
premiums? I am currently 43 years of age. I am in good health and have never been hospitalized. I would also like my wife to
be covered by my policy.
I look forward to your response.
Sincerely,
Jason Williams
Wisdom Insurance Co.,

782A Alton Tower
New York, NY 00992
January 8th
Ref.# NA993
56 Reynolds Reids,
Manor Estate,
Hartley, NY 00679
Dear Mr. Williams,
Below, you will find a chart that shows average out-of-pocket costs for medical expenditures for uninsured mid-life women and
men by type of service. (Mid-life refers to those persons aged 45 to 64.)
Our most basic policies start at a monthly premium of $32, and rise according to each client’s needs. I think it would be best for
one of our agents to schedule a no-obligation home visit to discuss our various policies, at your earliest convenience. If you are
interested, please call 1-800-733-3377.
181. Why did Jason Williams write to Wisdom Insurance?

(A) He is a loyal customer.
176
(B) The company was recommended to him.
(C) He saw their advertisement.
(D) His wife asked him to.
182. According to the table, which of the following is the largest expense, excluding
hospital stays?
(A) Outpatient services for men and women
(B) Prescription drugs for men and outpatient care for women
(C) Physician visits for men and prescription drugs for women
(D) Home health visits for men and women
183. Which of the following can you conclude from this table?
(A) Men spend more on medical services.
(B) Men pay for the medical services of their wives.
(C) Women spend more for medical services.
(D) Prescription drugs are cheap.
184. What is the minimum Mr. Williams can expect to pay?
(A) $41
(B) $32
(C) $212
(D) $53
185. What does John Fogerty mean by a “no-obligation” home visit?
(A) Mr. Williams does not have to agree to the visit.
(B) Mr. Williams will be under no pressure to take out a policy.
(C) Mr. Williams must agree to sign a contract.
(D) Mr. Fogerty will not require Mr. Williams to visit his office.
Questions 156 and 157 refer to the following report.
According to a study by the pharmaceutical company Medco, a new bone-building drug can halve the rate of broken hips in
some high-risk women. The study on the drug Endron, published earlier this week, offers evidence that treatment can prevent
the worst effects of osteoporosis, a disease causing thinning, easily breakable bones. In the study, researchers followed 2,027
women, aged between 55 and 80, who had porous bones and a history of fractures. After three years, those taking the
medication had: 51% fewer broken hips, 40% fewer broken finger bones, and 44% fewer broken wrists. Medco plans to start
marketing the drug as soon as it has been granted federal approval.
156. What is the purpose of this report?
(A) To notify readers of a new treatment for a disease
(B) To notify readers of a new disease
(C) To notify readers of the rate of broken bones in women aged between 55 and 80
(D) To study a new drug
157. Which of the following participated in the study?
(A) Several thousand women with broken hips
(B) Women who suffered broken bones
(C) Women under 55 or over 80
(D) Women who had broken their spines
Questions 177 through 180 refer to the following articles.
Special Promotional Feature
No one cares about your children more than you and Andersen Child Care. With summer just around the corner, here is the
latest in our series of health care tips.
No parent wants their child to have memories of painful sun burns and itchy peeling skin. Summer can be fun, as long as it
includes protection from the sun. As summer approaches, children and adults want to spend more time outdoors. Even though
it feels good to sit in the warm sun and to be outside on a summer afternoon, parents need to be aware that the sun can be
177
dangerous. In fact, a severe sun burn before the age of 18 can double the risk of skin cancer later in life. Here's how you can
allow your family to enjoy the summer heat safely.
How to have “Safe Fun in the Sun”

- Protect babies under six months of age from any prolonged exposure to the sun.
- Always use a high sun protection factor (SPF) sunscreen from the Andersen Child Care range for babies and young children.
Talk to your doctor about the proper sunscreen for you and your baby if you are not sure which SPF is right.
- Be aware that children with any skin tone can get sunburned.
- Wear long-sleeved T-shirts and a hat when playing outside. Andersen has a great range to choose from.
- During times of greatest sun exposure, between 10 a.m. and 3 p.m., have children do indoor activities.
177. What’s the main point of this article?
(A) To spend more time in the sun
(B) To talk to your doctor more often
(C) To spend less time in the sun
(D) To teach preventive measures against getting skin cancer
178. Why was this article written?
(A) To promote public health and safety
(B) To promote a brand of children’s products
(C) To encourage outdoor activities
(D) To encourage people to spend time with their children
179. When is the best time for children to play outside?
(A) Before they are six months old
(B) After they are 19 years old
(C) Before 10 a.m. and after 3 p.m.
(D) Between 10 a.m. and 3 p.m.
180. Which of the following statements is NOT true?
(A) Getting sunburned once or twice has no lasting effects.
(B) Babies and young children should wear a sunscreen with a high level of protection.
(C) Kids should wear hats and long-sleeves if they play outdoors.
(D) All children can get sunburned, regardless of skin color.
Questions 181 through 185 refer to the following letter and response.
Highland Health Clinic
30 Highland Boulevard
Ross, CA 98759
February 23, 2006
Discount Medical Supplies,
2727 Canyon Rd.
Oakland, CA 94577
Dear Sirs,
I am the medical supplies manager of the pharmacy within a small health clinic. An acquaintance of mine who holds the same
position as I at the Marshlands clinic, recently recommended that I use your services. He informed me that your products are
of excellent quality, but are also very reasonably priced.
I would like to order the following items, and have included the relevant catalog numbers:
• Item No. G32 Gauze, 10 __________ 4 inch rolls
• Item No. G33 Gauze, 10 __________ 2 inch rolls
• Item No. H244 Aspirin, 3 __________ 1,000 pill jar
• Item No. M89 Vitamin C, 6 __________ 100 pill jar
• Item No. M90 Vitamin E, 6 __________ 100 pill jar
• Item No. S9 Saline Solution, 10x2 liters
178
Please let me know how long it will take to fill this order, and invoice me at the above address.
Sincerely,
Leonard Orlandini
Discount Medical Supplies

2727 Canyon Rd.
Oakland, CA 94577
Tel: 510-584-2323
Fax: 510-584-1579
February 25, 2006
Leonard Orlandini
Highland Health Clinic
30 Highland Boulevard
Ross, CA 98759
Dear Mr. Orlandini,
Thank you for your recent order with Discount Medical Supplies. We received your purchase order 02-7655-95 on February 24,
2006. Unfortunately, the following items are not currently in stock:
* Item No. G32 Gauze, 4 inch rolls
* Item No. G33 Gauze, 2 inch rolls
We have these on backorder and will ship them within three weeks. Let me know if this delay is a serious inconvenience. The
rest of your order is being processed and will be shipped within the next three days. Thank you for your business, and we look
forward to serving you again in the future.
Sincerely,
Mary Bamford
Shipping Clerk
181. How did Mr. Orlandini hear about Discount Medical Supplies?
(A) The company was recommended by a colleague.
(B) He found their site on the Internet.
(C) He saw their ad in the newspaper.
(D) The company was recommended by a doctor at the clinic.
182. Where does Mr. Orlandini work?
(A) At a large general hospital
(B) In an army medical center
(C) The Marshlands clinic
(D) At a private clinic
183. What is the purpose of Mary Bamford’s letter?
(A) To confirm that the order has been shipped
(B) To apologize for a serious inconvenience
(C) To notify a customer of delayed shipment
(D) To thank a customer for their business
184. What kind of reputation does Discount Medical Supplies have?
(A) They are low priced, but low quality.
(B) They offer excellent quality at reasonable prices.
(C) They sell excellent products, but are slow to deliver.
(D) They are helpful and efficient.
185. When will most of the order be shipped?
(A) In three weeks
(B) By February 28, 2006
(C) By March 1, 2006
179
(D) On February 25, 2006
Worried that you or someone in your family is at risk of hurting the other members of your family? Try the People’s
Community Clinic—we have over 20 years of experience assisting people just like you.
The People’s Community Clinic is a public service organization open to all members of the local community who feel they and
their family are in need of assistance in dealing with substance abuse. Mediated, anti-violence workshops for family members
of substance abusers are available at your local People’s Community Clinic at regular scheduled times, or by appointment.
Schedules vary from site to site, so please call before you come in. It has been our experience that the workshops are most
helpful when all family members are able to attend, but don’t feel that you cannot attend alone: sometimes it helps just
knowing that you are not the only person in your situation. Group sessions are free and open to the public. Private counseling
is available by appointment only. All applicants for private counseling must submit to a screening interview. Private
counseling fees are calculated on a sliding scale, based on your ability to pay. If your family is at risk, don’t wait until the
violence begins. It is not shameful to seek help. Our fully-qualified counselors are all professionals who will listen and advise
you without judgment. Call or come in today.
People’s Community Clinic
We’re here for you.
169. What is the cost of group sessions?
(A) Fees are based on a sliding scale.
(B) They are free.
(C) It is based on your ability to pay.
(D) The advertisement doesn’t say.
170. How does one arrange for a private session?
(A) Just come in
(B) Come with your family
(C) Make an appointment
(D) Get a doctor’s approval
171. Who are the workshops intended for?
(A) Substance abusers
(B) Families of substance abusers
(C) Violent families
(D) Criminals
172. How is the cost of private counseling sessions decided?
(A) They charge according to the number of people attending.
(B) It depends upon the family’s disposable income.
(C) It is up to the family members to decide how much they want to pay.
(D) Families pay according to how long the session lasts.
A pharmaceutical company in southern China claims that it has developed an antismoking candy. According to a China Pharm
spokesperson, the candy suppressed the desire to smoke in 90°/o of people using the candy as a tobacco substitute in
experiments conducted by the company over the past 12 months. The candy, which can be viewed on the company’s website,
is a small, round, chewable candy which is currently available in cherry and coffee flavors. The company says it is working to
expand the range of flavors to include lemon, mint, and raspberry. Unlike a number of antismoking gums and candies, the
candy developed by China Pharm does not contain nicotine, making it attractive to smokers who wish to eliminate nicotine
completely from their system. China Pharm says that the candy, which will be marketed in the United States under the name
“Easy Quit,” is made from medicinal herbs and based on ancient Chinese traditional medicine. The company claims that the
combination of herbs works in accordance with ancient Chinese therapies to realign the energy flow of the body and block the
desire to smoke. The candy has been a big hit since it went on sale in China two months ago, with stores reporting lines of
people waiting to buy it. The candy is still subject to FDA approval in the US, but China Pharm anticipates it going on sale in
major American drugstores later this year. “Easy Quit” will retail for around $2.99 for a pack of 30.
180
173. What is the topic of this article?
(A) The development of a new type of nicotine-free tobacco
(B) The development of a candy to help people give up smoking
(C) The development of a candy which reduced the harmful side effects of smoking
(D) The development of new flavors for candy
174. How is this product different from others already on the market?
(A) It comes in a wider range of flavors.
(B) It does not contain nicotine.
(C) It is much cheaper than other brands.
(D) It is the first Chinese brand.
175. Why is the candy not yet on sale in the United States?
(A) It is awaiting federal approval.
(B) The shipments have been held up at customs.
(C) China Pharm has no plan to sell it in the US.
(D) There is no interest among American consumers.
176. Where will customers in the US be able to get this product?
(A) On prescription from their doctor
(B) By mail order via the Internet
(C) In major drug stores
(D) In supermarkets
EDUCATION ISSUES
Questions 181-185 refer to the following letter and e-mail.
RICHFIELD HIGH CLASS OF 2004
Richfield high school graduates! Have you been updating yourself with your classmates recently? If you haven't, this is the time
for you to take some memorable action. Also, we’re pleased to announce that your classmate, John Anderson, has joined the
Richfield volunteer network as your Class Correspondent. Originally, this crucial role of Correspondent has been held by
Jennifer Lee, who also has managed our network successfully and securely as Class Fund Chair since 2006. Here are the duties
of Class Correspondents:
• Keep the class up-to-date on classmate’s milestones
• Update Richfield on your address, phone and email changes
• Submit Class Notes for the Quarterly
• Arrange class meetings for various occasions
Richfield’s strong bonds start from your very participation. The deadline for including your news in the fall Quarterly is August
15th! Please keep in touch with John and other classmates from Class of 2004 by contacting him via cell phone or email as
listed below.
John Anderson, Class Correspondent 217-721-0979 cell phone janderson@gmail.com
Jennifer Lee, Class Fund Chair 516-322-0705 cell phone JenniAngel@ml.com
Richfield High School, Alumni & Development Office, www.richfield-high.edu Questions? Please call Elizabeth Hamington at
860-843-6222.
From: <jamesbn@hotmail.com>
To: <janderson@gmail.com>
Subject: UPDATE FROM JAMES BOURNE, CLASS OF 2004
Hey John, long time no see! This is James Bourne, your favorite roommate at School House dormitory. I hope you remember
me. It was so good to see your name on the letter I received from Richfield. So you have become our Class Correspondent!
Now there’s more than enough reason for me to keep you updated with my recent stories.
Currently, I am attending Harvard Law School as a sophomore. Life here with other highly qualified lawyers-to-be is quite
strenuous. However, I am enjoying every bit of the challenge. What about you? Did you manage to take summer courses at
181
Paris? I still remember you wanted to go to Paris and take art courses at a college there. I hope everything’s going well with
you. Alright, John. Drop me an email when you get this message and take care.
Truly,
James
181. Which one is NOT considered as a job of Class Correspondents?

(A) Correct or update correct information at Richfield.
(B) Inform all class members of important events.
(C) Make a visit to a classmate’s apartment.
(D) Gather recent news and publish them in the Quarterly magazine.
182. Who has been the Class Correspondent since the graduation of Class '04?
(A) James Bourne.
(B) Jennifer Lee.
(C) Elizabeth Hamington.
(D) John Anderson.
183. What does the letter suggest you to do?
(A) Either call or email John to update your news.
(B) Go visit the school website in order to make donations.
(C) Write an email to Jennifer about problems with your car.
(D) Call Elizabeth to complain on the dormitory food.
184. In the email, which field is James majoring in?
(A) Electrical Engineering.
(B) Music.
(C) Psychology.
(D) Law.
185. In the e-mail, the word “strenuous" in passage 2, line 9 is closest in meaning to
(A) Relaxing.
(B) Exhausting.
(C) Clumsy.
(D) Jealous.
Questions 191-195 refer to the following information and email.
Estimated Costs for Georgia University 2005-06
In-State Freshmen
- Tuition (15 credits per semester): $10,998
- Matriculation fee: $882
- Other fees and taxes: $43
- Housing (double room/20-meal plan): $5,788
Total for two semesters: $23,711
Non In-State Freshmen
- Tuition (15 credits per semester): $28,751
- Matriculation fee: $882
- Other fees and taxes: $43
- Housing (double room/20-meal plan): $5,788
Total for two semesters: $35,464
Totals include tuition and fee rebates. Tuition, fees, and housing charges are subject to change by the Georgia University Board
of Trustees without notice. Other housing options are available. Books and supplies cost approximately $854 per year,
depending on courses chosen. A reasonable budget for two semesters (August-May) would be $26,005 for an in-state freshman
and $37,758 for a non-Georgia freshman. This includes an amount for personal expenses, which will vary from student to
student. International students have additional required fees related to health insurance and miscellaneous expenses.
182
To: Admissions@Georgia.edu
From: StanBay@Georgia.edu
Subj: Dear Georgia University Office of Admissions
Hi, my name is Stan Bayley, an incoming freshman from New Mexico state. The reason 1 am writing this email to you is
because I have been accepted to Georgia University, but I just cannot find the way to pay for all the tuition and other expenses.
I’ve already applied for FAFSA to get loans and grants, but I don’t hear from them. It has always been my dream to go to
Georgia University and I don’t want to miss this opportunity of my lifetime to attend there. I would really appreciate it if you
could suggest to me ways to pay for the tuition and other expenses. Thank you very much. I appreciate your help.
Stan
191. How would you describe the first letter?

(A) It is a letter written to introduce Georgia University,
(B) It is a list of scholarships available at Georgia University.
(C) it is a letter about school expenses at Georgia University.
(D) It contains information about the life at Georgia University.
192. What can you say about the in-state and non in-state fees?
(A) They are not so different from each other.
(B) They differentiate in only one category of the costs.
(C) Non in-state total cost includes cost of a plane ticket.
(D) The number of credits included is different.
193. Why do international students have additional required fees?
(A) The school spends money to bring them to the U S
(B) Their plane ticket costs more money.
(C) it costs money when you first live abroad.
(D) They have a couple of additional payments they have to make.
194. What kind of situation is Stan in?
(A) He is short of money to go to Georgia University.
(B) He really wants to go to Georgia University although he was rejected.
(C) His family is moving to another country but he wants to go to Georgia University.
(D) He is trying to get scholarships or grants so that he can go to Georgia University without paying.
195. Which of the following would have helped Stan the most?
(A) If he wrote a better email to touch the admission officer’s hearts.
(B) If he himself looked for all the scholarships he can.
(C) If he lived near Georgia University.
(D) If he sold his expensive items.
Questions 186-190 refer to the following notice and email.
Dear Washington University Freshman Students,
Although you are a freshman in college, things you do NOW will affect your success when it's time to leave WU. Because of
this, I offer some advice on how to get the job or attend the professional school you want after graduation:
1. GRADES ARE IMPORTANT. Employers and graduate programs use grades as a screening tool for interviews
and applications. Get off to a strong start your first year by working on your study skills.
2. IT'S NEVER TOO EARLY TO START PLANNING. Begin exploring your options for the future now. Visit
the Natural Science Career Web at http://www.ns.wu.edu/acrc/ care exploration/index.asp to team more about career options.
There will be many career events this semester-you can find a list at http://events.csp.wu.edu/.
3. DEVELOP YOUR WRITING AND SPEAKING SKILLS.
183
Good communication skills are the number one personal trait desired these days, according to the National Association of
Collegiate Employers. The Writing Center (http://writing.wu.edu) can help you with writing assignments, or even creating a
PowerPoint presentation.
There are lots of resources at WU that will help you succeed both academically and personally. Your residence hall mentors,
your professors, your academic advisors, and all the other support staff at WU can help you and want you to be successful.
Make sure you use your support network to the fullest, and enjoy your first year at WU!
Dr. John Roses
Professor in WU
Roses@wu.edu
To: Roses@wu.edu
From: Chonggg@wu.edu
Subj: Dr. Roses, where can I apply for scholarships?
Dear Dr. Roses,
As I was reading your letter, I thought that you would also be glad to help us with our financial situation. Right now, I
desperately need scholarships to pay for my tuition and I was wondering if you could direct me to where I can find and apply
for the scholarships I need.
I greatly appreciate your advice for they have helped me. I want to study hard and later be able to contribute back to what
Washington University has given me.
Thank you very much.
Sincerely,
Tomas
186. To whom is Dr. Roses addressing?

(A) Students who are about to graduate.
(B) Students who are looking for careers.
(C) Students who have done exceptionally well academically.
(D) Students who are first year in college.
187. What is NOT one of the three things Dr. Roses advises the students to do?
(A) Read lots of books to gain knowledge in every aspect.
(B) Obtain good grades starting with good studying habits.
(C) Start preparing for your future and jobs.
(D) Be able to write and speak well.
188. Who is one of the people that can help students to have a successful year in college?
(A) Your roommate.
(B) Residence hall mentors.
(C) Other upper-class students.
(D) Teacher’s assistances.
189. What is the purpose of the student’s email?
(A) To ask Dr. Roses for more advice.
(B) To find out where he can get scholarships to pay for his tuition.
(C) To find out what types of scholarships there are.
(D) To find out the deadlines for the scholarships.
190. How would you describe the student’s attitude?
(A) He is let down and depressed.
(B) He is zealous.
(C) He is lazy.
(D) He is indifferent.
184
Questions 196-200 refer to the following instruction and letter.
Northwestern University
Entering Fitness Room daily
Student, Faculty/Staff $3.00
Alumni $7.00 or $8.00
One Semester
Students $90 Includes all group exercise & outdoor pool
Students $75 Fitness Rooms ONLY
Faculty/Staff $90 Fitness Rooms ONLY
Faculty/Staff $105 Includes all group exercise & outdoor pool
Alumni $175 or $195
Two Semesters
Alumni Not available to alumni
Three Semesters
Alumni $400 or $420
Alumni add a $ 10.00 IM picture ID charge if you are purchasing a pass for the first time.
Hello, I am student at Northwestern University and I wanted to ask you a question. The question is how come most of my
family who have gone to N.U. and have also donated thousands of dollars of money still have to pay for the fitness room fee,
which is so small compared to the donation that our family gave to the school? My dad came back exasperated last night,
because he had to pay about $400 dollars to go to the gym for 18 months. He said that he could just come back but, because he
loves and has pride in N.U. that he could not and that he just paid the money as if he’s donating to the school. I think the
alumni should be treated differently, especially the ones who have sacrificed themselves for the enhancement and betterment
of the school. They should be able to use any of the school facilities for free and come and use it as if it is their home. In fact,
isn’t it their home? I hope what I’ve said here isn’t rude but a good suggestion. And I recommend you talk to my dad the next
time. Thank you for your attention.
Jaime
196. Which of the following describes the list correctly?
(A) It is a list of prices for different social activities available in a college.
(B) It is a chart of the changes in development over the semesters.
(C) It is a list of fines against entering the gym without permission in each semester.
(D) It is a table of prices to use the gym by periods and groups of people.
197. Which group would be most likely to use the fitness room at the lowest price?
(A) Jaime’s family.
(B) Students from Northwestern University.
(C) Faculty members.
(D) Students who graduated from Northwestern University.
198. What is true about the policy N.U. has for their alumni?
(A) The alumni do not have to pay if they have donated fund to the school.
(B) The alumni will get $10 back if they have come for the first time.
(C) The alumni can purchase the membership cheaper than other groups.
185
(D) The alumni cannot purchase two- semester membership.
199. What does Jaime say about his dad?
(A) His dad came back exasperated because of all the money he donated.
(B) His dad came back home excited for not being able to exercise in N.U.
(C) His dad was rejected getting membership at the fitness room.
(D) His dad loves N.U. and has donated lots of money.
200. What does Jaime say about how the school should treat the alumni?
(A) The school must keep asking the alumni to donate money to the school.
(B) The school must offer them free food in the cafeteria.
(C) The school must treat alt the alumni with respect and generosity.
(D) The school must disregard the alumni who never donated money to the school.
Leading Music Program
Imagine millions of people tuning to the radio, only to hear some of the music you have made. Meet lots of artists, make new
beats, and have the industry’s biggest artists testing your beats and buying them from you. Get lucky, and they will buy your
beats for a huge chunk of money, and maybe even put your name on one of their songs they write.
Interact and work with people with the same dream from all across the country.
Use new mixers and drum machines to take your sound to a new level. Meet top artists such as 40 cent, Badakiss and more and
listen to their success stories when they come in as guest speakers.
We have 6 different programs, each program 2 weeks, for a combined 12 week program to boost your skills and knowledge
about music. Sharpen your skills in classes such as mixing, recording, punching in beats, overall producing, and more. Begin
the orientation meeting in Sacramento California, and move to different places like New York, Miami, and Philadelphia. One
of our students last year from Texas is now very successful after he took our program.
164. What kind of courses are being offered?

(A) Traveling.
(B) Making money.
(C) Producing music.
(D) Punching.
165. What place is a course NOT held in?
(A) Texas.
(B) Sacramento.
(C) Philadelphia.
(D) New York.
166. What does this program guarantee?
(A) Making money.
(B) Meeting every artist in the business.
(C) Will sharpen your music skills.
(D) People will listen to you on the radio.
Questions 165-166 refer to the following notice
Dimond High School Senior Class of 2004 Reunion
Dear Classmate:
A class reunion is in the process of being organized for the class of 04. We are planning to do something by the middle of
December this year. Details will follow soon about when and where. So far, we are gathering names and addresses to get a
head count. Please get the bottom portion of the letter to Se Joon Cha by the end of July 30th, 2006.
Your classmate, Se Joon Cha
Se Joon Cha
637 Giroux Circle
Anchorage, AK 99515 - E-mail se_joonee@hotmail.com
186
Phone # (907)644-7090
Dimond High School Senior Class of 2004 Reunion
_______________________________is/is not interested in the DHS class
reunion. (Please circle your response)
Thanks, an e-mail or a call will be made for more information. Please include your e-mail and phone number and address so I
can contact you. Hope to see all of you there.
165. What does Se Joon wish to find out?

(A) The number of classmates he had in 2004.
(B) How many people from 2004 wish to attend the reunion.
(C) What his classmates are doing with their lives.
(D) Whether or not a reunion is being held.
166. What does the bottom half of the receipt ask to do?
(A) Send a check or money order.
(B) Write down your phone number, address, and e-mail.
(C) Write all addresses of the classmates you know.
(D) Make a donation.
Questions 191-195 refer to the following article and email.
ENGINEERS ON THE MOVE CALENDAR
Engineers on the Move offers networking, education, and a support group for engineers making job or career transitions. A
guest speaker is featured the first Thursday of each month in the State Employment Program (SEP) Office at 745 NW Fifth
Avenue, Suite 450, Richmond. In addition to these monthly presentations, the SEP offers career workshops to assist engineers
and engineering students in identifying satisfying job and career opportunities. These workshops typically meet one evening
per week from 4:30 to 8 pm for six consecutive weeks.
The following speakers are scheduled for Engineers On The Move. If you would like additional information about the Engineers
in Transition program or the SEP career workshops, contact Michael Short, Shar Chadwick, or Michael Johnson at 603-488-
2958.
April 6 Rick Hart - Mechanical Engineer to carpenter/cabinet maker
May 4 Holly Grove - Nuclear Engineer to restaurant owner
June 8 Robert Nosewich - Electrical Engineer to Deputy Staff
July 6 Nancy Bianca - Civil Engineer to rug dealer and travel agent
To: Samantha Hare, Manager of Engineers on the Move

From: Holly Grove
Dear Mrs. Hare, this is Holly Grove, scheduled to guest speak on May 4th to the people of Engineers On The Move. I am very
thankful and delighted that you have invited me to such a place. However, I am terribly sorry that I cannot make it. I’m afraid
my mother from Ohio is visiting me on May 4-14th, and I even told the managers at my restaurant to watch over the place for
me. I am very sorry for the inconvenience, and if you would like, I can re-schedule for anytime after the 14th. Thank you.
196. When does “Engineers On The Move” meet?

(A) Twice a week.
(B) Once a week.
(C) Every other Thursday.
(D) Once a month.
197. Why was “Engineers On The Move” formed?
(A) To help people locate an engineer.
(B) To help engineers make career changes.
(C) To help people become engineers.
187
(D) To help engineers advance their profession.
198. What is remarkable about Holly Grove?
(A) She used to work in a restaurant.
(B) She is a Nuclear Engineer.
(C) She owns a restaurant.
(D) She helps coordinate the Engineers in Transition Program.
199. Who speaks on July 6th?
(A) Nancy Bianca.
(B) Robert Nosewich.
(C) Michael Short.
(D) Rick Hart.
200. Why does Holly Grove say she can’t make it to the meeting?
(A) Her mother is coming to visit her.
(B) Her mother wants her to go visit her.
(C) The restaurant will be busy for a while.
(D) She is delighted, but doesn’t want to go.
*****************
Sassy Children’s
Day Camp
1873 Play Place
Seattle, WA 29909
June 13
Mr. David Campbell
1987 Workers Drive
Seattle, WA 29903
Dear Mr. Campbell
We appreciate your interest in our July Day Camp program, and we wish to confirm that you will enroll your children in the
program. As you are aware, our program offers the chance for your children to have many exciting experiences, both here at
our facility, and at other locations in and around the city where we occasionally go on field trips. These field trips include
visits to museums, amusement parks, trips to swimming pools, as well as nature walks, for which we have guides who are
knowledgeable in the local animal and plant life. We make a serious effort to make every day at camp fun and educational.
Your letter to us stated that you have three children, which means that you are eligible for our special group discount. The cost
per child for the month for a single child is $599, but with three or more children, the cost is only $509, a 15 percent saving!
This means you will need to pay the low total price of S1.527 for your entire family to attend the camp. Also, if your children
have other friends who wish to attend the camp, they can enjoy the same savings if you book them all at once.
We look forward to your confirmation, and we look forward to seeing your wonderful kids here at Sassy Children’s Day Camp.
Sincerely,
Jesse James
Jesse James. Director
Sassy Children’s Day Camp
167. What is the purpose of this letter to Mr. Campbell?
(A) To confirm the children's enrollment
(B) To advise him of the services they offer
(C) To encourage him to have children
(D) To book tickets at the museum
168. How many children, at a minimum, must be booked together for the camp in order to qualify for a discount?
(A) 1
(B) 2
188
(C) 3
(D) 4
169. Which of the following is NOT a benefit of the program?
(A) It's educational.
(B) It’s free.
(C) It's exciting for children.
(D) It’s cheerful.
Questions 186-190 refer to the following introduction and e-mail.
Honors College Information Sessions
Congratulations students, for your excellent academic achievement during your first semester at ASU. The Honors College is
pleased to offer you an opportunity to learn more about Honors College membership. You are invited to attend one of the
Honors College introductory sessions noted below:
January 23 - Monday - 129 Shody Hall - 4:30-5:30 pm January 24 - Tuesday - Cl06 Colmes Hall - 4:30-5:30 pm
First-year students may apply for membership in the Honors College during their second semester if they maintain at least a 3.5
G.P.A. and expect to reach sophomore standing by the end of the semester. If you are interested in applying after attending one
of these sessions, you will schedule a time to meet with an Honors College adviser in Eustace-Cole Hall.
If you cannot attend any session, you can make an appointment BEGINNING JANUARY 30 with an I Ionors College adviser
by using the on-line scheduling system.
Henry D. Cogner
Dean, The Honors College Email: cogner@asu.edu
TO: Henry Cogner <cogner@asu.edu>

FROM: Jimmy Dashes <dashesjim@hotmail.com>
SUBJECT: RE: Honors College Information Sessions
Dear Prof. I lenry Cogner,
My name is Jimmy Dashes and I am a freshman in Arizona State University. Even before coming into ASU, I've heard great
things about the I Ionors College and one of the goals that I’ve set this year was to get into the I Ionors College. But I feel that
I've had to come a long way to even apply for the Honors College. My family's business has been going down ever since we
moved to Arizona and last semester. I didn't get the money for the scholarship I canted, which was going to be used for my
tuitions. So I had to work 12 hours a day every day for two months from September to November. Then at the end of
November, before the final exam period. I got into a car accident, and I had to spend one week in the hospital.
My current G.P.A. after the first semester is 3.3. And I know that the G.P.A. has to be over 3.5 to be eligible to apply for the
Honors College. However, I plead with you Prof. Cogner that you consider my situation and how it was inevitable for me to
do not as well as I could and not get over 3.5 G.P.A. I thank you for your time and attention. Prof. Cogner.
Sincerely,
Jimmy Dashes
ASU freshman
186. What is the purpose of the first passage?
(A) To recruit staff to help students who apply for Honors College
(B) To find students among juniors to join Honors College membership
(C) To offer students with high overall grade studying in Arizona State University
(D) To look for any students who can make to the introductory sessions
187. In which hall would you meet with an Honors College advisor?
(A) Shody Hall
(B) Eustace-Cole Hall
(C) Honors Hall
(D) Colmes Hall
188. What should students who cannot make it to introductory sessions do?
(A) You can visit the Honors College office to make an appointment with an advisor.
189
(B) You can go on the internet to make ar appointment with an advisor.
(C) You can read the Honors College Handbook instead.
(D) You just go ahead and pick up the application to turn it in.
189. Which one describes the student’s emotional state in the email most accurately?
(A) He is satisfied with what he had to go through.
(B) He is very anxious that Prof. Cogner will not accept him.
(C) He has no ambition to enter the college.
(D) He is sincere and hopeful.
190. What is NOT true about the student?
(A) He had to miss two months of school for working.
(B) He got into a car accident last semester.
(C) His family is not able to support him financially right now.
(D) He really wants to get into the Honors College.
Questions 159-190 refer to the following agreement.
I have read the above information regarding my child’s field trip, and I agree to allow him/her to attend under the supervision of
Principal Skinner and his/her teacher Mr. C lancy Wiggum. I am enclosing the $5 insurance fee with this document, and I
understand that students may travel by Inis, or in a car with a licensed driver appointed by the school. I also waive any right to
bring a lawsuit against the school or its employees in the most unfortunate event of a mishap involving my child, provided that
said employees adhere to the guidelines described in this document.
Signature__________________ Date ______________
159. What is the parent giving permission for the child to do?
(A) Go to school
(B) Start a lawsuit
(C) Follow the guidelines
(D) Go on a field trip
160. What is the $5 fee for?
(A) Insurance
(B) Bus fare
(C) Car fare
(D) To pay for the field trip
****************************
Questions 169 through 172 refer to the following memo and advertisement.
Memo
To: Brenda, Mike, Simon & Tina
From: Nancy
Re: Teacher Training Fall Admissions Publicity Campaign
As we get ready to publicize the college for the new school year, I thought I would give you some updated information to take
to schools and colleges. We're hoping that these might help some of the more undecided students make up their minds about
teacher training and convince them that the LA City University Teacher Training Program is right for them. As you know, the
program may be axed next year if we are unable to fill all places for this year's course, so we are launching an aggressive
recruitment campaign for the coming semester. When you visit schools, remember to point out that we offer full or partial
scholarships for up to 50% of our first-year students and have newly renovated on-campus housing. Also, point out that the LA
District Board of Education offers a "Golden Welcome" bonus of $1,000 to all qualifying teachers of subjects in which
teachers are at a shortage. Please familiarize yourselves with the information on the leaflets that I have included with this
memo and make sure that every student receives one.
Looking for a job with a definite future? Look at teaching. Urban school districts face significant teacher shortages due to an
acceleration in teacher retirements and skyrocketing enrollment caused by an influx of immigrants and an increase in birthrates
in the past five years. Thirty-nine of the nation’s largest school districts identified special education, mathematics, science, and
190
elementary education as areas needing the most teachers. The districts educate 4,000,000 students and employ 239,000
teachers. Here is a list of the biggest districts and their needs.
169. What is the point of this memo?

(A) To provide its recipients with information they can use to recruit new students for a program
(B) To inform its recipients of an anticipated problem in urban education
(C) To inform its recipients about teachers retiring in their area
(D) To identify unpopular subject areas in education
170. How many teachers will the Los Angeles school district employ in 2006-7?
(A) 1,000
(B) 1,600
(C) 29,073
(D) 29,000
171. According to the advertisement, why is there a teacher shortage?
(A) Fewer students are enrolling in universities for teaching.
(B) Teachers don’t like to live in large cities, but urban populations are increasing.
(C) Teachers are retiring and enrollment is increasing.
(D) Teachers don’t want to teach mathematics, special education, or science.
172. What is being offered as an incentive for prospective students?
(A) Free tuition
(B) Fewer compulsory assignments
(C) Scholarships and a qualifying bonus
(D) Free on-campus housing
OTHERS
Melbourne - There has been an increase in racial unrest in this city, as hundreds of Australian Aboriginal people have protested
what they say is unfair treatment by police. Some of these protests have turned violent, and while no major injuries have been
reported, police officials say that the situation has been increasing in severity over the last week, and they fear that there may
be more severe injuries among both police and protestors if the trend continues.
160. What is the main topic of the article?
(A) Protests in Sydney.
(B) Racial unrest.
(C) Severely injured police officers.
(D) Fair treatment by police.
161. What do police officials fear might happen?
(A) The protests may not continue.
(B). The protectors may claim they are being treated unfairly.
(C) There may be fatal injuries in the future.
191
(D) The protestors may become better organized.
July 12, 2004 - OTTAWA, Canada (Reuters) Politicians at the highest levels of the Canadian government have agreed that there
needs to be additional focus on acknowledging the debt
Iowed to veterans and those soldiers who made the supreme sacrifice in past wars.
“Rather than there being a lack of respect, there is a problem in the level of respect we give to these important people who have
helped shape the history of our country and the world”, said Paul Martin, Canadian Prime Minister. “We want future
generations to know just how important their sacrifices are”.
At a meeting with provincial premiers last Friday, it was agreed there would be cooperation in restoring and improving
monuments, improving educational programs, and in promoting awareness of Remembrance Day, which falls on November
11, and is the officially recognized day of reflection on the horrors of war.
“Without remembering how much these people have had to give to allow us to be free today, we risk taking our freedom for
granted”, Mr. Martin also commented. “We also need to remember the cost of war so that we do not take the option of future
military action lightly”. Officials have said there are also plans to improve social programs for veterans, but that no details will
be worked out until next month.
162. Who is Paul Martin?

(A) Vice-premier.
(B) Prime Minister.
(C) President.
(D) Veteran’s Affairs Minister.
163. What will officials work out next month?
(A) How to restore monuments.
(B) How to educate people about the sacrifices of war.
(C) How important Remembrance Day is.
(D) How to improve veterans’ social programs.
164. When is Remembrance Day?
(A) Next Friday.
(B) Next month.
(C) November 11.
(D) July 12.
Making the most of the food already in your kitchen
This cooking class focuses on using those food items which seem to have been in your kitchen forever, and never get eaten. Do
you have a lot of different leftover uncooked pasta in your cupboard? Consider a mixed pasta salad! Remember that different
types of pasta need to be cooked separately, but once that is done they can be mixed together and used with any pasta salad
recipe. Also, overripe bananas can be used to make delicious banana bread! Check out the recipe on our web site,
www.eatit.com.
Dispose of old materials in your workshop
The old paint cans and other chemicals lying around in your basement or garage are a fire hazard, and they are also hazardous to
your health. You should call your local chemical disposal department to request detailed information about how to dispose of
these items. They may have questions about what ingredients are inside each container.
And as for the bits of wood left over from that last construction project? If you have kids, you may want to suggest that they get
creative and build things like birdfeeders and footstools (under your careful supervision of course). If the leftovers are really of
no use to you, you should contact your local landfill to see if there are recycling options available.
165. What kinds of tips are given in this notice?

(A) Childhood development tips.
(B) Health tips.
192
(C) Household tips.
(D) Business tips.
166. What must people do when making a mixed pasta salad?
(A) Cook each kind of pasta separately first.
(B) Choose a recipe carefully.
(C) Make sure all of the pasta is the right kind.
(D) Divide the pasta into separate types after cooking.
167. Who should people contact about leftover paint in their household?
(A) The web site.
(B) The local landfill.
(C) The chemical disposal department.
(D) A health expert.
168. What type of old fruit may still be useful?
(A) Kiwi fruit.
(B) Bananas.
(C) Apples.
(D) Pears.
Tips on Caring For Rugs
For those wishing to know how to maintain their rugs or other textiles in good condition, try the following tips:
* Vacuum the underside of your rugs at least once a month. Unseen dirt tends to build up under the carpets.
* Rotate the rugs each time you vacuum them. Rugs kept in one position attract insects and could fade in one spot when exposed
to the sunlight.
* If you have a rug with chemical dyes, it probably will fade. If at all possible, use window blinds or shades to prevent
overexposure to the sunlight.
* Take care of spills or damage early. Coffee stains or other acidic liquids can cause discoloration of the dyes, use wet towels
but do not use chemical detergent. Damage to edges and fringes can be easily repaired if caught early. If worn areas are
allowed to expand, repair can be costly. If the stains remain, contact your local carpet cleaners for professional dry cleaning.
Should you need more information on how to conserve rugs and other textiles or want to have an expert appraisal performed,
call the American Society of Appraisers at 1-800-565-9590 or write the group at P.O. Box 2630, Washington, D.C. 20041.
169. What kind of service does American Society of Appraisers provide?

(A) Estimate the current value of your rugs.
(B) Help you choose the right carpet for your home.
(C) Dryclean your carpets on a regular basis.
(D) Help you find a buyer for your carpets.
170. Which of tire following is NOT a proper way to conserve rugs?
(A) Avoid exposure to direct sunlight.
(B) Use over-the-counter household cleaning agent.
(C) Seek help from a professional cleaner.
(D) Change the position of your rugs regularly.
171. According to the passage, what could cause the discoloration of the rugs?
(A) The accumulation of dust.
(B) The direct contact with sunlight.
(C) The use of chemical detergents.
(D) Too much wear and tear.
Questions 196-200 refer to the following two different letters.
Looking for testimonials on
the collapse of Tae Sung Department Building
193
My name is Sang-ho Park, a researcher on the cause of collapsed buildings in the capital Seoul, and I am seeking interviews
with anyone who has seen or survived from the 1997 Tae Sung Department Building tragedy. Survivors or those who have
known survivors are especially encouraged to participate. Remuneration is 20,000 won per hour, and the interviewees will be
acknowledged in all resulting published books, magazines, and articles.
November 15,2006
Dear Mr. Park,

Hello, my name is Gyoung-Ju Kim, and I am one of the very few survivors of the Tae Sung Department Building tragedy. I am
very thankful that a person like you is willing to investigate after such a horrible tragedy which has taken away my job, my
youngest daughter and many of my co-workers. Although it has cost more than 50 people’s lives and more than a hundred
people lying in the hospital for at least a month, the survivors and their families have not been treated the way they should’ve
been. We ait had to go through such a hard time and it was a long terrible nightmare for all of us. I would do the interview
willingly even if there was no incentive, because the tragedy still remains in our hearts and we don’t want it to happen again. I
am also bringing my friend, a co-worker who also survived from the tragedy. Thank you.
Sincerely,
Gyoung-Ju Kim
196. Who would most likely reply to the ad?

(A) Seoul city Mayor.
(B) An employee retired in 1996 from Tae Sung Department store.
(C) Local citizens who live around Tae Sung Department store.
(D) An architect specialized in building collapses.
197. What is Mr. Park planning to do?
(A) Interview architects specializing in building collapses.
(B) Write a history of collapsed buildings in the capital Seoul.
(C) Teach new architects about the importance of solid buildings.
(D) Discover the basis of the collapsed department building.
198. What is the reward for the interviewees?
(A) Acknowledgement of their names in one magazine.
(B) Hourly payment.
(C) A small percentage of royalty income.
(D) Free copies of ail published articles
199. What is Ms. Kim's loss from the tragedy?
(A) Her younger son.
(B) People she worked together in the department store with.
(C) Her engaged boyfriend.
(D) Her chance to extend her business.
200. What is the reason she is applying for the interview?
(A) She wants to use the research to get compensatory damages.
(B) She wants to prevent another disaster.
(C) She wants to do good things for the community.
(D) She wants to be one of Mr. Park's research staff.
Hudsonville, Illinois has quickly become a place for people wanting to start their own small business. While such mammoth
multinational giants as Dunlop, Gold Star, and Owens-Coming started arriving in the 1970s to take advantage of Hudsonville’s
cheap, unskilled labor, highly trained professionals from such big companies who want to strike out on their own business
have fueled the small business surge, it’s approximated that one out of every three adults in Hudsonville is an engineer,
194
scientist, or technician: At the Hudsonville Athletic Club, a random selection from the stack of magazines in the reception area
reveals Small Business Computing, Physics Today and The Planetary Report.
165. Who are most likely to become entrepreneurs?

(A) Professionals from large conglomerates.
(B) Job-seekers at multinationals in Hudsonville.
(C) Members of the Hudsonville Athletic Club.
(D) Out of town small business owners.
166. What do most small businesses in Hudsonville specialize in?
(A) Goods and services.
(B) Agribusiness.
(C) High tech industries.
(D) Leisure.
167. What would be a good headline for this article?
(A) Hudsonville’s Thriving Multinationals.
(B) A Mecca for Small Businesses.
(C) A Small Business Bust in Huntsville.
(D) An Economic Revival Miracle.
Auto Safety and Cellular Phones
Did you know that motorists who use cellular phones increase their risk of having an accident by 24 percent, according to a new
study by researchers at the Drive Safe Institute in Detroit? The study found that the most frequent scenario is for a motorist
indulged in a conversation on the phone to run a red light at an intersection, causing a collision. The report also found that
accidents most occur when drivers use their car phones and attempt to do something else, such as light a cigarette, change the
radio and etc. The study notes that even on the open highway, car phones can take people's minds off their driving, making
them more vulnerable to make mistakes, often with deadly consequences.
A spokesman for the Cellular Telecommunications Association attacked the study, dismissing it as flawed and unscientific. The
group plans to conduct its own study to show that cellular phones pose no additional risk to motorists.
178. According to the study, what effect does cellular phone use have on driving?
(A) Drivers drive faster when using cellular phones.
(B) Drivers ignore traffic signals when talking on the phone.
(C) Drivers are distracted by other drivers who use phone.
(D) Drivers are often unable to maintain control when only one hand is on the steering wheel.
179. According to the study, what is one factor contributing to automobile accidents involving cellular phones?
(A) Smoking cigarettes.
(B) Drinking too much before driving.
(C) Using cellular phones during electrical storms.
(D) Traffic signal malfunctions caused by interference from cellular phones.
180. What does the Cellular Telecommunications Association plan to do?
(A) Perform a study.
(B) Lobby to have the current law rewritten.
(C) Launch a nationwide educational program.
(D) File a formal complaint against the researchers.
August 8, 2006
Dear Mr. Henson,
195
Although a little late, I would like to say congratulations on the marriage of your eldest son. I regret that I was unable to attend
the wedding. As you know, I was on a business trip from the second week of July to the fourth week. However, I am going on
another business trip and I expect to return to Taipei by mid-October. I am looking forward to meeting your son then.
For your information, when I see you in October, I will provide you with several new proposals for expanding operations in the
Kaohsiung area. These proposals came out of the work you did last summer, when you compiled and provided me with details
of cost reports and budget figures for additional capital equipment, facilities, and personnel.
I will look forward to seeing you soon.
Sincerely,
Sam Shaw
169. With what does the letter begin?

(A) An offer.
(B) Condolences.
(C) Congratulations.
(D) An acceptance.
170. On what is Mr. Shaw’s work based?
(A) On plans for Mr. Henson’s son.
(B) On information from Mr. Henson.
(C) On the situation in Canberra.
(D) On suggestions provided by Mr.Henson.
171. What will Mr. Shaw bring Mr. Henson when he comes to Taipei?
(A) New plans.
(B) A contract.
(C) An invitation.
(D) A sum of money.
Questions 175-177 are based on the following analysis.
Through our careful review and what we hear from the citizens of Karlata, we believe that Mr. Nakajta will be elected the new
prime minister of Karlata in next month’s election. Mr. Nakajta, running on a platform of extreme nationalism and
protectionism, is expected to win a substantial victory over his main rival, Mr. Yah-Ju Wang. This is due to Mr. Nakajta’s
large following among students, labor unions, and portions of the lower middle class. We further expect that Mr. Nakajta’s
victory will have serious and mainly negative consequences for corporations doing business in Karlata, as Mr. Nakajta favors
taxing corporations heavily.
175. This report predicts that Mr. Nakajta’s next position will be that of a
(A) Tax collector.
(B) Prime minister.
(C) Member of the cabinet.
(D) Seat in the legislature.
176. What policies does Mr. Nakajta advocate?
(A) Anti-union.
(B) Free market.
(C) Nationalistic.
(D) Socially liberal.
177. What does the report say will happen to companies in Karlata as a result of Nakajta’s election?
(A) They will be forced to close.
(B) They will be hurt financially.
(C) They will receive tax incentives.
(D) They will have to hire more workers.
196
Dear Shauna,
I just got the word from my good friend Chadwick about your husband's most tragic accident. I know we weren’t always the
best of friends, but I would like to say that all of that is behind us and thought that I’d give you a feel better letter. Words can’t
describe how I feel for your husband.
I remember last week, how things started to get heated up with me and your husband but you managed to pull us apart, risking
yourself getting hurt So I know how much you loved your husband, and you two have made such a hard effort to make a good
living to be a happy family.
I have made arrangements with Chadwick and all of our friends to drop by your house to see how you’re doing.
Sincerely,
Randy
165. What was most likely Randy and Shauna’s relationship before this letter?
(A) They were good friends,
(B) They were not too good of friends.
(C) Shauna was Randy’s girlfriend.
(D) Chadwick wasn’t Shauna’s friend.
166. What can be assumed from this letter?
(A) Shauna and her husband are living happily.
(B) Randy and Shauna’s husband had a fight.
(C) Chadwick is a girl.
(D) Randy is going to Chadwick’s house again.
To: Andy Bogard, President and CEO of Telecommunications Co.
From: Ken Rickson
Subject: Recycling
Dear Mr. Bogard
We have gotten word from the president of the recycling plant that your recycling bags have trash mixed with the cans. All cans,
cardboard, paper, bottles should be recycled clearly in the bin that says RECYCLED. NO trash is to be mixed in the bags. If
there is ANY trash in the bins, we will just toss them out with regular trash. The recycling plant charges us a fine every time
there is any trash in the bags.
We do NOT recycle shredded paper of any type. Please discard shredded paper with the regular trash in the trash bin. I hope you
can inform all your employees about these simple rules, and these simple rules will make the job much easier for the custodial
staff that works here all night. Thank you.
Ken Rickson
Maintenance/ Custodial Supervisor
176. Why has this letter been sent?

(A) To notify their fine.
(B) To inform existing policy.
(C) To inform new policy.
(D) To inform a change in policy.
177. What is said about shredded paper?
(A) It can be recycled.
(B) It must be tossed away with trash.
(C) It must be put in the bin that says RECYCLED.
(D) It should be put in a bag, than to a bin.
178. What items are NOT recycled?
(A) Cans.
197
(B) Bottles.
(C) Cardboard.
(D) Torn paper.
Questions 156-157 refer to the following message.
Date: August 2nd, 2006
Time: 10.42AM
To: Mr. Anderson
From: Mr. Willis
At: Superb Supplies
Please call
Message O
Will call again
Returned call
Message - Mr. Anderson, this is Mr. Willis leaving a message about our meeting tomorrow. I just got back from a business trip
with Miss Portman yesterday. Unfortunately, I got the flu while I was down there. This, coupled with jetlag, will make it hard
to meet with you tomorrow. However, I must meet with you in Paris as soon as possible. I will re-schedule for Monday of next
week, there should be no problems getting a seat then, when the holiday season has ended. I am very sorry for not being able
to meet you at the originally set time. I apologize again for any inconvenience this has caused you or your company.
Message taken by Ann McDonald
156. Why can’t Mr. Willis meet Mr. Anderson tomorrow?

(A) He can’t get a flight
(B) He is not feeling well.
(C) It is the holiday season.
(D) He has to go on a business trip.
157. What will Mr. Willis do next?
(A) Meet him in Superb Supplies as soon as possible,
(B) Re-schedule the meeting for Monday.
(C) Cancel the appointment altogether.
(D) Reserve a seat on the next available flight.
Questions 181-185 refer to the following e-mail messages.
SUBJECT: A great site
DATE: Wednesday, 16, February
FROM: Steve <admm@extemalfastnet.com>
TO: fnend@catnsbv.com
I recently found a great new Internet company called EveryoneWins.com that rewards its members for playing games. By the
end of the year, the company will be giving away over 1 million dollars in cash and prizes! EveryoneWins.com even rewards
me when my friends are playing, which is why I am sending this message to you.
It only takes a minute to join, so sign up now (using me as your referring member) and start winning cash and prizes today.
Everything is explained on the Web site. It is totally free, privacy-protected, and the money and prizes are real!
To join, simply dick here:
http://www.everyonewins.com/lonin/reg/asp?ibud@fsnet.net
Steve <admin@extemal.fastnet.coin>
Subject: Re: A great site

Date: Saturday, 19th, February
From: Sean <friend@camshv,com>
To: <admin@externaf.fastnet.com>
198
Could you PLEASE stop sending me spam mail? I am really getting fed up with you sending me spam mail twice a day, and it
is starting to hit my last nerve. If another one of these mails comes to me, from you or ANY e-mail address from fastnet.com, I
will go post in every bulletin and forum I have signed up in for negative publicity on your company. I received so much spam
mail from you guys. I actually clicked on what it is today to see what the big deal was, and as soon as I did my computer froze
after a million pop-ups. I repeat, DO NOT SEND ANY MORE SPAM MAIL!
181. What would someone do at everyonewins.com?

(A) Play games.
(B) Check winning lottery numbers.
(C) Make travel arrangements.
(D) Buy and sell stocks.
182. Till when will cash awards be given?
(A) Later in the month.
(B) At the end of the quarter.
(C) This year.
(D) The following year.
183. How much does it cost to join everyonewins.com?
(A) $10 a month.
(B) $100 a month.
(C) $100 a year.
(D) Nothing.
184. What are the replier to the e-mails emotions like?
(A) Angry.
(B) Happy.
(C) Excited.
(D) Embarrassed.
185. What does the replier say happened when he went to the site?
(A) His computer froze.
(B) A few pop-ups came up.
(C) He lost money.
(D) It led to a forum.
*****************
Speedenix Corporation
www.Speedenix.com
78 Center Street
Atlanta, GA 83528
November 17, 2004
DBX Studio, Inc.
445 Mass Ave.
Boston. MA 02143
Dear DBX Studio:
I wanted to thank you for your passionate commitment to web design and superior customer service. I develop customer
relationship management strategies on a daily basis for my clients and I am NEVER easily impressed with customer service in
any industry. In fact, my motto had been that customer service is mediocre at best. I am glad to say that DBX Studio proved
me wrong and my web site is clear proof of that!
When I first talked to Douglas, one of your associates, on the phone, I knew he was the right web designer for me even though
we had never met or spoken before. I was impressed most with Douglas' commitment to my work and his willingness to
educate me about the web design process.
199
Throughout my experience with DBX Studio I was always very satisfied with prompt and reliable service. Douglas told me that
I could reach him at almost any time. Now this is unheard of, and it is a great example of the kind of personal customer service
today’s businesses should strive for. I remember times when Douglas told me he would be working until I am or so on my web
site to meet our deadlines. And sure enough, I would receive e-mails the next morning that were received anywhere from 1 to
3 am.
Thank you so much for all of your help — the web site looks terrific! I look forward to referring many of my clients to you.
Sincerely,
Scott Hatheaway
President of Speedenix

(A) To complain about poor customer service
(B) To request changes in the plan
(C) To refer new clients to the company
(D) To praise an employee for his dedication
166. What did Douglas NOT do for Mr. Hatheaway?
(A) Introduced him to a new client
(B) Educated him about web design
(C) Worked late hours to meet the deadlines
(D) Proved his motto to be wrong
A & S Piano School 6250 Pla/a de Augustus
265-970 Rome, Italy
November 25
Mr. George Smith
Manager, Client Relations
Smith and Andersen Pianos Inc.
530 Via Theda 255-860 Rome. Italy
Dear Mr. Smith:
In today’s fast-paced world, it is common to overlook the performance of a skilled employee. This being the case, I am writing
to inform you that one of your sales associates, Mr. Prank Jones, has provided me with a superb service. When I visited your
storeroom last month to purchase a new piano, Mr. Jones was there to answer all of my questions and fulfill every need I had.
He is certainly a credit to his profession and you should feel privileged to have such an excellent employee.
Kindly let Mr. Jones know that we at A & S Piano greatly appreciate his skill, service and knowledge of pianos. I le made
shopping at your store a real pleasure for us.
Sincerely,
John Giovanni
John Giovanni
President

(A) To comment on the quality of their pianos
(B) To apply for a sales position
(C) To request the delivery of a piano
(D) To praise a certain employee
168. What does Frank Jones do for Smith and Andersen Company?
(A) He plays the piano.
(B) He keeps pianos in storage.
(C) He sells pianos.
200
(D) He delivers pianos.
Questions 161-162 refer to the following survey.
To: Josie Wales
Subject: The Quality of our Accommodations at Oak Lodge
Date: February 3
From: Jenny Jamieson
You have been randomly selected from a list of recent guests to receive a survey from us regarding your impressions on the
quality of our senders during your stay with us.
Please be kind enough to fill out the form below, and we welcome any additional comments you can make that will help us to
better serve you in the future. i-
How would you rate:
Excellent Good Poor
Additional comments or suggestions:
For (he most port, the stay was enjoyable, but I have three complaints: room service was very slow and the food I received was
cold, and my mattress was somewhat lumpy. mu! this nave me a sore back
161. What is the purpose of the document?

(A) To request a room service order
(B) To ask clients for advice in improving services
(C) To ask people to stay at their hotel
(D) To ask about where a good hotel can be found
162. What was Josie’s complaint about room service?
(A) The food was overpriced.
(B) The staff was unkind.
(C) The menu didn’t have enough selection.
(D) The service wasn’t quick.
How to Build a Birdhouse
This is much more than a simple instructional manual explaining the materials required and the dimensions of the pieces that
must he fitted together to build a birdhouse. This hook is full of tips with regard to proper sawing, nailing, screwing and gluing
techniques that will help you to build the highest-quality birdhouse on your block! There is also information that can help you
to choose the best wood when you visit your lumberyard, as well as painting lips that will help you decorate your birdhouse
and protect it, so that many generations of your little friends can raise families in it. These tips can be applied to any number of
home carpentry projects after you practice them by building this little wonder! 129 pages, expect 4-6 weeks for delivery.
Completion of the birdhouse takes about 10 working hours.
173. What kind of skill does this book give tips for?
(A) Pottery
(B) Drawing
(C) Making wooden things
(D) Interior home decorating
174. Which of the following does the notice mention will protect the birdhouse?
(A) Proper gluing
(B) Proper painting
(C) Proper nailing
(D) Proper screwing
175. Which of the following is NOT discussed in the notice?
(A) Sawing techniques
(B) Selection of materials
201
(C) Decoration of the birdhouse
(D) Placement of the birdhouse
Questions 165-166 refer to the following instructions.
How to assemble invitations for mailing
1. Start by placing your invitation face-up in front of you. If you want to use the tissues, place the tissue over the writing. The
tissues are absolutely not necessary — they were originally packing material used when engraving inks were oily and wouldn’t
have dried by the time they were shipped, so the tissues kept the inks from smudging until they dried. They were “supposed”
to be removed before assembling the invitation for mailing. However, over time, using the tissues has become “proper,” so
you’re welcome to use them if you would like. If you have printed your invitations on your own printer, you might find that
the tissues do indeed serve a purpose — printer inks often “do” smudge during mailing.
2. If your invitations are the sort that need to be folded in half to fit into the envelope, you fold the invitation from top to
bottom, with the writing on the inside. If you are enclosing response cards, they should be tucked under the flap on the
invitation.
3. Pick up the invitation in your right hand. Pick up the envelope in your left hand. Stuff the invitation into the envelope with
the fold of the invitation at the bottom of the envelope, and with the writing on the invitation facing the back of the envelope.
The purpose of this whole scheme is to ensure that when your invitees receive the invitation, they open the envelope and
immediately encounter the card with writing facing them as they withdraw the letter.
165. Why would a person use the tissues?
(A) To protect the card from being torn
(B) To prevent the ink from spreading
(C) To ensure the confidentiality of the contents
(D) To reduce stress on the fingers
166. What is the stated purpose of this scheme?
(A) To speed up the process of mailing an invitation
(B) To allow the recipient to see the contents at once after opening
(C) To ensure that all required materials are stuffed in the envelope
(D) To enable the invitee to open the mail with ease
Questions 170-202 refer to the following notice
Please, help us save the environment!
Because of the limited fresh water supply on the island, we kindly ask our guests to help us conserve our precious natural
resources!
Here are the facts:
• More than 60% of all water on the island is consumed by the tourism industry.
• Excessive amount of laundry detergents and bleaches from washing towels, for example, contaminates our water supply.
• When a faucet is left to drip, it can waste up to 10 liters of water a day, worsening the situation of the limited water supply on
the island.
What you can do to help:
• Use only the towels you need.
• Don’t leave the tap water running.
• Immediately notify staff of any leaks or drips.
If you have any inquiries, please contact the reception desk and thank you for your cooperation.
Nantukett Island Resort Management
170. Where would this notice most likely be found?
(A) In a convenience store
(B) In a tourist information center
(C) In a restaurant kitchen
(D) In a hotel room
171. What is this notice concerning?
(A) Conservation of water
202
(B) Theft of valuables
(C) Training of hotel staff
(D) Effect of air pollution
172. What is the reader NOT asked to do?
(A) Close the faucet after use
(B) Inform staff of any leaks
(C) Use towels sparingly
(D) Return the questionnaire promptly
Questions 196-200 refer to the following notice and e-mail.
September 23. 2005
IMPORTANT NOTICE FROM THE REGISTRAR’S OFFICE
A review of currently enrolled students’ records shows that you are classified as a U.S. citizen but were born outside the United
States. University policy requires that your citizenship status be documented through presentation of your U.S. passport,
certificate of citizenship, or embassy document establishing your U.S. nationality. Voter registration, Social Security card, or
driver’s license are not acceptable documents for this purpose.
You may bring your documents to 150 Administration or you may submit legible copies of the documents by fax at 544-432-
3347.
Your prompt attention to this matter is greatly appreciated. If you do not provide us with any relevant documents to prove your
citizenship, you may not be able to participate in any of the school activities. Thank you for your attention and cooperation.
Phillip McBillan, Associate Registrar
Georgia University
187 University, Fast Ladern. GA 65824-0210
Phone 544-353-4455
Fax 544-432-3347
phillipmc@gcorgia.edu
TO: phillipmc@georgia.edu
FROM: ronalddi@georgia.edu
Subject: I’ve already sent it twice.
Hello,
This is Ronald Dios, a student in Georgia university. This is my second time receiving this letter concerning the need for me to
bring or send you any document that will prove my citizenship. However, I had already sent you a copy of my passport two
weeks ago when I first received your letter. I would like to send you the copy of my passport again, but currently I am away
and there's no fax machine here. So I will just give you information front my passport.
Passport Number: 04938XXXX
Surname: DIOS
Given Name: RONALD HENRY
Nationality: UNITED STATES OF AMERICA
Date of Birth: 20 Oct 1984
Sex: M
Place of Birth: BRAZIL
Date of Issue: 12 May 2003
Date of Expiration: 13 May 2013
Authority: United States Department of State
196. What is the letter mainly about?
(A) Requesting more information about a student
(B) Asking for a proof of Ronald’s citizenship
(C) Informing new university policy
(D) Requesting the student to send in any legal documents
203
197. What do you know about Ronald?
(A) He is not a U.S. citizen.
(B) He was born in U.S.
(C) He is a professor at a university.
(D) He is listing information on his passport.
198. What can Ronald not send in to prove his citizenship?
(A) Passport
(B) Certificate of citizenship
(C) Driver’s license
(D) Embassy document
199. What happens if Ronald doesn’t send any documents in?
(A) He will fail all of his classes. .
(B) He won’t be able to take exams.
(C) He won't be able to enjoy school exercises.
(D) He won’t be able to talk to professors and advisors.
200. Why is Ronald not able to send in a copy of his passport?
(A) He recently lost his passport.
(B) His fax machine doesn’t work.
(C) It is against the law to copy a passport.
(D) There is no fax machine around where he is.
Getting a good night's sleep may have surprising benefits, including adding up to six years to your life. This and other results of
the National Sleep Center decade-long study of the effects of sleep deprivation on adults were announced yesterday at a press
conference by Margaret Norwood, the research scientist who headed the study. Dr. Norwood stressed that getting adequate
sleep is not a luxury, it is critical to proper brain functioning. People who sleep well show greatly enhanced moods, improved
memories, and better job performances and are significantly less likely to be involved in accidents."
Dr. Hugh Weatley, the director at the center, agreed, stating that, while individuals do vary in their need for sleep, "most adults
require one hour of sleep for every two hours of wakefulness." He suggested that individuals determine their own requirements
by sleeping for the amount of time they think they need for a week.
178. When were the results of the research released?

(A) Yesterday
(B) A week ago
(C) Six years ago
(D) Ten years ago
179. Who is Margaret Norwood?
(A) A journalist
(B) The director of the National Sleep Center
(C) The person in charge of the study
(D) A market researcher
180. What is NOT mentioned as a benefit of regular sleep?
(A) Improved appearance
(B) Increased life expectancy
(C) Greater happiness
(D) Better mental functioning
Questions 191-195 refer to the following introduction and letter.
National Nature Conservation Association
Presents “Protect Us":
204
These days we hear news of global warming, species extinction, collapse of the rain forests, devastation of the sea. and melting
of the ice on the north and south poles. We feel powerless and do not know what to do. We are overwhelmed with sadness to
see our beautiful land and animals dying or suffering. What can do about it?
"When we do it together." Mr. Peterson, the head of the National Nature Conservation Association says, “we can protect them,
and eventually protect ourselves." Mr. Peterson and his colleagues proposed selecting one representative from each city to
come together and find solutions that they can carry out all together.
"If you have passion for life, life that has always made this world as beautiful as it was, and courage to act upon what you
believe, please come and help us." Mr. Peterson said with great inspiration. This movement called "Protect Us” is a national
wide movement and (we) are looking for sponsors and support from anyone, anywhere, and anytime. Just call 1-800- SAVE-
US to support financially or sign up to be a representative for your city. Call now to protect yourself, your family, your nation,
and your Earth.
May 15, 2006

Dear Mr. Peterson.
I am the president of New Electronics Company, James O'Conner. Last night when I was watching T.V. at home, I was very
inspired by your short message that my desire to support you and your group led me to write this letter to you. I remember
when I was young my dad would always take me fishing and hunting, experiencing the beauty and power of nature. I surely
want that to continue for my children and also for all of our future generations. I would like to donate $1,000 dollars and
actually become an official sponsor of National Nature Conservation Association. Please let me know if there is anything else
I can do to help, other than supporting financially. I applaud your courage and passion to save what God has given us.
James O'Conner
CEO & President of New Electronics
Bloomberg, NY
191. What is the article about?

(A) It is about a scientist who found a solution to save the world.
(B) It is about a president of a nation wanting to save nature.
(C) It is about an inspiring movement to protect nature.
(D) It is a commercial trying to sell products that will save nature.
192. What is NOT one of the problems we are facing today?
(A) Rise in average temperature
(B) Desolation of the sea
(C) Crush of the forests
(D) Melting of snow on mountains
193. Who can be a representative of city?
(A) Anyone who has a degree in the science field
(B) Anyone who wishes to protect the world from war
(C) Anyone who worked for N N.C A for the last five years
(D) Anyone who wants to step up and preserve the environment
194. What is the main purpose of Mr. O'Conner’s letter?
(A) He wants to help N.N.C.A by donation.
(B) He wants to be a city representative.
(C) He wants to advertise his products as he sponsors N N.C.A.
(D) He wants to share his solution to save nature.
195. What is NOT true about Mr. O'Conner?
(A) He loves nature and wants the future generation to enjoy it too.
(B) He was very encouraged by Mr. Peterson's leadership and courage.
(C) He wants to be a sponsor of N.N.C.A for the good cause.
(D) He will sell all of his belongings to support N.N.C.A.
205
*****************
Roberts Investment Company
3625 Woodrow Wilson Way
Palo Alto, CA
Ewan Collins
PO Box 72
Sunnyvale, CA
December 3, 2006
Dear Mr. Collins,
On behalf of Roberts Investment Company, I am pleased to be able to write to tell you that, as one of our most esteemed clients,
we are sending in your name a donation to the Children's Hospital in Oakland. Please find enclosed a card from the Children's
Hospital, made by one of the children at the annual Roberts Investment Kids’ Christmas party, which was held earlier this
month.
This donation is in place of the personal gift we usually send during this season. Here at Roberts Investment, we decided that
this year we would like to give gifts which would make a lasting difference. This is a reflection of how each of our most
valued clients really makes a difference to us. We want you to know how much we at Roberts Investment all appreciate your j
generosity and hard work. It truly makes our job worthwhile. May the coming holidays bring to you and yours good health,
happiness, and a full share of those things that make this world a better place in which to live. We look forward to another year
of working together, with the hopes that the coming year will bring even greater success for all.
Cordially yours,
Penelope Waters,
Vice Manager,
Systems Development
165. What time of year does this letter refer to?
(A) Spring
(B) Vacation
(C) Tax season
(D) Winter
166. What is Roberts Investment doing?
(A) Sending Ewan Collins some money
(B) Buying Ewan Collins an excellent bottle of wine
(C) Paying for Ewan Collins’ car to be fixed
(D) Making a charitable donation in his name
167. What is the relationship of Ewan Collins to Roberts Investment?
(A) He is the vice manager.
(B) He is one of their clients.
(C) He was a guest at their Christmas party.
(D) He used to work at Robert Investment
168. Why is Roberts Investment sending this letter?
(A) To thank Ewan for his efforts over the past year
(B) To demonstrate their altruistic policies
(C) To help sick children
(D) To save money
Questions 191 through 195 refer to the following emails.
TO: Marsha Dillard, Supervisor <mdillard@western.com>
FROM: Judith Wilson <jwilson@western.com>
DATE: August 3rd
206
SUBJECT: Evaluation of PSI Seminar in Salt Lake City
After attending the Professional Secretaries International Convention in Salt Lake City, July 20-25,I recommend that at least one
support staff member have the opportunity to attend each year. The information distributed at the convention is extremely
valuable and will be beneficial to all support staff at Western Bank. This was the third time I have attended a PSI convention,
but it was the first time my attendance has been subsidized by Western Bank.
The sessions ranged from technical to practical to personal. Even with the variety of the sessions, nearly all workshops
discussed expanding and enhancing the contribution of secretaries in the workplace. The sessions I attended were as follows:
1. Office Automation in the 21" century
2. Anatomy of a Merger
3. How to Get Your Article Published in The Secretary
4. Secretarial Stress: The Hidden and Controlling Factor
Over 50 companies exhibited the latest in office technology, demonstrating everything from fax machines to filing systems. The
convention was truly outstanding, and I consider it an essential part of my professional development. I will be sharing what I
learned with the other office professionals at Western Bank at our monthly meeting later this month.
Sincerely,
Judith Wilson
Dear Judith,
TO: Judith Wilson <jwilson@western.com>
FROM: Marsha Dillard, Supervisor <mdillard@westem.com>
DATE: August 5th
SUBJECT: Re: Evaluation of PSI Seminar in Salt Lake City
Dear Judith,
Thank you so much for your feedback on the PSI Seminar. It is gratifying to know that it was money well spent. I have
forwarded a copy of your email to Eric Richards, who is in charge of funding professional development, and I have written my
own proposal suggesting that we send three members of support staff each year. Please do share what you learned with our
other office members, and if you have time, I’d love to discuss the conference with you sometime next week.
Regards,
Marsha Dillard
191. Which of the following accurately reflects Judith’s response to the seminar?
(A) Unhappy
(B) Indifferent
(C) Ambivalent
(D) Enthusiastic
192. What was the main focus of the conference?
(A) New office technology and how it’s changed secretarial roles
(B) The importance of secretarial work
(C) The importance of being a professional
(D) Understanding business terminology
193. What does Judith propose to Marsha?
(A) Allowing Judith to attend the conference every year
(B) Sending a member of the support staff to the conference every year
(C) That Marsha attend the conference next year
(D) Asking Eric Richards to give a presentation at the conference
194. What is Marsha’s reaction to Judith’s suggestion?
(A) She thinks it is unreasonable.
(B) She hopes the Judith will reconsider.
(C) She thinks it is a wonderful idea.
(D) She will recommend that Judith be promoted.
207
195. Who manages the funds for professional development of staff members?
(A) Judith Wilson
(B) Marsha Dillard
(C) Eric Richards
(D) Marsha Dillard and Eric Richards
208

Có Key

Enviado por

Dados do documento

Título original

Direitos autorais

Formatos disponíveis

Compartilhar este documento

Compartilhar ou incorporar documento

Opções de compartilhamento

Você considera este documento útil?

Este conteúdo é inapropriado?

Direitos autorais:

Formatos disponíveis

Có Key

Enviado por

Direitos autorais:

Formatos disponíveis

TOEIC Ms.

Huong Hanoi Law University

165. What happens when the hot lines are called?

159. What kind of company would post this announcement?

171. Who is this advertisement aimed at?

191. What is the purpose of the first letter?

101 Main Street

153. What is Mr. Richards sending with this letter?

162. What city is this store located in?

176. What kind of notice is this?

Dear Ms. Rosas,

153. What is this article mainly about?

159. Where would this information probably be found?

167. Where would this passage most likely appear?

Room No : 507 Date : November 22

159. For what purpose is this card issued?

Product Name Minimum Balance Monthly Fee Added Benefits

TO: Kenneth Nakamura

196. What is the main purpose of the Notice?

163. Where is Nortel Telecom’s newest office located?

173. What has happened?

To: Andrew Kirby <ak.humres@dig.com>

FOR: Mr. Evans

153. What is Mr. Feidt’s job?

155. According to this report, what should people NOT do?

158. What is being announced?

153. Where are these positions being offered?

178. To whom will the intern submit written analysis?

153. Where would one most likely find this announcement?

196. Who should NOT apply?

156. What is the purpose of this letter?

159. What must resigning employees do?

Dear Tamm Express Delivery Company,

181. Who would most likely be interested in the advertisement?

153. What is a requirement for the advertised position?

173. What is one focus of research conducted by the ACR?

178. To whom does this writing most likely refer to?

153. What news has been announced by Sorius?

160. What does bimonthly mean in this passage?

158. Why is this email being sent?

181. What type of employment is being offered?

To: Johnson Steel Company

173. What kind of additional benefit are employees to be given?

179. What is being announced?

153. How long has Speedcare been in business?

161. What kind of opportunity is presented here?

171. Who should people contact if they have questions?

Dear Mr. Willington,

April 25, 2006

181. What is the first letter mainly about?

January 16, 2006

189. What is the penalty for providing wrong information?

3333 Big Bear Creek,

Small Book Distributors

181. What is the purpose of the customer's question?

191. What is the Ultimate Booty’s main business?

181. Who is the advertisement intended for?

April 19, 2006

191. Who would order Friend of Books?

167. Why has this letter been written?

176. What error was made?

176. How long are the expected delays?

179. What has been sent with the letter?